导航栏

×
范文大全 > 教案

英语选修6教案

时间:2023-06-16 英语选修教案 选修教案

英语选修6教案收藏。

每位教师都需要在上课之前准备完整的教案课件,只要在课前将教案课件准备好即可。教案是促进学校有机更新的有效工具。今天本篇文章的主题是“英语选修6教案”,小编为大家整理了相关内容,供大家阅读参考并请收藏!

英语选修6教案【篇1】

1.Ability goals:

Enable the Ss.to describe cloning:

What is the advantages of cloning?

What is the problems or dangers of cloning?

What is your opinion of cloning?

2.Learning ability goals:

Help the Ss.learn how to describe cloning.

How to describe cloning.

(2)Teaching difficult points.

Help the Ss. analyze the writing techniques of the article.

Skimming,task-based method and debate method

A recorder, a projector ,multi-media.

T:Do you know what is cloning?

Let the Ss. look at pictures:

Which ones are natural clones and which ones are man-made.

Explain how they differ.

What benefits can humans gain from cloning?

What problems may arise when humans are cloned?

What’s the text mainly about?

How do gardeners clone plants?

What two major uses do cloning have?

How many femal sheep participate in the cloning of a new sheep.

What problems do Dolly have?

What the effect of Dolly?

Main idea:

(1)give the order of procedure.

What is your opinion of cloning?Give reason.

1. Firstly ,gardeners use it all the time to produce commercial quantities of plants.

quantities of 许多,大量的。既可修饰可数名词又可修饰不可数名词。

拓展:a large /good/great number of+可数名词复数

2.cloning scientists were cast down to find that Dolly’s illnesses ……

be cast down:feel discourged 灰心,沮丧

词汇:cast about/around for 到处寻找,试图找到

3.On the other hand,Dolly’s appearance raised a storm of objections and …….

have an objection to (doing) sth. 反对干某事

raise /voice an objection 提出反对意见

object to sth./doing sth.反对做…

4.It suddenly opened everybody’s eyes to the possiblility…..

open one’s eyes to sth.使某人明了,对…开了眼界。

5.The fact that she seemed to develop normally……

that 引导同位语从句,说明fact 的内容,that不做成分。

6.Then came the disturbing news that Dolly had become seriously ill.

倒装句型:表方位或方式的副词或介词短语,如:here,there

,now,then,up,down,in,away,off,out,in the room,on the wall等,置于句首时,句子倒装。

将下列各句变为倒装句。

1. The plane flew away.

2. Thousands of Ss.waited in the lecture hall.

3. Your turn to recite the passage comes now.

本课是阅读课,在阅读中主要采取skimming, scanning, timing reading 等阅读方法。阅读前的讨论是围绕即将阅读的材料提出话题或问题,通过讨论唤起学生的背景知识和阅读兴趣,使学生对所要阅读的材料有一定的心理准备,然后带着目的去阅读。阅读后的讨论一是为了检查学生对文章的理解情况,并进行交流,让学生充分发挥想象力。教学过程中以学生为中心,突出学生的主体作用。在课堂上,每个学生都是课堂教学的中心。讨论式教学能为学生提供运用语言的语境与机会能协助学生在语言实践中把语言知识和技能主动转化为交流能力。并且学生在讨论中思维活跃,发言积极。

陈秀君老师在教学过程中谈笑风生,时常与学生开展对话讨论,表现了良好的师生关系,表现了她良好的教学组织能力和灵活机智。

本课主要亮点:执教者能结合新课标理念、结合高考要求、结合学生实际水平,传统教学手段和现代多媒体教学手段相结合,恰当合理呈现本课内容。

英语选修6教案【篇2】

patent n./adj/.v.

The patent runs out in three years’ time. 这项专利为期三年。

Try some of this new patent medicine. 试试这种专利药品吧。

If you don’t patent your invention, someone else will steal the idea. 如果你不为这个发明申请专利,别人可能会剽窃其构思的。

call up =ring up 打电话给…/ bring back回忆/ 征召入伍

I called you up yeasterday but noone answered the phone.

I was called up three months after the war broke out.战争爆发三年后我被征召入伍。

The music called up my memory of the childhood. 音乐引起我对童年的回忆。

其他短语:

call for 需要,要求 去接某人或取某物 call on 号召,拜访 call in 收回 call off 取消

call at 拜访某地 call sb’s name 叫某人的名字 call sb names骂某人 call out 大叫

ex. The football match was called off because of the bad weather.

I called on Mr. Green this morning.

The president called on the whole nation to work hard to make the country stronger.

Let’s go to the meeting together and I wil call for you. 我们一起去开会,倒是我来接你。

This problem calls for careful thinking.

now and then = at times/ sometimes/ from time to time/ once in a while/ occasionally 有时,偶尔

I wrote to him now and then but not often. 我时不时给他写信,但不经常。

Speech distinguishes man from the animals. 语言使人区别于动物。

A person with good eyesight can distinguish distant objects. 视力好的人可以看清远处的物体。

You should be able to distinguish between right and wrong. 你应该能够明辨是非。

Lang Lang has already distinguished himself as a pianist.作为钢琴家,郎朗已享有盛名。

distinguish A from B. 使…有别于….

distinguish between A and B 分辨….的不同

be distinguished for…=be famous for…

beg for mercy乞求怜悯、宽恕 have/show mercy on…对….表示同情

at the mercy of… 任…摆布 without mercy 毫不留情地

Sympathy 指同情心或恻隐之心,强调共同分担,或引起共鸣等

It is a pity that such a talented man should be killed by the car.

He was moved with sympathy.

The criminal pleaded with the jury for mercy.

product-production n.---produce v./n. ---producer n.

set about (doing sth) 开始、着手 = set out to do sth

set down 记下,放下 set down to sth 开始做某事

set up 成立 set off (for) 出发 (=set out 出发); 引爆

set aside 放在一边、节省 set fire to 点火

convenient-convenience---inconvenience n.方便,便捷

It/sth. is convenient to/ for sb. 对某人方便

It is convenient for sb to do sth.某人做某事方便

This is a convenient tool for hair-cutting.这是一种便利的理发工具。

Come and see me whenever it is convenient to you. 方便的话就来看我。

Our home is convenient to the shop. 在…附近

The shop is at a convenient distance from our home.

expectation n. 期待,期望;所希望的东西;前程;希望

in the expectation that… 预料着,指望着

in expectation of 预料着,指望着 beyong one’s expectation

against / contrary to all expectations 与预料相反

meet/live up to/come up to the expectation 不负众望

seize sb by the arm 抓住某人的手臂 seize power/ cotrol 夺取权利或控制权

注意:seize 不用suddenly修饰也不用再加by force

file letters/ an application/ complaint

bear a heavy burden / a loss 负重荷、承担损失

bear a person/ hardship/ pain 忍受某人/忍受艰难困苦/痛苦

bear love for …/deep feelings 怀有爱慕之情/怀有深厚感情

bear the sign/ an expression of….具有标记/ 带着…的表情

注意:表示忍受时,可以和can、could的否定式连用,

过去分词borne 可以表示生育,且多用于完成体的主动态;born主要用于形容词,作表语或定语,解释为“出生”;“天生的”

He is born in 1790/ into a poor family/ of French parents/with a good memory

他出生于1790年/在一个贫穷的家庭/父母都是法国人/生来记忆力好。

She has borne 6 children.

All the costs of the repairs will be borne by our company. 我们公司负担所有修理费。

jam n./ v.

jam in/ into/ with 挤进/ 使…挤满 I jammed my clothes into a small suitcase.

jam up 把事情搞糟、搞乱 The accident jammed up the traffic for half an hour.

Jk251.com相关文章推荐

英语选修6教案精华


教案课件是老师教学工作的起始环节,也是上好课的先决条件,每位老师应该设计好自己的教案课件。教案编写需要注意知识点的合理组织和安排,教案教案会包含哪些部分?我精心为您准备了关于“英语选修6教案”的相关内容,感谢您一直对我们的支持希望您能将我们的网站收藏并关注起来!

英语选修6教案 篇1

单元重点内容与教学目标

本单元的中心话题是诗歌。听说读写等语言知识和语言技能主要围绕“诗歌”这一主题设计的。文中涉及诗歌的韵律、节奏,并介绍了几种简单的不同内容和形式的诗歌。本单元引导学生讨论这些内容,目的在于让他们了解诗歌的一些基本特征和写作方法,自己尝试写简单的诗歌,并学会欣赏这些优美的文学作品。

Warming up部分围绕诗歌这一话题设置了两个练习。第一个练习引导学生回顾儿时所接触的诗歌;第二个练习引导学生探讨写诗的目的。

Pre-reading 部分主要让学生认识诗歌的种类和不同国家所赋诗歌的文化差异。该部分设置了两个练习,第一个练习让写诗交流所喜爱的诗歌;第二个练习就阅读课文设计图表,让写诗从内容和写作风格两个方面认识阅读课文中的诗歌。

Reading 部分介绍了五种简单的英语诗歌共8首:儿歌节奏明快,韵律和谐、朗朗上口、不断重复、利于记忆,是语言学习的有效手段;清单诗,尤其是那些不断重复短语和节奏的诗歌,比较容易创作。五行诗,顾名思义,由五行组成,寥寥数语,言简意赅。俳句起源于日本,由17个音节组成。唐诗,被英国等所借鉴,许多唐诗被译成英文,广为传诵。

Comprehending部分的真重点放在文中的几首诗歌上,要求提炼诗歌的主题,练习1要求选择自己喜爱的诗歌进行评述,练习2与3是对诗歌进行更深入地理解。通过诵读感受押韵和节奏。

Learning about language部分安排的两个练习均与诗歌有关。第一个练习通过从课文诗歌中找押韵的词帮助学生理解课文的生词和诗歌的韵脚;第二个练习学习构词发。语法部分设置了两种类型的练习。一类写诗或续诗;另一类是用所给词的适当形式填空。这两个练习都是操练虚拟语气的用法。

Using language 部分综合训练听说读写的语言能力。听、读和讨论部分把听力与阅读训练结合起来。通过听理解诗歌内容,辨认写诗人的身份、诗歌的节律,并表达诗歌所激起的联想。通过边打拍子边朗读、在欣赏中加深对诗歌的理解。通过释义理解诗歌中的难句,并指导学生进行深层理解,学会推断人物身份与关系。听和讨论部分有四个学生与老师交谈,围绕诗歌比赛展开。首先通过不同的声音来辨认人物;然后,捕捉不同人的不同事,一一对号。该部分的两个练习,帮助学生学习和运用表达意图与决定的日常交际用语。写的部分要求学生模仿诗歌C以IF I开头写清单诗;或以I FEEL HAPPY WHEN。。。开头写诗。

Summing up部分运用调控策略,对本单元所涉及的知识与技能,特别是本单元所涉及的结构和词汇、话语功能以及诗歌的类型、押韵和节奏等方面进行自我评价。

Learning tip部分提示学生注意理解诗歌与应用学习的关系:写诗、唱歌是理解和记忆词汇,学习语言的有效方法。

教学设计

第一课时:Warming up, Pre-reading & Reading 本课时内教师可从学生的生活实际出发,了解人们写作英语诗歌的不同目的,借助教材第9页的表格,Reading部分的诗歌进行整体理解。建议以理解内容为主。可以选择其中某一首诗,进行语音训练,感受英语诗歌的节奏和韵律。

第二课时:Reading, Comprehending & Learning about language (Discovering useful words and expressions ). 本课时内主要是对课文进行适当的拓展、讨论,着眼于对英语诗歌的欣赏,理解这些诗歌的寓意。利用 Learning about language 中的Discovering useful words and expressions 部分,引导学生注意并感受英语诗歌的韵律。

第三课时:Learning about language (除Discovering useful words and expressions) 课堂上处理完该部分内容,突出两个重点:(1)学习诗歌的写法; (2)学习与过去事实相反的虚拟语气的用法。

第四课时:Using language 完成阅读、听力和讨论及写作部分。

第五课时:Summing up & Assessment小结、测试与讲评。

Period 1 Warming up, Pre-reading & Reading

Teaching goals

1. Target language

a. Important words and phrases

Poem, poetry, recite, aspect, convey, nursery, rhyme, diamond, cottage, balloon, sparrow, tease, salty, endless, translate, nursery rhyme, take it easy, run out of, make up of

b. Important sentences

Which poem is about things that don’t make sense?

Poets use many different forms of poems to express themselves.

I hadn’t taken my eye off the ball.

We hadn’t taken it easy.

The poem is made up of five lines.

A lot of Tang poetry has been translated into English. The translations have a free form that English people like to copy.

2. Ability goals

a. Enable Ss to talk about different types of poems: nursery rhymes; list poems; cinquain,; haiku; Tang poems

b. Enable Ss to talk about different purposes of writing poems.

c. Understand the main theme of each poem.

d. Enable Ss to chant some of their favorite poems.

3. Learning ability

Enable Ss to distinguish different types of poems.

Teaching important points

1. Talk about five main types of poems.

2. Understand the main purpose of writing the poems.

Teaching difficult points

1. Find the rhythm of each poem.

2. Chant the poem.

3. Understand the main purpose of writing the poems.

Teaching methods

1. Skimming and scanning.

2. Asking-and –answering activity

3. Discussion

4. Chant

Teaching aids

Multimedia

Teaching procedures & ways

Step 1. Greetings

Step 2. Presentation

Ask Ss to think back and try to remember poems from their early childhood, either in Chinese or in English.

Talk about some famous poets both home and abroad, either ancient ones or modern ones.

Brainstorming: What will you think of when we talk about the word “poem”?

Step 3. Warming up

Read the questions in this part, reminding Ss what they notice about the above poems.(e.g. they have a strong beat, or they have rhyme, or they play with words and sounds, or perhaps some of them are funny because they make no sense.)

Tell Ss that there are many reasons why people write poetry. Give the examples on the Bb. Ask Ss why they think the poets wrote the poems they have just recited.. Write their suggestions on the board.

Give Ss a time limit of a few minutes. Divide the class into groups of four to discuss the purpose of writing poems. Ask one person from each group to read their group’s list and add their suggestions to the list on the board. (Suggested reasons: to create certain feelings or images in the reader; to share a feeling or experience; to describe something in detail or give an impression; to get the reader to think about an idea; to express a point of view; to make the reader experience the sight, sounds, smells, feel and tastes of something; to create a mood, to play with words--- their sounds, rhyme and rhythm.)

If time permits, in small groups or as a class, discuss the kinds of topics that poets write about.( people, animals, nature, landscapes, the sea, the seasons, stories, death, war, youth and old age, feeling and experiences, emotions like love, hate, sadness, regret and desire, etc.)

Step 4. Pre-reading

People from different countries write different kinds of poems. Get Ss to discuss the questions on Page 9 with their partners: Do you have a favorite poem in Chinese? Why ? Do you have a favorite poem in English? Why?

As to exercise 2, give Ss practice in an important reading skill: scanning a text, that is, looking through a text quickly to find specific information. Read the table in exercise 2 with the Ss. Tell them that they are going to look for the information in the table, just in the poems themselves, not in the other parts of the text. They are to look only for those pieces of information and not read every word. Do an example with them.

Suggested answers to exercise 2:

Which poem A B C D E F G H

describes a person? √

tells a story? √

describes an aspect of a season? √ √ √

is about sport? √

is about things that don’t make sense? √

is recited to a baby? √

describes a river scene? √

has rhyming words at the end of lines? √ √

repeats words or phrases? √ √ √

Step 5. Reading

Scanning

Get the Ss to read the passage quickly and accurately and meanwhile help the Ss to form a good habit of reading. Teacher gives Ss a couple of minutes to look through the whole passage. Tell them to read the text silently and then ask some detailed questions about the text on the slide show . Teacher should encourage Ss to express their ideas.

Q1. Why do people write poetry?

Q2. How many forms of poems are mentioned in the passage? What are they?

Q3. What does “nursery rhyme” mean? Why do they delight small children?

Q4. What’s the characteristic of “list poems”? What about “cinquain”?

Q5. Why do English People like “Haiku”?

Q6. Are you familiar with Tang Poems? Do you know the title of the last poem in the text?

Listening

Before Ss read the text, have them close their books and listen to the text with their eyes closed. This gives Ss the opportunity to listen to the sounds or “music” of the poems before reading them in detail. Tell them that it doesn’t matter if they don’t understand every word.

First reading

Get Ss to read the text carefully, finding the one sentence that sums up the paragraph of each part.. Underline the topic sentence.

Second reading

Tell Ss that they are going to look at the rhythm of two of the poems. Make sure they know what rhythm is. Read the limerick aloud and have Ss listen for the strong beats. Then have them clap the strong beats as you read. Mark the strong beats on the limerick on the board.

There was an old man with a beard

Who said “it is just as I feared”.

“Four insects and then

Two birds and a hen

Have all made a home in my beard”.

Now read the poem A & B. Ask them to mark the strong beats on the two poems that have a strong rhythm. Check their answers . Then play the tape and get them to clap to the strong beats in those two poems.

Third reading

Just as any scene can serve as the subject of a painting, so any part of daily life can provide material for a poem.. Of course, the choice that the artist or poet makes relates to his or her purpose. Poetry is usually short and compact, so it should be read several times, preferably aloud, to appreciate its meaning. Read the last poem (Poem H), and answer the following questions:

Q1. What parts of the poem suggest that the woman loves her husband?

Q2. How do you understand the sentence” Should the journeyer return, this stone would utter speech.”? Explain the sentence in your own words.

Q3. What picture do you have in your mind when you read the above sentences?

Q4. Do you know the Chinese title of this poem? Do you know the Chinese version of the poem?

Step 6. Make a short summary of this period.

Homework

1. Surf some websites to find out more information about poets.

2. Review the content of the reading passage.

3. Finish the exercises on Page 12& 13.

Period 2 Reading, Comprehending & Learning about language

Teaching goals

1. Target language

Important words and phrases

joy, anger, sorrow, thread, appropriate, ending, compass

2. Ability goals

Enable Students to deepen their understanding of the reading passage and learn some useful words and expressions.

Learn to use words and expressions in their right form.

3. Learning ability

Enable Ss to understand the rhyme and rhythm in English poems.

Teaching important points

1. Understand the passage and answer the questions about it.

2. Learn the useful words and expressions in the passage.

Teaching difficult points

1. Discuss the poems and understand their deep meaning.

2. Find the rhyme and rhythm in English poems and try to create them by students themselves.

Teaching methods

Discussion, asking-and-answering activity, practice, task-based activity

Teaching aids

Multimedia

Teaching procedures & ways

Step 1. Greeting

Step 2. Comprehending

Task 1. Group work

Ask students to read the passage together and then discuss in group which poem they like best and give reasons.

After discussion, ask someone to present his/her idea to the class.

Task 2. Ask and answer

Answer the questions about the passage on Page 11 – 12.

Step 3. Explanation

1. Others try to convey certain emotions.

“convey” here means communicate (an idea, meaning, etc.).

I can’t convey how angry I feel.

“emotion” means strong feeling

Love and hatred are basic emotions.

His voice was shaking with emotion.

2. They delight small children because they have strong rhythm and rhyme.

“delight” means make sb. pleased greatly.

The gift of the child delighted his parents.

I am delighted to help you.

“rhythm” means a measured flow of words and phrases in verse determined by various relations of syllables.

the exciting rhythms of African drum music

“rhyme” means identity for sound between words or the endings of words, esp. in verse.

Shakespeare sometimes wrote in rhyme.

He made up funny rhymes to make us laugh.

3. We would have won if we hadn’t taken it easy.

“take it easy” means to proceed gently or carefully; to relax and avoid overwork.

You’ve done quite enough work for today; now take it easy for an hour.

4. We would have won if we hadn’t run out of energy.

“run out(of sth.)” means to use up; to come to an end.

The petrol is running out.

We are running out of out time. = Our time is running out.

5. a poem made up of five lines

“make sth. up” means to put together; to compound

What are the qualities that make up his character?

Society is made up of people of widely differing abilities.

Step 4. Learning about language

Check the exercise on Page 12-13.

Task 1. Discovering useful words and expressions

1. Ask some students to list the words they find to rhymes with the words in the exercise. The teacher may make some addition if necessary.

Sample answers:

2 high sky pie my fly shy lie

3 sing ring wing thing king fling string

4 today away say play lay tray may

5 lace race face case chase place pace

6 true too new flew few shoe canoe

Ask students to try to create more lists by themselves.

2. Complete the passage using the correct words.

Ask students to finish the passage and explain why the form of the words must be changed.

Task 2. Discovering useful structures

1. Rewrite the poem about winning the match and the reasons.

2. Rewrite the poem about the attempt to win the competition.

Offer students some time to discuss about it and present some samples for them to follow if they find it difficult to get through.

3. Match the sentences.

Explain some rules of subjunctive mood if necessary.

4. Complete the sentences using the correct forms of the verbs.

Step 5. Using words and expressions(Workbook)

Task 1. Make adjectives from nouns by adding suffix “ful” and then explain the meaning of the new adjectives. Encourage students to think of more examples that have the same form.

Task 2. Complete the table with the correct words.

Noun Verb Adjective Adverb

Task 3. Complete the sentences using the correct word from the table.

Task 4. Match the phrases appropriately and encourage students to create more of their own word pictures.

Step 6. Make a short summary of this period.

Homework

1. Remember important language points.

2. Write a simple English poem by using rhyme and rhythm.

3. Preview “Learning about language”.

Period 3 Learning about Language

Teaching goals

1. Target language

a. Important words

Appropriate , ending , compass

b. Important sentences

If she had stueide harder , she would have passed the exam.

If she had been there , she would have met some really interesting people.

2. Ability goals

a. Enable Ss to grasp the ways of writing poems.

b. Enable Ss to use subjunctive mood correctly.

3. Learning ability

Teach Ss how to write some poems and how to use subjunctive mood correctly.

Teaching important points

1. the way of writing poems.

2. Subjunctive Mood

Teaching difficult points

Using subjunctive mood correctly in different situations.

Teaching methods

1. Task-based learning

2. instructions

3. practice

Teaching aids

Multimedia

Teaching procedures & ways

Step 1. Greetings

Step 2. Warming up

Task1: Free talk------ why do you enjoy learning English?

T: I’m glad to see you again and I’m happy because we can enjoy English together. Do you enjoy learning English?

S: Yes . Because English is a very beautiful language.

S2: Because we can enjoy a lot of funny stories if we know English.

S3: Because we can communicate with foreigners in English.

S4: Because we can introduce China to foreigners if we know English.

S5……

T: Well done. If we did well in some way , people would know us. Now let’s talk about some famous persons. (Yao Ming , Liu Xiang , Madame Curie, Yuan Longping, Chinese Women Football Team)

Step 3. Presentation

Task2: Group talk-----Try to talk about the famous persons.

Q1: Why is Yao Ming famous ? S1: Because he played basketball very well. S2:…..

Q2: Why could Liu Xing succeed ? S1: Because he trained very hard. S2:……..

Q3: Why did Chinese Women Football Team lose the game? S1: Because they were tired…

Q4: Complete the sentence : They would win if they ……… S1:They would win if they had a good rest. S2:……

T: Just now we talked a lot about some persons .If we put these sentences together , they formed a kind of poem-----list poems..

Task3: Turn to page 13 , and do exercises 1 and 2.

Step 4. Grammar

Task4: Present some sentences on the blackboard , and ask Ss to tell the difference among them.

a. If I knew it , I would tell you.

b. If I had known it yesterday , I would have told you .

c. If I had known it , I would have told you.

d. If I had finished my homework , I would have gone to bed.

e. If I had known his telephone number , I would have made a phone to him.

S1: In these sentences , they use different tenses.

S2: They describe different situations.

S3:…………

T: Yeah . We can draw a conclusion as follows:

Verb forms

If –clause The main sentence

The present situation Ved would /could/should/might +V

The past situation had Ved would/could/should/might +have Ved

Task5: Compare some special sentences and draw a conclusion.

A. Had I not seen it with my own eyes , I would not have believed it.

Were it not to rain tomorrow , we would have a picnic.

Should it rain tomorrow , we would have a picnic.

Conclusion: connect subjunctive mood with inversion.

B. If the weather had been finer, the crops would be growing still better.

If you had followed the teacher’s advice, you wouldn’t be in hospital.

Conclusion: The situations in the clause and the main sentence are different.

C. If only I knew his name!

If only we had followed your advice!

If only I could see him again!

Conclusion: We should use different forms of verbs according to the different situations in the pattern: If only.

D. Without sunlight, people’s life would be different from today.

But for your help, I wouldn’t have finished the work.

Conclusion: If there are some special prepositions just like without , but for in the sentences, we sometimes should use subjunctive mood.

Step5. Practice

Task6 : Do exercises 3 and 4 on page13.

Task7: Present some pictures and ask Ss to make up some sentences with subjunctive mood.

Picture1: A rocket

e.g If I were a designer , I would design a spaceship .

If I were clever enough , I would have designed a spaceship.

Picture2: the universe

e.g.:If I were an astronaut , I would travel into space.

If I had been to space , I would have known what were there in space.

Picture3:a lot of money

e.g.:If I had a lot of money , I would run a big company.

If I had earned a lot of money , I would have built a lot of houses for the poor

Picture 4:the farmer and the snake

e.g.:If the farmer hadn’t seen the snake , he wouldn’t have put it in the arms.

If he hadn’t put it in the arms , the snake wouldn’t have bitten him.

If the snake hadn’t bitten him , he wouldn’t have died

Task8: Do some exercises on screen.

Step6: summary and homework

Do exercises 1-4 on page 50 and 51.

Period 4 Reading , Listening and Writing

Teaching goals

1. Target language

a. key words and phrases: pattern, rhythmic, rhyme, rhythm, sunlight, darkness, warmth, underlined, load

b. key sentences:

I’m not going to do….

I plan to do…

I’ll do….

I am looking forward to do…..

If I were the ruler of the world, I would do….

If I had a million dollars, I would do….

I feel happy when….

Slowly the moon climbs in the sky….

2. Ability goals

a. Enable the students to understand the rhyme and rhythm of the poem and grasp the main idea.

b. Enable the students can get the information from the long passage by listening.

c. Enable the students can express their feelings by writing poems.

3. Learning ability goals:

a. Enable the students to know how to get the key words to understand the poem.

b. Enable the students can find where the rhyme and the rhythm of the poem are.

c. Help the students learn how to get some skills in listening.

d. Enable the students to learn to present enough reasons to support their opinions.

e.. Help the students learn to write poems using the target language according to the writing steps.

4.Teaching important points

a. Help the students to understand what the rhyme and rhythm are.

b. Train the students to get the key words by reading the question before listening.

c. Teach the students to write according to the writing steps.

5.Teaching difficult points

a. How to help the students can find where the rhyme and the rhythm of the poem are.

b. How to help the students to make up dialogues, using the target language.

c. How to help the students to write the poem to express their feelings.

6.Teaching methods

Cooperative learning and Task-based learning

7.Teaching aids

A recorder, computer, slide and blackboard

8.Teaching procedure & ways:

Step1 Greetings and revision

Teacher greets the whole class and checks the homework.

Task1.Rhyme

Teacher asks the whole class to enjoy a poem (showing it on the screen by computer)

There was an old woman they say;

Who would eat an apple a day;

When asked she replied;

It’s good for my inside;

For I am never ill anyway.

Teacher asks some questions:

Question1: Do you think poem is funny? What is main idea of the poem?

(To tell us an apple is good for our health)

Question2: Could you find the rhyme of the last word in each line?

(say//day; replied//inside; anyway)

The rhyme in this poem is “a a// b b //a ”.

Task 2 .Rhythm

Enjoy a song----Little Stars

Teacher asks the students to listen to and follow it. After that, teacher asks them to find the rhyming words and share them. This time teacher tells students the poem not only has rhyme, but also has the rhythm so that people can sing it as well as read it.

Step2 pre-reading

Teacher tells the students they will learn a new poem which is also a song written by Rod McKuen and asks the students to listen to the poem to feel and think about.

Task1. Speaking

Show some questions on the screen before students listen.

1.Do you think the speaker in the poem is more like to be a girlfriend /boyfriend or a parent?

2.Does the poem have a rhythmic pattern?

3.Does the poem have rhyming words?

After listening to the poem, the students have some minutes to speak and share their opinions.

Task2.Discussion

Open question: When you were listening to the poem, did it make you feel something or think about something? What did it make you feel or think about?

This question has no standard answers , the students can discuss and express what they think freely.

Step3 While -reading

Teacher asks the students open their books and turn to page14.

Task1 Read the text following the tape.

Teacher asks students to follow the poems in their books while listening to the tape again and asks them to read aloud in pairs.

Task 2 Find the words that rhyme and circle them.

Teacher asks students to find and circle the rhyming words and list them on the blackboard to share.

Task3 Clap the strong beats of the rhythm

Teacher writes the first four lines on the board, and asks students to listen for the strong beats. Teacher plays the first four lines of the tape more than one time until the students are confident of hearing the strong beats and tap their tables in time to the strong beats. Teacher asks some students to underline the strong beats on the board and the teacher will tell them the correct answers by oral. After doing the example, the whole class will be divided into small groups and each group chooses one paragraph of the rest poem to underline the strong beats and reads them aloud. Some minutes later, teacher will check it in class.

Step4. Post –reading

Teacher sets exercises 3 (on page 15) on the screen and asks students to discuss the poem’s meaning in more detail. After that, teacher will tell each group to present the group’s views to the class.

Question1: Who is the speaker in the poem and who is he/she speaking to? Give reasons to support your answer.

Question2: Which of the following is the closest to the speaker’s message? Give a reason for your choice.

A .If it’s cold, I’ll warm you; if it’s dark, I’ll give you light; if you’re hungry, I’ll feed you; if you want love, I’ll give it to you.

B. Although the future may be difficult for you, whenever you need warmth and love, remember I’ll have some to give you.

C. While you’re away I’ll remember your smile and I’ll love you always. When you return, I hope you will love me.

Suggested answers.

Answer1 :A partner (mother or father) speaking to a young adult child(son or daughter)

Many of the phrases imply that the speaker is an older person who has experienced their own journey through life and who is offering love to the young person to help him/her begin his/her journey through life. For example, I’ve saved the summer …and I’ve saved some sunlight….when the speaker says Till you’re older….

We know that the speaker is probably a parent because he/she is offering the child unconditional love ( But if you’ve a need for love, I’ll give you al I own.).we know that son/daughter is a young adult because the speaker refers to the time when you were but nineteen.

Answer2: B is the best answer.

Step5 Pre-listening

Teacher tells students the listening is a conversation between a teacher and three of her students about a poetry competition. the students talk about when they are going to write their poems and how they become inspired to write poetry. Their discussion illustrates the function of intention.

Teacher first asks the students to discuss the following questions in groups about their experiences writing Chinese poetry.(show these questions by computer)

Question1: In what kind of place do you like to write poetry?

Question2: What conditions do you need to be able to write poetry? ( Does it have to be quite ,do you need to be alone, do you need to listen to music and so on?)

The discussion gives a context for the listening, prepares them for what they will hear and will help them understand the listening more easily.

Step6 Listening

Task1 First listening

Teacher reads the exercise1 with students before they listen and asks them whether ,in their discussion, any of them likes to write poetry under the same conditions as Lucy, Tom or Jack(ie in the countryside, at home, listening to music ).

As students listen, they should circle the correct student’s name in Exercise1.Check the answers together. (suggested answers: 1.Lucy;2. Jack;3.Lucy; 4.Tom)

Task2. Second listening

Teacher asks students to listen to the tape again , more than 2 times if possible. Exercise 2 asks more detailed questions. Teacher can reform and design the different forms of these question so that students will be more interested in them.

Exercises:

A. Multiple Choices

1.When do the students have to have their poems completed? (B)

A. By the 23th of the month B. By the 24th of the month C. By the 20th of the month

2. Who had decided not to write a poem for the competition but then changed is or her mind? (C)

A. Lucy B. Jack C. Tom

B. True or False

1.Lucy is satisfied with the poem she has written. (F)

Explanation: She thinks that if she had an extra week to work on it, she could improve it.

2.Tom has used music before while studying. (T)

Explanation: he works best when he is listening to his favorite music, but he has never tried writing poetry to music.

C. Complete the sentences

1. Why does Jack like to go into the countryside to write?

Because he finds that he notices all sorts of the things and he has interesting thoughts.

2. Why does Lucy stay at home to write?

Because she likes the quiet and likes to have her own things around her.

Task3 Third listening

This time the students are listening for a different kind of detail. They must listen for the expressions listed in Exercise 3.These sentences are model ways of expressing intention.

A. Filling the blanket

Teacher asks students close their books and show the sentences on the screen. Then Teacher plays the tape again and asks the students listen for these sentences.

1___________ enter a poem this.(I’m not going to)

2. ___________ do it this weekend.(I plan to)

3.How_____________become inspired to write this weekend?(are you going to)

4.__________________go on a hike into the countryside and sit quietly somewhere by myself.(I am going to)

5.____ also try out his way some time.(I’ll)

6.________________ try it tonight.(I ‘m going to)

7.__________________________ reading all your poems.(I’m looking forward to)

Check the answers together.

B. Repeating and Practicing

Imagine that the class has to enter poems in a competition next week. In small groups discuss the question :How are you going to become inspired to write your poem?

Teacher asks students to use some of the expressions in Exercise3 to talk about their plans. Students practise by oral and share in pairs.

Step 7 Writing

Task1.Revise the grammar

Students work in groups. Write a list poem starting with If I like poem C on page 10.write one line each .It doesn’t have to rhyme. Each group can choose one of these lines to start their group poem. Then share these poems in class.

Sentences pattern:

1. If I were the ruler of the world, I would….

2. If I had a million dollars, I would…

3. If I had taken your advice, I would have/wouldn’t have…

Task2 Write a poem

Teacher asks students to write a poem that starts with I feel happy when .The lines do not have to rhyme. Or write a poem that starts with Slowly. Start each line with Slowly and make each pair of lines rhyme. To show the students what to do, teacher list the first four lines of the two poems. Now teacher asks students to write own poem of eight to ten lines.

Eg: A

I feel happy when…

The sky is blue,

You smile at me with your sparking black eyes,

It’s my birthday.

Eg B

Slowly the moon climbs in the sky,

Slowly the black-tailed bird lets out a cry,

Slowly the dog crosses the road,

Slowly the old man carries his load.

If time permitting, the teacher asks students to finish their poems and share in class. If not, the task 2 of writing can be as homework.

Step8 Summary

In this period, all the students revise the key points of a poem-----Rhyme and rhythm. And they also enjoy a beautiful poem ----I’ve saved the summer. Students can understand the deep meaning in the poem and the parents’ love to the children. It’s good to help students how to appreciate poems. Meanwhile, Listening is important. Students enhance their listening skills by a conversation about the poems competition. In the end part, writing exercises helps students review the grammar and give them chances to express their thoughts by poem.(Teacher makes a list of some important points on the blackboard.)

Stop 9 Homework

1. Finish their poems after class.

2. Reread the poem “I’ve saved the Summer” and appreciate the beauty of the poem.

3. Make more sentences with If I had done….., I would….

Period5 Summary

Teaching goals

1.Target language

All useful words and structures in this unit.

2. Ability goals

a. Help students master the usage of the words and expressions in the unit.

b. Translate some sentences on Page 51.

c. Enable students to summarize what they learned by answering the questions in Summing up (P16) and Checking Yourself (P54).

3. Learning ability goals

Help students learn how to summarize what they have learned in this unit.

Teaching important and difficult points

How to review and conclude what students learned.

Teaching methods

Let students do the exercises, and then collect their answers. Ask them to conclude the rules and then give them some explanation.

Teaching aids

A projector and a recorder

Teaching procedures & ways

Step1 Revision

Check the homework left before. Ask some students to present the poems that they have written. Teacher can give them some remarks if necessary.

Step2 Ex on Page 49-50

This part is a consolidation of the words and expressions learned in this unit.

1. Let students finish part 1 and part2 ( 5 minutes )

T: Now please open your books and turn to page 49. Let’s use words and expressions. Make adjectives from the nouns and complete the table with the correct nouns, verbs, adjectives or adverbs.

2. Give the students 3 minutes to finish part 3 on next page.

T: Try to complete each sentence using the correct word from the table you have completed within 3 minutes.

3.Check the answers with the whole class.

Suggested answers:

Exercise 1 on P49

1.beauty beautiful 2.joy joyful 3.sorrow sorrowful 4.delight delightful

5. dread dreadful 6. hope hopeful 7. peace peaceful 8. power powerfu

Exercise 2 on P49

Noun Verb Adjective Adverb

anger anger angry angrily

dark darken dark darkly

impression impress impressive impressively

repetition repeat repetitive repetitively

transformation transform transformational

translation translate translated

warmth warm warm warmly

enjoyment enjoy enjoyable enjoyably

expression express expressive expressively

inspiration inspire inspirational inspirationally

Exercise 3 on P50

1. expressively 2. darkness 3. translation 4. repeat

5. inspirational 6. anger 7. impressed 8. enjoyably

9. transformed 10. warm

Step3 Translation on page 51

T: Please turn to page 51 and translate some sentences into English, using the word and phrases in bracket. This part is a consolidation of the grammar item in this unit. You should pay more attention to the sentence structure. Are you clear?

S: Yes.

For the exercise, teacher can ask some of them to go to the blackboard to write down their translations. And then check them with the whole class. If there are some problems, teacher can ask the students to discuss and give them some suggestions to solve them.

Suggested answers:

1. 如果我们的糖没有用完, 我是不会去商店的。(run out of )

If we hadn’t run out of sugar, I wouldn’t have gone to the shops.

2. 如果刘思嘉没有考上大学, 她就不用离别父母搬到千里以外的地方去了。(thousands of)

If Liu Sijia hadn’t gone to university, she wouldn’t have moved to thousands of kilometres away from her parents.

3. 他会为你准备一杯由果汁、酸奶和鸡蛋制成的特殊饮料。(be made up of)

He’ll prepare for you a special drink that is made up of fresh fruit juice, yoghurt and eggs.

4. 如果你当时留心看着她,你就不会在人群中把她弄丢了。(keep an eye on)

If you had kept your eye on her, you wouldn’t have lost her in the crowd.

5. 如果你放松一段时间,你就会康复得更快一些。 (take it easy)

You ‘ll get better more quickly if you take it easy for a while.

6. 如果埃米莉没有逗那只猫,它就不会打翻那个漂亮的花瓶了。(tease; knock over)

If Emily hadn’t teased that cat, it would not have knocked over that beautiful vase.

Step4 Summary

T:Today we have done a lot. We have finished using words and expressions and done some translations. We have also reviewed what we have learned in this unit. Now let’s fill in the chart on Page 16. Think about what you have read and practised in this unit. Then tick the boxes.

SUMMING UP

Think about what you have read and practised in this unit. Then tick the boxes.

I have learned I need to

this well learn more

I have learned about :

some simple types of poetry ;

rhythm and thyme;

some new words and phrased;

how to write some simple poetry;

how to use the subjunctive mood;

how to talk about intentions and plans;

Step5 Project ( on Page 54)

Teacher can ask the students to find their favourite English poem or a translation of their favourite Chinese poem. Get them to read it or write it on a poster and put it on the wall for the rest of the class to share.

Here is a sample for them to refer to :

静夜思

唐-李白

床前明月光,

疑是地上霜。

举头望明月,

低头思故乡。

1) In the Still of the Night(徐忠杰译)

I descry bright moonlig ht in front of my bed.

I suspect it to be hoary frost on the floor.

I watch the bright moon, as I tilt back my head.

I yearn, while stooping, for my homeland more

2) A Tranquil Night (许渊冲译 )

Abed, I see a silver light,

I wonder if it's frost aground.

Looking up, I find the moon bright;

Bowing, in homesickness I'm drowned.

T: As we know , the lyrics of many songs are good poems . Can you tell me what is your favourite song at the moment?

S: Various answers.

T: Different students have different answers. Now I will introduce my favourite song Seasons in the sun to you. Please listen carefully and try to write out the words. Do you understand?

S: Yes.

After enjoying the song, teacher can show the words for them.

Seasons In The Sun

----by Westlife

Goodbye to you, my trusted friend,

we've known each other since we were nine or ten;

together we've climbed hills and trees,

learned of love and A-B-C`s,

skinned our hearts and skinned our knees.

Goodbye my friend, it's hard to die,

when all the birds are singing in the sky;

now that the spring is in the air,

pretty girls are every where;

think of me and I'll be there.

We had joy, we had fun,

we had seasons in the sun;

but the hills that we climb

were just seasons out of time.

Goodbye, Papa, please pray for me,

I was the black sheep of the family;

you tried to teach me right from wrong,

too much wine and too much song,

wonder how I got along.

Goodbye, Papa, it's hard to die,

when all the birds are singing in the sky;

now that the spring is in the air,

little children every where,

when you'll see them, I'll be there.

We had joy, we had fun,

we had seasons in the sun;

but the wild and the song,

like the season has all gone

Goodbye, Michelle, my little one,

you gave me love and helped me find the sun;

and every time that I was down,

you would always come around

and get my feet back on the ground.

Goodbye, Michelle, it's hard to die,

when all the birds are singing in the sky;

now that the spring is in the air,

with the flowers every where

I wish that we could both be there.

All our lives we had fun,

we had seasons in the sun;

But the stars we could reach

were just starfish on the beach.

再见了,我忠实的朋友

我们从孩提时就已相识,相知, 我们一起爬山,爬树

学会去爱和其他基本知识

我们心意相同,情同手足

再见了朋友,我实在不愿意离去 当所有的鸟儿在天空歌唱. 空气中弥漫着春天的气息. 到处是漂亮的女孩.想我了,我就会与你同在。

我们曾共享快乐。

也曾共享阳光季节。

但我们一起爬山

的那些日子已经逝去。

再见了爸爸,请为我祈祷.

我是家里的害群之马.

你费尽心思教我明辨是非.

我却沉醉于歌酒狂欢中.

真不知道我以前是如何过日子的.

再见了爸爸,我实在不愿意离去.当所有的鸟儿在天空歌唱. 空气中弥漫着春天的气息.小孩子在到处嬉戏. 当你看见他们,我就会与你同在.

我们曾共享快乐,也曾共享阳光季节. 但昔日的歌酒狂欢, 犹如季节更迭已消逝。

再见了蜜雪儿,我的小可爱.

你给了我爱,帮我找到希望.

每当我意志消沉时,

你总会来到我的身边.

鼓励我振作起来

再见了蜜雪儿,我实在不愿意离去.

当所有的鸟儿在天空歌唱,

空气中弥漫着春天的气息

到处都是美丽的花朵

我希望我们都在那儿欢聚!

我们曾共享快乐。

也曾共享阳光季节。

但昔日的歌酒狂欢。

犹如季节更迭已消逝。

也曾共享阳光季节。

我们曾共享快乐。

也曾共享阳光季节。

但昔日的歌酒狂欢。

犹如季节更迭已消逝。

我们曾共享快乐。

也曾共享阳光季节。

但昔日的歌酒狂欢。

犹如季节更迭已消逝。

我们曾共享快乐。

也曾共享阳光季节。

Step6 Check yourself

This is a chance for students to collect knowledge they have learned in the unit. Teacher can leave them some time to finish the questions in the chart. Doing this task can improve students ability of teaching by oneself. If they like they can have a discussion in pairs, teacher can walk among them and give them some help.

Step7 Homework

T: The homework today is to preview the next unit; get familiar with the new words and expressions. OK, class is over. See you later.

S: See you.

教学建议:

本单元的教学围绕诗歌这一主题展开,听说读写等语言知识和语言技能应要围绕“诗歌”这一主题设计。文中涉及诗歌的韵律、节奏,并介绍了几种简单的不同内容和形式的诗歌,要积极引导学生进行讨论,让他们了解诗歌的一些基本特征和写作方法,并学会欣赏这些优美的文学作品。另外将语法基础知识的训练放在诗歌优美的语言环境中进行,在提高学生审美能力的同时,避免了以往语法讲解的枯燥感。

1、 本单元的中心话题是诗歌,由于诗歌包含的内容丰富,所以每节课的设计都应有所侧重,注意掌控课堂教学节奏,不要面面俱到。

2、 由于学生平日较少接触英语诗歌,因此鼓励学生进行课文预习的学习策略,对英语诗歌有个大概的了解,但不主张将所有新单词的意思标注出来,这会削弱阅读训练的作用。

3、 课堂教学的活动设计应有梯度,任务设计要符合学生的实际水平,难易要适中。考虑到诗歌易于朗诵等特点,可增加互动性的教学内容,但应避免流于形式,使课堂既“热闹”又有实效。

4、 在实现教学任务的过程中,老师应加强对学生的引导,比如可进行示范性的诗歌朗诵,引导学生主动参与到互动性的教学活动中来,让学生在轻松的氛围中完成学习任务,体味到诗歌独特的韵味,享受课堂内成功的喜悦。

5、 对学生的课堂表现应于正面鼓励为主,引导学生相互交流和评价,与学生形成互学共进的良好教学环境。

英语选修6教案 篇2

Unit 5 Reading language points

1. keep it up 坚持下去,再接再厉

keep up with

If he could keep it up, he would break the world record.

2. fit in (with …) 相处融洽;适应

They work hard and fit in well (with each other).

It’s necessary for us to fit in with the times. 我们必须与时俱进。

3.board vt. 上船,上飞机(board the ship/the plane);

vi. 食宿;寄宿 board with/at…family

board n. 木板;甲板---on board=in a train, ship or plane

上船(动作):board the ship =go/get on board the ship=go aboard the ship

状态:be on board

They got on board the train.=they boarded the train.

We almost felt we were on board the spaceship.

When he was in France, he boarded with a French family.

Compare: board/ aboard/ broad/ abroad

go aboard the ship=board the ship

broad 宽阔的

abroad 外国的 study abroad; at home and abroad

4. It was the first time she had ever left her motherland.

It/this is the first/second/third time that sb has/have done sth

It/this was the first/second/third time that sb had done sth

这是我第一次和外宾谈话,我很紧张。

It is the first time that I have spoken to foreign guests, so I feel nervous.

那是我第一次看到这么美丽的地方。

It was the first time I had visited such a beautiful place.

5. Xie Lei highly recommends it.

highly: 高度地(抽象);如果是空间的高,则用high

(wide; close; deep)

recommend: 推荐---- ~ sth to sb =~sb sth

~ sb for a job/position

建议(用法=advise)~ sb to do

~ doing

~ that sb (should) do …

6. as/so far as… 就。。。而言;在。。。范围; 远至。。。,直到。。。

So far as the weather is concerned, I do not think it will matter if we go there tomorrow.

As far as I know, he is still working there.

As far as he was concerned, he was satisfied with your answer.

He used to take a walk after supper, often as far as two or three miles.

The children walked as far as the lake.

7. feel/be at home (像在家一样)舒服自在

She felt at home on the stage this time, though she seldom appeared.

She was quite at home, because she recognized familiar faces.

8. I have been so occupied with work that I haven’t had time for social activities.

occupy: 占,填满---Is the flat already occupied?

be occupied with sth=be busy with sth

be occupied (in) doing sth=be busy doing sth=be engaged in doing sth

He is occupied preparing for the mid-term exams.

9. We wish Xie Lei all the best in her new enterprise.

wish sb sth=may sb do sth

10. deserve +sth; +代词;+to do(to be done)

Good work deserves good pay.

His behavior deserves punishment.(to be punished/ punishing)

His hard work deserves all that happened to him.

11. apply to sb for sth 向某人申请某个(工作,职位)

apply… to sth 运用

12. take up 占据(时间,空间);开始从事某种活动

13. in the beginning =at first 起初

Everything is difficult in the beginning.

14. get lost 迷路,走失 get+done

15. hand in 上交 hand out

16. get a good mark 得到高分

17. I was numb with shock.(表示原因)

18. lack confidence 缺少自信=be lacking in confidence

19. After getting my visa I was very excited because I had dreamed of this day for so long.

….explained Xie Lei, who had lived all her life in the same city in China.

She told me that she had had to learn almost everything again.

First of all, he told me, I couldn’t write what other people had said withought acknowledging them.

Had done: 过去的过去(有个过去时相对比)

Translation

1. 他的努力应该得到奖赏,因此在学习上他取得了很大的进步。(deserve)

2. 她找到住房(flat)之前,住在我家。(board)

3. 飞机就要起飞了,请还没上机的乘客马上登机。(board)

4. 我以前从没做过这种工作,我不知道是否能与其他同事相处好。(fit in)

5. 这已经是我第三次看这本书了,因为我觉得这本书很有趣。

(it is the ..time that ….)

6. 他十岁的时候开始打篮球, 现在已经是个顶级选手了。

(take up)

7. 天气这么冷,她的手指冻木了。(with)

8. 就我个人而言,每个人的贡献,不管多小,都会对环境的改善有影响。(as fas as…)

9. 他整天忙于工作,抽不出时间和孩子一起交流。(be occupied with…)

10. 我到时,简刚刚离开。真遗憾这次没有见到她。(时态)

英语选修6教案 篇3

1. 开展学生活动,发挥主体作用

新课程强调要充分发挥学生在教学过程中的主体作用。本课设计遵循以学生为主体,教师为主导这一教学原则,创设角色扮演情景、激烈讨论提出建议,让学生限度地参与教学过程,尊重学生的主体地位,充分发挥学生在学习过程中的主动性、积极性、创造性,使课堂充满活力。

2. 实施情景教学,统合三维目标

本课设计从教学需要出发,创设情景,进行情景设问、讨论,激起学生的情感体验,激活学生思维,帮助学生迅速、正确地理解和接受知识,并在学习过程中培养其积极进取的科学的人生观及价值观,较好地落实了三维目标。而三维目标是相辅相成、相互渗透的,所以在情景教学的过程中,知识的落实、能力的培养、情感态度价值观的渗透交融在一起,实现了三维目标的和谐与统一。

3. 转变学习方式,增强教学效果

新课程要求提倡自主、合作、探究的学习方式,发挥学生的主体性、能动性和独立性,本课设计通过自学课本,小组讨论,综合分析,角色扮演等活动, 为学生自主学习、合作学习、探究学习提供了空间,使学生体验了自主之乐,合作之趣,探究之悦,促进了学生知识的构建与运用,能力的培养和提高,情感体验和态度、价值观的形成,增强了教学效果。

4. 运用问题教学,启发学生思维

本课设计按照诱思探究理论要求,遵循学生的认知规律,引导学生去发现问题、分析问题和解决问题,从而掌握知识,形成能力,培养品质。通过对文章分析的由浅入深,由易到难,循序渐进,引导学生结合历史现状和教材信息,发挥想象,活化语言,从而达到综合运用英语进行交际的目的。有利于培养学生的思维能力,激发学生的创新精神。

本教学设计贯穿了新的教学理念,体现了课程改革的鲜明特色,在教学内容的重新调整、教材的合理处理、教学思路的设计等方面作了尝试性的突破与创新,具有较强的实践性和操作性。

【教材分析】

本单元教学内容为人教版新课标Module 5 Unit 3 Life in the future。本单元的中心话题是“未来生活”,教材内容为学生提供了想象的空间,旨在培养学生预测未来的能力,通过对现实生活与未来生活的对比,唤醒学生把握现在,珍惜现在,爱护环境,保护自然的意识。

第一篇Reading文章主要讲述主人公Li Qiang在时空旅行前、时空旅行中及时空旅行后的所见所想。第二篇则主要记叙了Li Qiang在太空站认识的两个非常特别的太空生物,并将两个生物的特征进行了对比。两篇阅读文章都是科幻型阅读,旨在唤起学生的想象力,培养学生对未来生活的预测。语法部分则延续了课文内容,通过作者对未来生活态度的讨论引出过去分词做状语及定语的用法,并以短文填空的形式来巩固文章生词的用法。听力部分则描绘了一个拥有高新科技的wonderland,表明了人类对美好生活的追求与幻想,并最终通过口语情景设置锻炼学生综合运用英语的能力与技巧,从而对未来生活进行更细致的预测。

考虑到各部分内容的内在联系,笔者结合教学实际将同一话题不同内容与形式的材料进行了重组,对教材内容、编排顺序等进行了调整、删减和补充,将整个单元设计成四个课时,丰富了教学内容和语言活动形式。

【学情分析】

1. 认知基础:高一学生基本上能用英语清晰地表达个人观点,准确地描绘

生活现象或表达个人情感,能用基本的词汇、句型对未来生活作出描绘与预测。

2. 心理特征:高中学生思想活跃,求知欲旺盛,学习态度明确,自我意识

发展迅速并趋向成熟,独立自主性强,有一定的道德修养及正确的价值观与审美观。

3. 学习能力:学生对过去分词的用法有基本的了解,其自主阅读与表达能力有一定的基础,具备良好的团体协作能力,并能进行有效成功的交流合作讨论。

【教学目标】

(1)知识与能力

学习与未来生活有关的词汇;能对本单元的生词猜测词义并能用英语释义基本单词;学习有关预测和猜测的表达方式以及过去分词作定语、状语的用法;能听懂关于对未来生活、环境的想象、猜测和思考的会话,想象未来生活可能存在的问题;能用英语简单地谈论未来生活,猜测未来的科技发展趋势;能阅读关于未来生活、未来世界以及外太空和外星人的英语文章;能够较好地发挥想象来描写未来生活和外星生物。

(2)过程与方法

通过网络或图书馆等途径查找搜集有关科学家对未来生活预测的资料,培养学生利用学习资源的策略;并且笔者结合教学实际对教材内容、编排顺序等进行了调整、删减和补充,将整个单元设计成四个课时。第一课时为Warming-up and Reading, 第二课时为Learning about language, 第三课时为Using language, 第四课时为Listening and speaking。着重培养学生学习运用词汇学习中的猜词策略,激发学生想象力,预测未来生活。

(3)情感态度与价值观

通过学习课文,使学生回顾历史,认识现在,展望未来,激发学生的想象力;提高环境保护,资源保护意识。通过讨论使学生了解中国和其他国家目前存在的社会问题以及科技发展方向,预测世界未来生活、环境的发展趋势。

【重点难点】

重点:

1.掌握有关描绘未来生活的词汇以及有关预测和猜测的表达方式。

2.通过对文章的学习,根据目前的现状预测未来的生活,提高环境保护、资源保护意识。

难点:

1.掌握过去分词作定语和状语的用法。

2.运用所学的词汇及句型写出具有一定想象力的短文。

【教学策略与手段】

1.采取多种教学方式,讲述法与讨论法相结合,启发式教学法与创设课堂思维情景相结合,接受式学习与探究式学习相结合。

2.以活动构建教学理论为指导,挖掘课程资源,利用图片、表格、多媒体等多种形式,师生互动,分组探究。

3.适时对学生的学习过程进行调控与激发,实现教学预设与动态生成的统一。

【教学准备】

1.教师整理课堂相关文字、图表、影音资料,制成多媒体课件。

2.课前组织学生搜集、阅读有关世界环境问题、当今科学技术发展及对未来生活预测的文章,积累一定的知识储备。

3.课前按教室座位情况将学生分成若干小组,每组6人,并选出组长一人,以小组为单位开展合作学习。

【教学过程】

Period 1: Warming-up & Reading

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn some new words and e-pressions.

2. Improve the students’ reading skills.

3. Know the more advanced forms of transport in AD 3005 and the advantages and problems of life in the future.

Teaching Methods:

1. Inductive method

2. Pair work & group work

3. Competition

4. Illustration

5. Deductive Method

Step 1 Greetings and Lead-in

1.The teacher can start with daily greetings and try to lead in some words in this unit.

Q1: Where do you come from? Do you live in the downtown or in the countryside?

do you live in a comfortable surrounding?

Is it a suitable location for people to live in?

What is it made of? (brick, stone, steel, glass, wood, plastic, bamboo, mud…).

2.Q2: No matter where you live, I am wondering how do you usually go to school? (by bike, by car, by bus…)

Bikes, cars, buses and so on can be used to carry people or things from one place to another place, and they are called vehicles. What other vehicles do you know?

Carriage, ambulance, jeep, airbus, train, truck, motorcycle, fire engine, …

3.Now let’s take a look at the screen to learn about the development of all the means of transportation.

Sedan chair – carriage – bicycle – motorcycle – car – train – aeroplane – space craft

4.Q3: What will the future means of transportation be like? (Time travel)

Well, today we are going to learn a te-t about time travel.

【设计说明】

由日常问候开启话题,通过提问学生家乡情况导入城镇生活,引出不同的建筑材料及交通工具中的生词;然后总结交通工具的发展历史,预测未来的交通方式,引出跨时空旅行,从而进入阅读文章的处理与学习。(由于考虑到Warming-up中的Transport与Houses, Villages,Towns, 以及Location of settlement的联系不大,可单独提出,因此将Transport的发展变化应用于课文的导入中,这样比较科学自然。)

Step 2 Skimming

1.The teacher will ask the students to predict the future life in various aspects as to inspire their imagination and predicting ability.

Q1:What will the future life be like?

2.The students are given several minutes to read through the te-t and try to find out the changes mentioned in the te-t.

Q2: Which changes are mentioned in the te-t?

Time travel – transport – air quality – religion – clothing – eating – houses – towns

3.The teacher can ask the students to carry out a discussion about the changes.

Q3: Which changes are good and which are bad?

【设计说明】

猜测是培养学生阅读能力的方法之一,因此笔者首先提出问题引发学生思考,对未来生活的各个方面进行预测。其次通过快速阅读的方式,了解文章梗概,把握文章线索,找出文中对未来生活变化的描写,培养学生快速阅读的技巧与能力,并对未来生活变化的好坏进行小组讨论,培养集体协作精神。(由于Comprehending中关于未来生活变化好坏的讨论难度不大,考虑到整个设计的连贯性,将其提至快速阅读中,设置成小讨论,将学生说与读的能力更好地结合。)

Step 3 Reading for details

1.Before the journey

Q1: How many people are mentioned in the te-t? Who are they?

Q2: When did the writer write this letter? And to which year did he travel?

Q3: Why did Li Qiang travel to the year AD 3005?

Q4: What did Li Qiang suffer from?

Q5: How did Li Qiang feel? What makes him feel better?

Q6: Where did they arrive?

【设计说明】

通过几个特殊疑问词,提出以下问题,处理文章第一段。因本篇课文是一篇叙事故事,而记叙文时一般都包括事件发生的人物、时间、地点、事件、原因等关键要素,因此让学生通过阅读寻找上述要素,不仅让学生的阅读具有目的性,而且降低了阅读的难度。

2.During the journey

1) In the capsule:

Climb through the round opening -- comfortable seats -- calming drink -- lay rela-ed -- we rose slowly from the ground -- complete the journey -- 1000 years later -- ?

2) Out of the capsule

Confused by the new surrounding, I was hit by the lack of fresh air

Q1: How did Li Qiang overcome the lack of fresh air?

1. Hovering carriage: .

Q2: How did the hovering carriage float?

Q3: How can a person move swiftly?

2. “A large market”

Q4: What were people doing there?

Q5: What happened to Li Qiang?

3. A large building

Q6: What is a “time lag” flashback?

【设计说明】

按事件发生的先后顺序及地点转换顺序,处理文章细节,培养学生抓住文章线索来处理课文的能力。然后根据地点转移,自然地将“太空仓内”转向“太空仓外”,按照作者在太空仓外所处的三个不同地点Hovering carriage, a large market, a large building来处理文章第三段。

3.After the journey

(Arriving home, he showed me into a large bright, clean room.

description of the house: brown floor, soft lighting, trees, leaves, computer screen, tables, chairs, green wall…

Q1: How did the author feel after visiting the special house?

e-hausted, I slid into bed and fell fast asleep.

【设计说明】

通过精读课文,了解文章细致内容,按照“时空旅行前,时空旅行中及时空旅行后”的时间线索来处理文章细节。“时空旅行中”又可按照“在太空仓内与在太空仓外”分析文章信息。在此过程中锻炼学生精读的阅读技巧,处理文章生词,并适当地引入几个过去分词做状语及定语的句子,为语法部分的讲解作个铺垫。

Step 4 Consolidation

1.Put the statements into correct order. ( C --- A --- D --- B )

A. We are transported into the future by a comfortable time capsule.

B. I arrived at Wang Ping’s home and everything in his house made me surprised.

C. I won a travel to the year AD 3005.

d. I have my first try to master a hovering carriage.

2.Discussion: Compare the houses, towns, location of settlement of different period of time and predict about the changes in the future

AD 1005: China ---- AD 2007: Modern World ---- AD______ : Your idea

3.A telephone interview with Li Qiang

Ask the students to discuss in group of si- and raise as many questions to Li Qiang as possible. Some questions about the problems in future life are recommended.

【设计说明】

首先通过对文章故事情节的正常排序回顾文章梗概;其次通过Warming-up中过去、现在的房子、城镇及居住环境的比较来预测未来方的发展与变化;最后设置情景,进行角色扮演,模拟电话采访Li Qiang回顾整篇课文,引出本节课的作业与任务。全面地锻炼学生的总结概括能力以及团体协作的讨论能力。

Step5 Assignment

some pictures of various kinds of pollution to the students to arouse their awareness of environmental protection and then ask the students what have caused those environmental problems in groups.

Q1: What problems are we facing now?

Q2: What have caused those problems?

some advanced and imaginative inventions to the students, and try to arouse their imagination to design specific objects for a better future life

3.Assignment: Object-designing

design an object which can help you change the world for a better future

【设计说明】

通过角色扮演以及情景设置中引出未来生活中将会存在的问题,以此导出现在生活中存在的问题,由此自然地引出阅读课的任务----发明设计,以此激发学生的发明创造能力,唤醒学生保护自然、爱护环境的意识,学习中渗透道德教育,一举两得。

Period 2: Learning about language

Teaching aims:

1. Learn past participle used as adverbial.

2. Master some important words: swiftly, unsettle, constant, remind, previous, bent, press, link.

Teaching methods:

1. Teach grammar in real situations.

2. Learn grammar through practice.

Step 1 Revision and Preparation

1.Ask the students to talk about the writer’s attitude towards the future life, was he optimistic or pessimistic about the future? How do you know? Can you find some sentences to support your opinion?

2.Ask the students to find out some sentences which can support the opinion that the author is pessimistic about the future life.

1 .Confused by the new surroundings, I was hit by the lack of fresh air.

2. Worried about the journey, I was unsettled for the first few days.

3. E-hausted, I slid into bed and fell fast asleep.

And then ask the students to finish the e-ercises in their te-tbook.

e-.1. Combine these two sentences using the past participate as the adverbial.

1. I was frightened by the loud noise. I went to see what was happening.

Frightened by the loud noise, I went to see what was happening.

2. He was hit by the lack of fresh air. He got a bad headache.

Hit by the lack of fresh air, he got a bad headache.

3.I felt very tired after the long journey. I still enjoyed meeting the aliens on the space station.

Tired after the long journey, I still enjoyed meeting the aliens on the space station.

4. The museum was built in 1910. The museum is almost 100 years old.

Built in 1910, the museum is almost 100 years old.

5. The little girl was frightened by the noise outside. The little girl dared not sleep in her bedroom.

Frightened by the noise outside, the little girl dared not sleep in her bedroom.

6. The student was given some advice by the famous scientist. The student was not worried about his scientific e-periment any more.

given some advice by the famous scientist, the student was not worried about his scientific e-periment any more.

3.Ask the students to find out some sentences which can support the opinion that the author is optimistic about the future life.

1. His parents company named “Future Tours” transported me safely into the future.

2. A table and chairs rose from under the floor as if by magic.

3. Tomorrow you will be ready for some visits organized by the company.

And then ask the students to finish the e-ercises in their te-tbook.

e-.2. Combine these two sentences using the past participate as the attribute.

1. Soon we lost sight of that famous astronomer. He is called Li Qiang.

Soon we lost sight of that famous astronomer called Li Qiang.

2. I am going to buy a painting. It is copied from Vincent van Gogh.

I am going to buy a painting copied from Vincent van Gogh.

3. The castle is under repair. It was built in 1432

The castle built in 1432 is under repair.

4. I like that old private house. It is built of wood and mud.

I like that old private house built of wood and mud.

5. The vehicle is mentioned in the book. The vehicle is unknown to me.

The vehicle mentioned in the book is unknown to me.

6. The room is completely empty. The room is connected to the rest of the house by a long passage.

The room connected to the rest of the house by a long passage is completely empty.

7. The queen was sitting in a royal carriage. The carriage was drawn b four horses.

The queen was sitting in a royal carriage drawn by four horses.

【设计说明】

通过设置讨论作者对未来生活持乐观还是悲观态度来复习并提升Reading内容,巩固学生对Reading全文线索的了解与掌握,并通过讨论找出含有过去分词用法的句子来支持各自的观点。(由于Reading中Comprehending部分中关于作者对未来生活所持有的态度的讨论跟语法部分联系紧密,故将其从Reading中剪切,转至语法中作为回顾阅读课,导入新课)完成语法练习后,学生对过去分词作状语和定语的用法有了一定的了解,然后教师将过去分词作状语和作定语的用法系统归纳如下:

过去分词作状语可以表示时间、条件、原因、让步、方式或伴随,有时在其前还可以带上连词,以示明确。

1. 作时间状语。 Once discovered, the enemies were completely wiped out.

2. 作原因状语 Moved by his words, I accepted his present.

3. 作条件状语 United we stand, divided we fail.

4. 作让步状语 Although tired, they continued to work.

5. 作方式或伴随状语 The teacher stood there, surrounded by many students.

注意:

1) 作状语的过去分词通常与句子的主语存在着被动关系,她所表示的动作通常和谓语动词属于同一时间范畴,也可表示先于谓语动词发生的动作。有时为了强调先发生的动作,也可用having been done.

e.g. Having been told many times, he can’t still remember it.

2). 过去分词的逻辑主语要跟主句的主语一致,否则不能用过去分词作状语,应用状语从句。

(误)Checked carefully, some spelling mistakes can be avoided.

(正)If the composition is checked carefully, some spelling mistakes can be avoided.

过去分词作定语或状语时,该分词及修饰成分相当一句定语或状语从句,变为定语从句或状语从句中,该从句应该具备两个特征:1)从句的主语和主句中的先行词一致;2)谓语动词为被动语态形式。

Step2 Consolidation

非谓语动词练习

B 1. ___ and happy, Tony stood up and accepted the prize. (2006全国)

A. Surprising B. Surprised C. Being surprised D. To be surprising

A 2.No matter how frequently _______, the works of Beethoven still attract people all over the world. (2006广东)

A. performed B. performing C. to be performed D. being performed

C 3._________ and I’ll get the work finished. (2007 重庆)

A. Have one more hour B. One more hour

C. Give one more hour D. If I have one more hour

B. 4. The repairs cost a lot, but its money well _____. (2006 湖北)

A. to spend B. spent C. being spent D. spending

C. 5. _____ with a difficult situation, Arnold decided to ask his boss for advice.(2006江苏)

A. To face B. Having faced C. Faced D. Facing

B 6.When her father, the girl burst into crying. (2005湖北)

A. asking of B. asked about C. being asked D. asked

d 7. The man kept silent in the room unless . (2006浙江)

A. spoken B. speaking C. to speak D. spoken to

d 8. ________, the old man is living a happy life. (2006天津)

A. taking good care B. taken good care

C. having taken good care D. taken good care of

d 9.The Olympic Games, in 776B.C., did not include women players until 1912. (NMET2004)

A. first playing B. to be first played

C. to be first playing D. first played

B 10. from his clothes, he is not so poor. (2006上海)

A. Judged B. Judging C. To judge D. Having judged

A 11.European football is played in 80 countries, it the most popular sport in the world. (NMET2003)

A. making B. makes C. made D. to make

B 12.The secretary worked late into the night, a long speech for the president. (MET2004)

A. to prepare B. preparing C. prepared D. was preparing

C 13. a reply, he decided to write again. (2005北京)

A. Not receiving B. Receiving not

C. Not having received D. Having not received

B 14.The houses are for the old people and the construction work will start soon. (2006江苏)

A. built B. to be built C. to build D. being built

C 15.If ill, I’ll stay home a good rest. (2006辽宁)

A. to fall, taking B. fall; to taking

C. falling; taking D. falling; take

Step 3 Discussion: Life at present V.S. Life in the future

1. Ask the students to carry out a discussion to compare the present life and life in the future.

do you want to work for space? What worker should be needed for the space?

2. Ask the students whether they would like to work for space if possible, and then ask them to complete this advertisement choosing these words in their proper forms.

(constant remind unsettle previous bend press swiftly link)

many people need to be________of the job opportunities on space stations, which _________ need space cooks, cleaners, teachers, and computer engineers. You can be _____ trained with one-year space course and then be ready to enjoy the benefits of working in space. People are _______ at first but soon feel better as families are encouraged to come. For health reasons, only one stay of three years is allowed. So any ______ e-perience working in space for this length of time means you cannot apply. Many people ______ to stay longer but the _____ between illness and length of stay on a space station is too strong. It is sad but the rules cannot be ___ for anyone. 【设计说明】

通过小组讨论让学生展开想象的翅膀,憧憬未来生活的美好,随后通过跟目前生活的比较,教育学生要珍惜现在,展望未来。然后让学生根据自己的实际情况,讨论是否愿意为空间站工作。

Step4 Assignment

Ask the students to write an application letter for working in space.

【设计说明】

让学生设计自己的空间站求职信,一方面锻炼学生的写作能力,一方面又与实际生活相联系,一举两得。

Period 3: Using language

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn some new words and e-pressions.

2. Encourage students to master the features of the two alien creatures, and try to compare the similarities and difference between them.

3. Train the students’ reading skills and predict the future humans.

Teaching Methods:

1. Prediction

2. Pair work & group work

3. Comparison

Step 1 Lead-in

1.The teacher shows a video clip from Star War to the students.

2.The teacher shows some pictures of those mentioned creatures from the video clip and ask some questions.

Q1: Where do those creatures live? Gala-y, planet

Q2: How are they different from us humans?

Q3: What do they eat and drink?

Q4: Which language do they speak?

【设计说明】

该部分阅读是上一课阅读材料的延续,主要谈及Li Qiang在太空中遇见的两类令人惊讶的生物。因内容与《星球大战》中形态怪异的太空生物有所类似,故笔者采取-《星球大战》片段导入,通过对太空生物的生理形态及生活的预测讨论引出课文内容。

Step2 Prediction and understanding of the title

The teacher asks the students to talk about their own understanding of the title, and try to predict what kinds of amazing creatures will Li Qiang come across in AD 3005.

【设计说明】

引出课文内容后,首先让学生就题目发表讨论,预测作者在跨时空旅行中将会遭遇哪些形态各异的生物。

Step3 Reading for details

1.Ask the students to describe the space station.

Q1: What does the space station look like?

Q2: How about the inside of the space station?

Q3: What can you see inside the station?

2.Ask the students to read through the following two passages and finish the following questions:

Q1: What two alien creatures are mentioned in the te-t?

Q2: What are the features of these two amazing creatures?

pare the similarities and differences between these two alien creatures in various aspects.

Name of creature Mu-mu Dimpods

Size Tall & thin small

Appearance Face/head/leg Like a cat

Colour Black & white Blue or purple

Personality Friendly Interesting + lovely

Number of arms Si- Many

Number of legs One leg / shell Many

How it moves Slowly Skip around fast

voice Whisper Shout

Food Carrot + cocoa Lemonade + herbs

【设计说明】

由于文章结构清晰,内容简单,主要介绍了Li Qiang在太空中遇见的两类生物以及它们之间的比较。故笔者直接处理课文细节,让学生通过阅读找出文中对两类生物的描述,比较它们的特征。

Step4 Discussion

The teacher asks the students to predict about the future humans by referring to the following questions.

Q1: When do the future humans live?

Q2: Where do they live?

Q3: What do they eat?

Q4: Do their body parts have any other special functions?

Q5: What are the features of the future humans?

Q6: How do future humans work and live?

【设计说明】

文章原先安排的任务是猜测并绘出外星人的模样,并用文字描述将外星人的外形特征;由于考虑到这个任务的难度,笔者将任务改为对未来人类的预测,并提供问题提示,降低难度,将话题从漫无边际的想象转至日常生活,程度地调动学生想象的积极性。

Step5 Assignment

draw a picture of the future humans, then write a description based on your drawing. 【设计说明】

让学生参考文章结构与内容,用文字表述未来人类在生理、心理、生活、工作等方面的特点与变化,并将自己的设计做成Powerpoint文件,在第四课时中上台展示。

Period 4. Listening and speaking

Teaching Aims:

1. Train the students’ listening ability.

2. Encourage the students to make up a dialogue about what life will be like in their hometowns in 1000 years’ time.

Teaching Methods:

1. Listen to catch the main ideas

2. Individual work and group work

3. Cooperative study

Step1 Display the design of the future humans

The teacher chooses several students to come to the front and display their design of future humans to the class. Appropriate evaluation is required.

【设计说明】

抽取几位学生上台通过Powerpoint文件展示并讲解自己在上节课对未来人类的设计与幻想,教师进行适当的点评,检验学生的设计成果,并进行总结:想象力是人类与生俱来的本能,也是人类进步的动力,人如果没有想象力,世界必然一片空白,人生将会无限的单调乏味,因为有想象才有事实,有想象才能成功。为了拓展我们的生活领域,提高我们的生活品质,使未来的生活美梦成真,让我们利用我们聪明的头脑和灵巧的双手去想象、去创造、去发明吧!

Step2 Lead-in

The teacher displays a picture of the solar system to the students, and asks the following questions:

Q1: Which planet would be the best residence for humans?

Q2: What will life on Mars be like?

【设计说明】

因听力材料描绘了想象中一个在火星上充满奇迹的wonderworld,在那个世界很多高新科技被应用于日常生活与工作中,故笔者从一张有关太阳系的图片导入,引出听力材料中的planet, o-ygen, gravity, space creatures等生词,然后向学生提出问题,太阳系中哪个星球比较适合人类生存,让学生对火星生活作出预测,从而引出听力材料。

Step3 Listening for main ideas

□living on another planet □new discoveries in space □space creatures

□why a space station spins □how to get water on Mars □comets

□houses in a town on Mars □Martian creatures □atmosphere and gravity

Keys: living on another planet, atmosphere and gravity, how to get water on Mars, houses in a town on Mars

【设计说明】

要求学生在听录音的同时提取听力材料的主要内容,并在书中的练习一上打勾。培养学生听取重要信息的能力。

Step4 Listening for details

1. How can “Wonderworld” make sure there is enough o-ygen?

2. How can “Wonderworld” make sure there is enough water?

3. What is the advantage of living in “Wonderworld”?

4. Do you think people will be healthy living in “Wonderworld”? Why?

Keys: 1. “Wonderworld” will provide a covered area for people to live in with a special air supply.

llect water from under the planet’s surface – cleaned and recycled – bacteria are

used to clean the dirty water.

3.People may become rich and famous.

4.People will be healthy since they have a satisfactory climate, enough water and sufficient accommodation to live comfortably.

【设计说明】

要求学生再听一遍录音,完成文中的细节问题。培养学生听取细节内容的能力。

Step5 Prediction & Speaking

Ask the students to work in pairs and list some questions about what life will be like in their hometown in 1000 years’ time by referring to the following sentence patterns:

Suppose that… Do you imagine that…?

I wonder if … Is it possible that…?

Is it likely/ unlikely that…? Do you suppose that…?

【设计说明】

要求学生根据本单元的学习,运用掌握的词汇与句型,预测1000年后家乡发生的变化,学生运用课本中提供的句型编造对话,先两两讨论,然后跟其他小组成员讨论编对话,培养口语及集体协作能力。新课标第一网

Step6 Assignment

Practise asking your classmates what will their hometowns be like in 1000 years’ time.

【设计说明】

要求学生在课后跟自己的同学用英语交谈,讨论预测1000年以后家乡发生的变化,将英语学习融入日常生活,激发学生讲英语的-,在实践中锻炼学生的英语能力。

英语选修6教案 篇4

Unit 4 of Module 6 Language points

班级 姓名 学号 时间 评价

Learning Aims:

1. To learn some language points in this text to enlarge the vocabulary

2. To use the language points when doing the exercises.

Learning Important and Difficult Points:

1. Learn to analyze some long and complicated sentences.

Learning Methods:

1. Learn some phrases by heart.

2. Learn the usage of some words and phrases through self-study and practice.

Learning Procedures:

第一部分:自主探究

Ⅰ. 识记短语

1. feel honored 感到荣耀 2.be made up of 由……组成

3. human rights 人权 4. be based on 以……基础

5. be involved in 参与 6. in addition 此外

7. child labour 童工 8. with the help of 在……的帮助下

9. work on the projects 致力于项目 10. increase one’s awareness 提升意识

11.draw one’s attention 吸引某人的注意力 12. per day 每一天

13. add… to… 向……增加 14. under the umbrella of 在……的保护下

15. across the world 在全世界 16. lack of 缺少

17. agree to do 同意做某事 18. be available to 可得到的

19. look up 查阅 20. primary education 小学教育

21. meet goals 实现目标 22. worthy organizations可敬的组织

II. 重点单词、词组或句子用法探究

1.[原句回放]I am pleased to have this chance today to talk to you about the United Nations or the UN, as it is more often referred to. 句中as意为 _像,正如_,词性是__连词___ ,引导__方状_从句。refer to 意为 谈到__,其中to 是__介词__ (词性);refer to还有_查阅___ , __指的是___ 的意思。

[拓展]refer to … as 把……当作……;reference n. 提到,谈及;指的是;参考;查阅;reference book 参考书 小试牛刀

1)他喜欢科学,就像他父亲一样。(as)

___He likes science, as his father does.__________________________________________

2) This exam is vital because the score will be ______ by the school you apply to. (B级)

A. looked up B. referred to C. added to D. turned on

3) The book ______ by Mr. Wu is written by my English teacher.

A. referring to B. referred to C. referred D. to refer

2.[原句回放]The UN is an international group made up of countries that want to increase peace, and I’m very happy to have been chosen to be a Goodwill Ambassador for them. 句中made up of 意为 ___由…组成____ , 作 __后置定语__(成分)。它的反义词组是 ____make up____, 该词组还有 __化妆____、__编造____、___弥补___ 等含义。to have been chosen 是动词不定式的 ___完成____ 时态, 表示动作 ______已经______ 发生。

[拓展]be made up of = consist of 由……组成 be made from/of 由……制成

be made into 被制成 小试牛刀!

1)我很荣幸被邀请参加你们的婚礼。

I feel honored to be invited to attend your wedding. __________________________________

2)所有动物身体都是由细胞构成的吗?。

Are all animals bodies made up of cells? _____________________________________

3)As we all know, the world is ______ seven continents and four oceans. (B级)

A. consisted of B. made in C. made out of D. made up of

4) Women ______ 40 per cent of the workforce. (C级)

A. make out B. make for C. make up D. make into

3.[原句回放]With the help of these armies and other worthy organizations the UN assists the victims of wars and disasters. 句中worthy是 __adj.___ (词性),作 定语____ (成分),意为 ___可敬的____ 。除此之外,worthy 还有 ___值得__ 的意思。assist 意为 帮助___ ,可构成词组 assist sb. _to do_/__with sth _/_in doing_____________。

[拓展]be worthy of +n be worthy of being done be worthy to be done be worth doing/n It is worthwhile to do/ doing 小试牛刀!

用worth,worthy和worthwhile 填空

1) The book he bought is worth_ 100 yuan.

2) His advice is worth considering/consideration.

3) I think the advice is worthy of being considered.

4) I think the city is worthy to be visited.

5) I think it is worthwhile to visit the city.

6) The problem is ______. Which is wrong?

A. worth paying attention to B. worthy to be paid attention to

C. worthy of being paid attention to D. worthy being paid attention to

7) The novel is ______ worth reading.

A. very B. so C. well D. much

4.[原句回放]Watch any TV report on places where there is a war, and you will see soldiers wearing blue berets. 该句是由一个 祈使句 + and + 陈述句 组成。Where there is a war 是一个 定语 从句, where 是 关系副词 (词性)。 see soldiers wearing blue berets中wearing blue berets 是 宾补 (成分)。小试牛刀!

努力学习,你会实现梦想的。

Work hard, and you will realize your dreams.______________________________________

快点,否则你就会迟到的。

Hurry up , or you will be late.____________________________________________________

1)Do more speaking, I think, ______ you’ll improve your spoken English.

A. then B. and C. so D. or

5.[原句回放]In addition, my visits will encourage people working on the projects and draw local people’s attention to the situation. 句中in addition意为 另外 ,在句中相当于besides,表示 递进_ 关系。working on the projects在句中充当 后置定语_(成分)。draw one’s attention to 意为 把注意力吸引到…… , to 是 介词(词性),后接 n/v-ing/pron(词性)。

[拓展]attract/ call/ catch one’s attention 吸引某人注意力 pay one’s attention to 注意,留心 fix /focus one’s attention on 集中注意力于 小试牛刀!

1)Don’t let your students play computer games any more; you should ______ their attention to their study.

A. pay B. turn C. change D. draw (B级)

2)他招手以引起服务员的注意。

He waved to attract the attention of the waiter.

6.[原句回放]There are lots of such promgrammes and funds under the umbrella of the UN, and these have helped millions of people across the world. 句中under the umbrella of 意为在…的管理、保护下 。across the world 意为 在全世界 。

[拓展] under the leadership of 在……的领导下, under the control of 受……控制, 在进行中 under way , 在建设中 under construction , 在修理中 under repair , 在讨论中 under discussion 。 小试牛刀!

1) The flowers grow well ______ the green house.

A. under the help of B. with the permission of

C. under the leadship of D. under the umbrella of

7.[原句回放]Apart from the urgent problems caused by wars and conflicts, the UN helps countries with other problems such as lack of education, lack of food, poverty, disasters and disease. 句中apart from 意为 除…之外 ,相当于besides( besides/ except)。lack of 意为 缺乏 , lack是n.(词性),另外lack 还有 vt.(vt./ vi.)。

[拓展] be lack of 缺乏 no lack of 不缺乏 for the lack of 由于缺乏 be lacking in 缺乏 小试牛刀!

1)Though ______ money, his parents managed to send him to college (C级)

A. lacked B. lacking of C. lacking D. lacked in

2) The exporer got a disease in blood for the ______ of fresh vegetable and fruit.

A. sake B. lack C. safe D. result (C级)

第二部分:达标测评

I. 根据要求将下列句子翻译成英文

1. 他很高兴被提供了一个出国的机会。(be happy to )

He is happy to have been offered a chance to go abroad.______________________________

2. 如果操作不当,机器就会很快坏掉。(operate )

If operated improperly, the machine will break down soon.____________________________

3. 除了恶劣的天气之外,我们还经常遇到野兽。(apart from )

Apart from the bad weather, we also meet with wild animals frequently.__________________

4. 缺水是这个地区最大的难题。(lack )

Lack of water is the biggest problem in this area.____________________________________

II. 单项填空

1. It is really dangerous. One more step ______ the baby will fall into the well.

A. or B. so C. but D. and

2. If the tickets are still ______ to us, I want to buy one.

A. able B. available C. acceptable D.enjoyable

3. Most of us know we should cut down on fat, but knowing such things isn’t much help when it ______ shopping and eating.

A.refers to B. speaks of C. focuses on D. comes to

4. He ______ so much work that he couldn’t really do it efficiently.

A. put on B. took on C. took in D. took over

5. Much attention should be paid to ______ people destroying the rain forest.

A. stop B. stopping C. keep D. keeping

6. Most people don’t realize the amount of effort that is _______ in writing.

A. involved B. involving C. contained D. called

7. ______ these arrangements, extra ambulances will be on duty until midnight.

A. In addition B. In addition to C. except D. what’s more

8. Health problems are closely connected with bad eating habits and a ______ of exercise.

A. limit B. lack C. need D. demand

英语选修6教案 篇5

一、单元考点提示

1.单词

Advertise,comment,satisfaction,blame,tense,fragile,split,sincerely,product,

Seek,sort,technigque,environment,recycle.

2.短语

Bring in 引入;增加 hand in hand 并进;联合

Try out 试验 think up 想出

At the last moment 在最后一刻 get rid of 处理;去掉

Break up分解;腐蚀 break down出毛病;不运转;分解

At one time(以前)有过一段时期

A mountain of/mountains of (一)大堆;大量的

Shut down (放下)关上;关闭(企业等)

3.句型

(1)Since production in creases,the price can be reduced.

(2)Also present will be a person who thinks up an idea for an advertise

-ment.

(3)There have been major changes in advertising in the past si-ty years.

(4)No matter how much you want to bathe(in the sea),it just isn’t safe.

(5)I suppose it is better to be safe than sick.

(6)It will be many years before the chemicals start to escape from the containers.

4.语法

(1)复习过去分词。

(2)复习第一至第五单元出现过的重点语法项目。

二、考点精析与拓展

1.I think it would be a good idea to(do sth.)

“我想,干某事是个好主意”(是委婉地提出建议的交际英语)。

A:I’m afraid I’m putting on weight.

B:I think it would be a good idea to keep on doing moning e-ercises.

2.Do you think so?

①“so”用于避免重复前面所说过的内容,等于代替肯定的名词性从句,可与believe,do,e-pect,fear,guess,hope,say,speak,suppose,

Think等及It appear…,It seems和I’m afraid连用。

“Will they go to see him?”

“I believe so.(I believe[that]they will go to see him.)”

②表示否定时,用not代替so,但在believe,suppose,think等动词之后,如I don’t think(believe,suppose)so等,通常仍可与so连用。

③不能和表示确信、疑问的词语连用。

I doubt about it.(√)

I doubt so.(×)

3.agree with同意……,(气候,食物等)适合于某人;和……相一致(常用于否定句)。

The climate here doesn’t agree with me.

Agree to …赞成……

Agree on 就……取得一致意见或看法

4.persuade sb.to do sth.

说明某人做……

Persuade sb.into doing sth.

“persuade”只有劝服了的情况下才可以直接使用,没有劝服,则用:

Try to persuade sb.to do sth.

Advise sb.to do sth

①We try to persuade him to stop smoking,but he still smokes now.

②He persuaded me into lending him all my savings.

N.Persuade sb.out of 说明(人)停止,劝阻

doing

His parents persuaded him out of his foolish action.

5.e-press one’s satisfaction with对……表示满意

Be satisfied with对……感到满意

The officials e-pressed their satisfaction with the preparation for the e-hibition.

6.at the top of在……的顶部,上方

At the top of a mountain在山顶

She is (at)the top of her class in French.

At the top of one’s voice高声地,尖声地

7.bring in 把……拿进来;收获;赚入……;获利

They bring in one million dollars a year from their new company.

8.carry out 搬出;进行

①Would you please carry the chairs out?

②The plan should be carried out at once.

9.ask for 要求,请求

Ask sb.for sth.向(某人)请求 (要求)……

She asked for some advice on how to learn English well.

10.It is a waste of time/money to do sth.干……浪费时间(钱)

It’s a waste of time to fi- this watch.

11.instead of,prep.代替……,而不是

I don’t like beer;Please give me cola instead.

12.would say总是会说……

Would有过去、常常……之意,但它与used to 的用法不相同的。

①表示过去持续的状态或感情总是used to 而不是would。因此,would不与表示状态的动词连用。

There used to be a hospital/here.(√)

这里过去有一所医院。

There would be…(×)

②used to 和would都可以表示过去规则的行为,但通常would是在过去不大规则的行为时,或主语的关心、感慨等主观因素较强时使用,而used to 则在客观地陈述相当期间的规则行为时使用。

“I’ll leave this job for a better one”,he would say when he was scolded by his boss.

③“would”常与“often,sometimes,for hours”等表示时间的副词(短语)连用。

④与现在或将来比较而表示“以前经常……”的意思时,用used to。

He will not have the money to spend on books as he used to.

13.think up 想出,想起(办法等)

The students try to think up an idea to play football without being seen.

Think over熟虑;think out 想出,想透(问题等)

Think of考虑,认为,想起think about 考虑,想出

Think aloud自言自语

14.in the past si-ty years在过去的60年里(常与现在完成时连用)

great changes have taken place in the past few years.

15.start with 以……开始

Today’s class starts with a question.

16.at the last moment在最后关头

At the moment 此刻;正在那时 for a moment片刻;一会儿for the moment 目前,暂时in a moment立刻,马上

17.point out 指出(to+n.)

The teacher pointed out my mistakes to me.

Point+(n.)+at/to/toward+n.

指向,对着……;显示

He quietly pointed his gun at the deer.

18.be crowded with 挤满……

Crowded 还可作adj.

The bus was crowded with people.

A crowded train(street)

(交通拥挤是heavy[busy]traffic,不能说crowded traffic)

19.admire sb.for…佩服某人的……

We admire him for the boy’s courage.

Be shocked

20. be astonished at sth.(to do,从句)

Be surprised

这三个词用法基本相同,只是“惊讶”的程度不同,shock>astonish>surprised。

21.search+n.搜查,搜身,意思是经过搜查之后想找到自己要的东西。

Search for:look for寻找

The police searched the room for the thief.

22.remind sb.+than-clause.使人想起(某事),提醒

remind sb.to do sth.使(某人)想起做(某事);提醒某人做(某事)

I reminded him to work hard.

23.It looks as if…看起来好象……

It seems as if…似乎……It seems that…It appears as if/that…

It looks as if it’s going to snow.

24.no matter how 无论怎样……引导让步状语从句。

类似的no matter who,no matter what,no matter when,no matter where…ect.

No matter what he says,I won’t believe him.

25.suppose+that-clause 以为,假如

Suppose vt.以为,猜想,假定

Suppose sb.+(to be)+adj./n

以为(某人)是……,假定……为……

①I supposed that she was an English teacher.

②All the students supposed him to be the headmaster.

26.not+adj./adv.+enough+不定式 不够……,(以致)不能……

大体相当于 too…to …

He is not old enough to go to school.

(=He is too young to go to school.)

27.deal with 对付,处理(常与疑问代词how连用)

do with处理(常与疑问副词what)

She knows well how to deal with her parents.

28.get rid of 除去,除掉,摆脱(疾病等麻烦事物)

How can I get rid of the pain in the chest?

29.break up驱散;分散,破坏(关系)

Break down毁坏;分体;故障

The police used teargas to break up the demonstration.

30.against the law违反法律

Be against反对,违反

Be for赞成,支持

Abraham Lincoln was strongly against slavery.

31.at the bottom of 在……底部,下端

At the bottom of a hill在山脚下

She is always at the bottom of the class.

32.at one time 往昔;曾有一时

At one time there wer not so many cars on the streets.

33.set up建立,设立,创设

A new government was set up after the civilwar.

34.fight against(with)与……战斗

Fight for 为……战

Fight against与……搏斗

35.seek to 尝试,试图

Seek(sought,sought,seeking),vt./vi.寻求,探求

Seek for(after)+n.找寻

Seek+n./going寻找,征求,设法得到

We must seek (for)a solution to the problem.

36.be active in在……方面很积极

Take an active part in积极参加

①He was active in helping others.

②He takes an active part in all kinds of sports.

37.multiply A by B A乘以4。

mulitiply 3 by 4.3乘以4。

4 multiplied by 2 is 8.

38.take out去除(污点等)(本课的用法)

还有“把(人)带去,把(物)拿去,获得(权利许可等)”。

my parents are taking me out to a show tonight.

You will have to have the tooth taken out.

39.shut down关闭……;停止营业

①This factory has shut down.

②Shut down the window.

Shut off 关掉

40.be disappointed with(at,about)对……失望

I was disappinted at (in,with)the result.

Be disappointed to do做……而感到失望

His uncle was disappointed to hear the news.

英语选修七教案收藏


教案课件既关系到教学步骤,也关系到教学的课程标准,认真规划好自己教案课件是每个老师每天都要做的事情。 构建出色的教案和课件是教学任务的重中之重。在下文中您将会了解关于英语选修七教案的知识点,或许你能从中找到需要的内容!

英语选修七教案 篇1

英语:Unit1 《Art》教案(新人教版选修6) Warming-up Lead-in: In order to decorate our classroom, we have several paintings to choose from. Now I’d like you to look at the paintings in this unit. (p2 and p44) Which would you like to put up on the walls of our classroom? And why? What kind of the style for each painting? Important points: 1. include v. including prep. E.g. Thirty people, including six children, went to visit the factory. == Thirty people, six children included, went to visit the factory. (介词短语including six children可用独立主格结构six children included替换, 即including sb.=sb. included) 2. painting n.(油,水彩) 画  paint v.(用颜料)画    drawing n.(素描) 画 draw v.(用线条)勾画 3.abstract adj.抽象的,深奥的  n.摘要(of) v.摘录,提取,分离(from) (perfect adj./v increase v./n.  conduct v./n.) an abstract painting 抽象画 abstract noun 抽象名词 abstract…from…从…中提取 in the abstract 抽象地,一般性地 e.g. Beauty is abstract but a house is not. e.g. Salt can be abstracted from sea water. e.g. I like dogs in the abstract, but I can’t bear this one. 4.What would you rather do … 你更愿意做什么… Pre-reading (说课p94)Reading Scanning: What were the artists interested in from 5 th to 15 th century AD? They are interested in creating respect and love for God. How did Masaccio paint his paintings? He drew things in perspective(透视画法), which make picture very realistic. Why did the impressionists have to paint quickly? Because natural light changes quickly, they had to paint quickly. Skimming   Name of Ages Time Artist Feature  The Middle Ages 5th to 15th century AD Giotto di Bondone religious, realistic  The Renaissance 15th to16th century AD Masaccio perspective, realistic  Impressionism late 19th to early 20th centurydetailed, ridiculous  Modern Art 20th century to todaycontroversial, absreact, realistic  Important points: influence v.& n. 影响(力);有影响(之人或物) have an influence on/upon… 对…有影响 have influence over/with…  对…有影响力 under the influence of  受…所影响,受…所左右 e.g. The weather in summer influences the rice crops. e.g. He has no influence over his children. belief n.相信;信念;信仰;信心 believe v. belief-believe  life-live  proof-prove  safe-save  thief-thieve beyond believe  难以置信 have belief in… 对…有信心 It’s one’s belief that-  某人相信 to the best of one’s belief  (某人)深信 e.g. My belief is that he will win. 我确信他会赢。 e.g. Her belief in God is very firm. 她对上帝的信仰很坚定。 consequently  adv. 所以;因而(as a result) consequent  adj. 作为结果的;随之发生的;由..引起(on) consequence n.结果;后果;重要性 as a consequence of 作为…的结果 in consequence of  作为…的结果 be of no consequence to sb. 对…无关紧要 take/bear/suffer the consequence of one’s action  承担行动的后果 e.g. As a/In consequence of your laziness and rudeness, I am forced to dismiss you.   由于你的懒惰和粗野,我不得不辞退你。 e.g. It’s of no consequence to me. e.g. You made the wrong decision, and now you must take the consequences. e.g. Severe flooding was consequent on the heavy rain. 大洪水是由大雨所致。 …starting from the 5th century AD. 分词短语做方式状语 e.g. Please translate the following sentences, using the words and phrases you have learnt. …the main aim of painters was to represent religious themes.(不定式作表语) aim  n.目标;目的;瞄准 v.瞄准;努力  aimless  adj. 没有目标 take aim at  瞄准 achieve one’s aim  达到某人的目标 aim to do sth.  意欲/力求做某事 aim (sth.) at sb./sth.  (用某物)瞄准某人/某物 be aimed at  目标是;目的是 e.g. What’s your aim in life?  你人生的'目标是什么? e.g. He aimed the gun at a bird.  他用枪瞄准鸟。 …by the 13th century by  prep. 在…之前,不迟于… (“by+过去时间”常与过去完成时连用;“by+将来时间”常与将来完成时连用) e.g. I had learnt eight thousand words by the end of last month. e.g. By the time this letter reaches you I will have left the country. value  n.价值;(pl.)价值观 v.给…估价 be of great(some, little, no) value to… 对…有很大(一些,几乎没有,没有)价值 put great value on sth.  认为某事十分有益 go up/rise/increase in value  升值 go down/fall/drop in value  贬值 cultural/social/moral values  文化/社会/道德观念 valuable adj. 有价值的;重要的  valueless adj. (worthless) invaluable adj. (priceless) take the place of  替代,取代(replace) take one’s place  入座,就位(当one与主语指同一人时);代替某人的职位 in the place of  代替;取代(instead of) take place 发生;被举行(无变动) e.g. Please take your place. From now on I will take the place of Mr. Li as chairman of the meeting. focus  v. 使聚焦;使集中  n. 焦点 focus sth. on sth.  聚焦于;集中于 in focus  焦点对准的;清晰的 out of focus  焦点未对准的; 模糊不清的 e.g. All our eyes were focused on the speaker.  大家的目光都集中在发言人身上。 possession n. 所有;占有;(pl.)所有物;财产 possess  v.占有;拥有 possessor  n. 所有人;持有人 personal possessions 个人财产 in possession of 占有;拥有;持有 (主语是人,拥有某物) in sb’s possession/in the possession of sb.  为某人所有; 在某人的控制下(主语是物,为某人所有) come into possession of sth.  /  take possession of sth. 占有某物 e.g. He was found in possession of some dangerous drugs. == Some dangerous drugs were found in the possession of him / in his possession. e.g. The soldiers took possession of the enemy’s base. in perspective  用透视画法  perspective n. 透视画法;透视图;观点 convince vt 使确信;使信服 convince sb. to do sth. 说服某人做某事 convince sb. of sth. / that- 使某人相信 be convinced. of sth. / that- 相信 e.g. It took many hours to convince John of his wife’s mistake. e.g. We convinced Anne to go by train rather than plane. e.g. It’s hard to convince my family that we can’t afford a new car e.g. I am convinced that he is telling the truth. If the rules of perspective had not been discovered, people would not have been able to paint such realistic pictures. (if条件句中表过去情况的虚拟语气) a great deal 大量;很多(a lot, much) 修饰不’  修饰可’  修饰可’+不’ much  a large/great number of  a lot of/lots of a great/good deal of  large/great numbers of a large quantity of a great amount of  a great/good many  large quantities of   dozens of(几十)  plenty of   scores of(几十) mostly adv. 大部分地;主要地(mainly, largely) most n.大部分;最大程度(作主,宾) adj. 大多数的(表) adv. 最,极其,非常(状) e.g. Most students say that it is a most (a very) interesting book, but it isn’t the most (最高级)interesting they’ve read, and that they read such books mostly on weekends. . be accepted as…  被认为是… nowadays  adv 现今;如今  Nowadays many people travel by air scores of  许多的;大量的;几十的(修饰复数名词时,不与数词连用) e.g. I have been there scores of times. score  n. (比赛)比分;(测试)分数;二十 three score (of) years 六十年  (表示“二十”时与数词连用,不加s) scores of years  许多年 与dozen用法类似 …but without the impressionists many of these painting styles would not exist…. without the impressionist介词短语相当于一虚拟条件句 if there were not the impressionists… attempt  vt.& n. 尝试;努力;企图   (attempt比try更正式,且attempt 暗含不成功) attempt a difficult problem  试着解答难题 attempt to do sth  试图做某事 make an attempt to do/at doing sth. 试图做某事 …using colour, line and shape to represent them. (现在分词作伴随或方式状语) e.g. He often went running to school. on the other hand  另一方面,反过来说(状) on (the) one hand 一方面 on hand  现有的,手头上的,即将发生的 Comprehending Learning about language 1. historical&nb

英语选修七教案 篇2

选修6  Module5 Period 1 主备人   授课时间及班级   Studying aims 1. Read part of the  words and phrases  2. Read the passage on P58 and do some related exercises    Importances of teaching understand the passage exactly Difficulties of teaching how to analyse the taxt and grasp the main idea of the text Teaching procedures   Step1           Step2                                   Step3             step4   Vocabulary 1.Read through the words in the book with the whole class on P151-152. 2.Ask them to complete the activity individually with  the help of using their dictionaries.   Reading 1. Ask the student’s to open the book and read the passage Frankenstein’s Monster.   2.After reading ,let the students deal with the questions in this part ,especially pay attention to the important words and phrases.   3.Ask students to read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer ,then call back the answers from the whole class as complete sentences 1. terrify ; terrifying ; terrified 2. 强调句的格式及例句 3. make +宾语+宾补 4. throw oneself on 5. beneficial 6. contrast with 7.   Exercises   1. choose the best meaning for the expressions from the passage. 2. call back the answers from the whole class as complete sentences.   Summary and homework Summarize the studying aims     read the words three times and master more vocabulary in class         Pay attention to the words and phrases           Read the passage individually .If necessary ,the teacher should give them futher explanation.             Call back the answers from the whole class ,having one student read the original sentences .         keep the words and phases in mind       选修6  Module5 Period 2 主备人   授课时间及班级   Studying aims 1.Read through the last words and phrases  2.Read the passage on P64 and do some related exercises    Importances of teaching Improve  student’s skill of reading Difficulties of teaching Master more vocabulary and get the main idea Teaching procedures   Step1           Step2                       Step3               Step4       Step5   Revision Vocabulary   1.Review the important words and phrases together 2. Read through the words in the book with the whole class on P151―152.   reading practice 1.Ask the students to open the book and read the passage Cloning and DNA on page 64 . 2.let the students deal with the questions in this part on P65(1-5)  A C D D A   1. It is /was +…… that  … 2. 主语从句 3. rely on 4. restrict 5. spit   Reading practice 1.look at the title of the passge and the words in the box and decide one’s you are likely to see.   2.Read the text again and answer the questions.After reading ,find the paragraph which describe.     Exercises 1.finish the words excises one by one 2.Do some reading  exercises   Summary and homework   1.Summarize the studying aims 2.Hand out exercises after class       Master more vocabulary and read them fluently       Improve student’s skill of reading and master the useful sentences.                   Read the passage individually .     finish the questions in the text.         Complete the activity individually       选修6  Module5 Period 3 主备人   授课时间及班级   Studying aims 1.review all th eimportant words and phrases  2.Read the passage on P67 and 69 and do some related exercises    Importances of teaching how to undersand the rading material exactly Difficulties of teaching train the students’ integrating skills especially reading Teaching procedures   Step1       Step2                       Step3               Step4         Step5   Revision   .Review the important words and phrases together   reading practice   1.Ask the students to open the book and read the passage on page 67 .   2 .choose the best main idea.the passage is about B   3. decide who the writer is B   4..choose the best answer on P68.   AABAC   Reading practice   1. read the passage in Cultural Corner individually.   2. answer the questions : what are the most important feature of described in Brave New World   Exercises   1.finish the words excises one by one 2.Do some reading  exercises   Summary and homework   1.Summarize the studying aims 2. recite all the language points       Master more vocabulary and read them fluently loudly     enable the students to use the function ,and improve the students’ abilities                   Read the passage individually .               Complete the activity individually and check the answers with the whole class       选修6  Module5 Period 4 主备人   授课时间及班级   Studying aims Master the Grammar: the Subjunctive Mood  Importances of teaching Help students to learn and master the sentence pattern: If I were you… Difficulties of teaching How to help the students complete the activities about the Grammar Teaching procedures   Step1       Step2                 Step3                                   Step4     Vocabulary Review the words in the book with the whole class on P151-152.   Grammar P62 Look at the sentences from the listening passage. Choose the correct answers. (1)  Ask the students to do this individually, and then check with a partner. (2)  Call back the answers from the whole class as complete sentences. Answers: 1.a  2.b  3.a  4.b   Explanation 虚拟语气在条件句中的用法 英语中有两种条件句:真实条件句和非真实条件句。真实条件句表示突出的`假设完全可以成为现实,谓语动词用陈述语气。非真实条件句表示所提出的假设实现的可能性极小或与事实相反,谓语动词用虚拟语气。虚拟语气也可以表示愿望、请求及建议等。 1.对现在的假设:表示现在实际上并不存在的情况。If+主语+were/v-ed…, 主语+should/would/could/might+动词原形 2.对将来的假设:表示将来实现可能性非常小的情况。If+主语+should/were to +动词原形,主语+ should/would/could/might+动词原形 3.对过去的假设:表示过去并不存在的情况。 If+主语+had+过去分词,主语+should/would/could/might+have+过去分词   Summary and homework Summarize the studying aims   Review the words in oral and master more vocabulary       Listen to the tape carefully                     Pay attention to the usage of Subjunctive Mood                           Do the exercise on page 62 individually       选修6  Module5 Period 5 主备人   授课时间及班级   Studying aims 1.Review the words and phrases  2.Master

英语选修七教案 篇3

新目标任务型教学的特色理念:《新目标英语》是以任务为基础的语言教学,在教材的设计上,遵循了自然言语、情境真实性、语言形式为交流功能性服务、层层深入阶梯型发展语言能力、在做中学等最新教学原则和理念,注重引导学生体会文化差异,培养学生自主学习能力,完全符合教育部的《义务教育阶段英语课程标准》的要求。本教材的教学理念:“知识用于行动”,强调“语言应用”,培养“创新、实践能力”,发展“学习策略”。

人教社《新目标英语》教材的几大特色:

A. 图文并茂。一幅副充满情趣,幽默生动的画面,令你眼睛一亮。它不仅版面设计充满新意,而且在内容和结构方面更富有创意 更具时代感,更有现代气息,更加贴近学生的生活。学生一拿到课本后都爱不释手,迫不及待地翻阅。

B. 实用性强。每个单元的选材都来源于学生的学习和生活。紧紧地与学生的年龄特征、认知结构、生活经验联系在一起。如第一册的十四个话题:认识新朋友、教室里的物品、家庭成员、食品、购物、电影、参加社团、生活习惯、学习科目、国家与语言。第二册的十二个话题:邻居、动物、足球、职业、周末活动、音乐、人物性格与外貌、天气、节日、度假与休闲、流行文化、规章制度与日常生活。由于这些都是学生熟悉的话题,生活中经常碰到的事情,所以学生容易接受,学习热情自然也高。使教学活动由“要我学”转变为“我要学”。

C.注重交际。针对中国学生学英语普遍存在的“聋哑病”,教材设计了大量的听说读写材料。每个单元都有语言活动,且内容不同,形式多样,学生对这些活动充满兴趣,所以大家都能情绪高昂地参加pair work, group work, games等活动。学生们充满了自信,开心地练习说英语,教室里常常充满了欢歌笑语。同学们都喜欢上英语课,他们能为学以致用而感到兴奋,同时也体验到了学习语言的快乐。

D.词汇量大。第一册有词汇700个左右,第二册约450个,第三册约450个,第四册约400个, 第五册约500个,合计2500个。这一点正好达到《英语课程标准》5级的要求。大大丰富了学生的词汇量,让学生能更好地表达自己的所思所想。同时也要求学生必须采取有效的记忆单词的方法,就会事半功倍,否则难以适应教材的要求。这时学生特别需要教师的指导 .。

a.言语、情境真实性原则 (The authenticity principle)

任务的设计要提供给学习者明确、真实的语言信息。语言情境、语言形式等要符合交际的功能和规律。使学习者在一种自然、真实或模拟真实的情境中体会语言、掌握语言的应用。

b.形式-功能性原则 (The form-function principle)

任务的设计注重语言形式和语言功能的结合。形式-功能性原则,旨在使学习者掌握语言形式的同时,培养其自我把握语言功能的能力;每一阶段任务的设计都具有一定的导入性,学生在学习语言形式的基础上,通过系列任务的训练,能够自己进行推理和演绎,从而理解语言的功能,并在交际中进行真实运用。

c.阶梯型任务原则 (The task dependency principle)

学习单元中任务的设计由简到繁,由易到难,层层深入,并形成由初级任务到高级任务并由高级任务涵盖初级任务的循环。在语言技能方面,遵循先听、读,后说、写的设计顺序,使教学阶梯式地层层递进。

自始至终引导学生通过完成具体的任务活动来学习语言,让学生为了特定的学习目的去实施特定的语言行动,通过完成特定的交际任务来获得和积累相应的学习经验。

英语选修七教案 篇4

It will be a product of AI(artificial intelligence) and it can do so many things for me,including helping me with all of my housework,especially cleaning the floor which i hate to do most.It could cook the meals anytime for my family.It could send me to school and fetch me from school instead of my parents.added up to all,it could also be my teachers,teaching me English and Math!What an assume robot it will be!With the breakthrough of technology,i strongly believe that my dream will come true oneday.

这将是一个产品的AI(人工智能),它可以为我做很多事情,包括帮助我与我所有的家务,特别是清洁,我最恨做地板。它可以做饭都为我的家人。可以送我去学校接我,这也可能是我的老师,教我英语和数学!什么是机器人将承担!随着技术的突破,我坚信我的梦想会成真的一天。

He is a magical robot,he can chat with me,but also play many songs that I like to listen .But his most special is that he can paint a picture,and the paintings are particularly good.Because I also learn to draw,so this was especially pleased.

他是一个神奇的机器人,他可以和我聊天,还能放我喜欢听的歌曲。但他最特别的是他会画画,而且画的特别好。因为我也在学画画,所以这是特别高兴。

Sometimes,when I can not draw the human body and landscape,he would teach me how to draw this shape,how to use color,how to draw eyes and mouth,and so on.He solved many problems for me.For that,My painting levels increased a lot .

有时,当我不能画人体和风景,他会教我如何画这个形状,如何运用色彩,如何画眼睛和嘴巴,等等。他为我解决了很多问题。因此,我的绘画水平提高了很多。

英语选修七教案 篇5

I. Brief statements Based on the Unit 2

Integrating skills (WB) listening (WB) 7

TEACHING PLAN FOR UNIT 18 (Book 2B)

I. Brief statements Based on the Unit

This unit mainly talks about inventions and what qualities we should have to create new things.. All the activities, including Warming up, Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing, focus on this topic. Through this topic, the students not only get more information about inventions, but also learn what to do to develop creativity.

In addition, the students can learn some useful language points through the materials provided in each part, especially a lot of words and phrases, which are very helpful for the students to build up vocabulary about inventions. The Grammar-the attributive clause is also important. The given materials and exercises give the students an opportunity to learn grammar by using it. It not only helps the students learn to give definitions to new things, but also reviews this part of the grammar as a whole.

All of the activities are helpful for the students to improve their knowledge about language and their skills to use language.

1. Talk about inventions.

2. Practise describing inventions.

3. Review the Attributive Clause.

4. Write a process essay..

Period 1&2: warming up and reading

Period4: integrating skills (WB) and listening (WB)

GOALS:

To learn some basic knowledge about inventions in the 20th century which have changed our modern life so much..

Get the students to grasp the main idea of the passage and help them to understand the passage better.

Help the students to learn to be more creative.

Learn some useful words and expressions.

Show pictures of four great inventions of ancient China.

Say: Talking of inventions, we couldn’t help thinking of four great inventions of ancient China. Can you mention them? What are they?

China has a history of 5000 years. In history, four great inventions stand out in the hall of glory, which we are most proud of. They are the compass, paper, printing and gunpower. It shows that China led the world for centuries in science and technology in ancient times.

Show pictures of inventions in the 20th century which have changed our modern life so much.

Say: What inventions can you think of which are invented in the last century?

In the first twenty years:

In the 1940s and50s:

In the 1960s to 80s:

In the last ten years of the century:

3.Discussion:

Q1: What are the functions of the inventions?

Q2: Are there any disadvantages of these inventions? If so, what are they?

Q3: Do you like all these inventions? Why or why not?

Q4: Have you ever heard of any inventors? Who are they?

4.Warming-up:

Individual work: Is there anything you would like to invent? If so, what and why?

Practice: Match each picture with the correct description below.

5. Discussion:

1) Which of these “inventions” do you think would be useful? Why?

2) Are there any disadvantages in them? If so, what and why?

3) What can we do to improve them?

4) What can we do after inventing new things?

1) What do you think “high tech” means?

2) What do you think “state of the art” means?

Which one in the three pictures “is state of art”?

3) Can you think of any other “state of art”?

4 ) How did people make them? Did people make them by accident?

1) Are some people born creative, or is it be possible to be creative?

2) Do you have to be very intelligent to be an inventor?

3) How do people come up with ideas for new inventions? How many ways are mentioned?

Get the students to read the passage more carefully to carry out the following tasks:

1) Find out the meaning of each way.

2) Do some exercises, according to each way.

Think outside the box:

A plane crashed. Why nobody in the plane was injured?

When we cut a corner from a square-shaped desk with four corners, how many corners are left?

Why can a frog jump higher than a tree?

Take another look at it: Analyze some pictures.

Make connections: Some inventions made with connections

Keep trying: Some famous scientists that kept trying and succeeded.

3 True or False.

4 Deal with language points.

1) be born+ adj./n.

He was born blind.

She was born a singer.

Can scientists come up with ways of predicting tsunami(海啸)?

We must allow for the bus being late.

The car got stuck in the mud.

Taiwan is part of China. It can’t break away from China.

Are you aware of your mistake?

She became aware that something was burning.

1 The following examples have been fixed up. Can you place them in the right titles of the passage?

1) According to Leonardo da Vinci, problems which had seemed impossible could be solved if he changed the way he described the problem.

2) Thomas Edison made a rule saying that he had to make an invention every ten days.

3) Mozart, who lived in Austria, wrote more than 600 pieces of music.

4) Einstein, who changed the world of physics forever with his Theory of Relativity, preferred

images of numbers.

3) Samuel Moorse, the man who invented the telegraph, got his idea by watching a rider exchange a tired horse for a new one.

2 How do you understand the title of the passage?

3 What other rules should you have if you want to be creative?

4 Of all the rules above, which one do you think is the most important? Why?

Write a passage to tell what rules you should have if you want to be creative, which one is the

most important and explain the reasons.

GOALS:

To enable students to know how to protect the patent rights and what an invention should be like..

Improve the speaking ability.

Practise supporting an opinion.

Have a better understanding of intellectual property rights.

Teaching Procedures:

1. Pre-listening: Go through the questions in Part1 and ask Ss what we should do to protect our patent rights

2. While-listening: Listen to the tape and finish exercises in Part1&2.

Check the answers at last.

What should a new thing be like in order to be given a patent?

1.With the development of the technology, our society has greatly changed. Have a discussion:

1). What advantages have cars brought us?

(convenient, travel fast, supply more posts, …)

2). What benefits have we got from computers?

(get more information, make communication easier, develop economy …)

2. What do you think of the inventor?

(Make the Ss aware of the importance of knowledge and try to learn harder.

3. Suppose you have invented an inflatable bike, what should you do?

State Intellectual Property Office (SIPO) (国家知识产权保护局)

pay attention to the time limit of a patent

1. The patent officer will ask you some questions. Think over what questions will be asked?

1) How does you invention work?

2) Why are they useful?

3) What does it look like?

4) How much does it cost?

5) How do people use it?

… …

2. Now you are in the patent office and want to apply for a patent. Look at P38. Suppose you are one of the inventors, make a dialogue with a partner. One is the inventor and the other is the patent officer.

Model:

( I-inventor; P --- Patent officer)

P: Now, please explain how your inventions work and why they are useful. Your invention is a car that uses water instead of petrol, isn’t it?

P: What does it look like?

A: It looks like an ordinary car. Here’s the picture. Please have a look.

P: Oh, it looks beautiful. What’s it made of?

A: It’s made of a new kind of alloy, which is much lighter.

A:A little bit. But it can save much more energy, so lots of money is saved. Besides, there is something even more important. It is good for our environment. It doesn’t pollute the air.

P: Sounds great. Thank you.

1. Discuss: What qualities should one have to be an inventor to create new things.

2. Preview the integrating skills WB

3. Learn the new words of this unit by heart.

Integrating skills (WB) listening (WB)

GOALS:

Learn a reading passage to improve the students’ reading ability.

Listening practice to improve the students’ listening ability

Teaching Procedures:

Say : What are the Four Great Inventions of ancient

China?

As modern men, we are so used to so many inventions that we do not realize how much they have changed our lives. Eyeglasses and sewing machine are two examples. Another, and perhaps more obvious, example is television, which has so altered our way of life that we just cannot imagine what our life would be like without it.

What kind of modern invention do you know?

Reading the passage in your WB, Then discuss with your group members to complete the chart below with the information from the text

Invisible paint 1,interesting clothes

2,Help doctors see through the skin/hide things

Tiny robot help doctors operate on people in a safer and less painful way

Say: In our reading text, it describes new inventions and ideas. Some already exist and others may be come reality within 20 ,I will show you more inventions

Conclusion:

Every invention can be of great value .But it is an easy thing to make an invention.Everybody, I think have the answer. Before an invention, inventor must have an idea, then make experiments again and again .perhaps making many errors and at last gain success. Remember success comes from failure. Any invention also experiences many hardships.

Discuss: What qualities should one have to be an inventor?

George Stephenson ,a famous British inventors, made the first train, using a steam engine in 1825

Step 2 Listen to part1 of the tape .choose the best answers.

Step 3 Most great inventors often meet with a lot of trouble in their work. Listen to part 2

Homework:

1. Revise the Attributive Clause, including the Restrictive Clause and the Non-restrictive Clause.

2. Revise the use of relative pronouns and relative adverbs.

3. Tell the differences between the restrictive and non-restrictive attributive clauses, the attributive clause & the emphasis structure, and the attributive clause & the appositive clause

Teaching Important Point:

The usage of relative pronouns and adverbs

Teaching Difficult Point:

Help the students to master the way of choosing a relative pronoun or a elative adverb correctly, telling the differences between the restrictive and non-restrictive attributive clauses, the attributive clause & the emphasis structure, and the attributive clause & the appositive clause

Teaching Procedures:

1) He is a famous scientist.

2) Who’s that girl in red?

3) I’ve read all the books that you lent me.

4) I have lost my pen, which I like very much.

T: Now look at the sentences on the screen. Pay special attention to the underlined parts. Is there anything in common between them?

S: Yes. They all identify the nouns, which are used with them. Each part tells us which thing or person the speaker is talking about.

T: That is to say, the function of each underlined part is the same. Each of them is used as an attributive to describe each noun. Well, are there any differences between them?

S: Yes. In he 1st sentence, the attribute is an adjective and put before the noun; the 2nd is a prepositional phrase put after the noun; the 3rd and 4th sentences are full sentences put after them.

T: You are right, what do we call the sentences put after them?

S: The Attributive Clause.

T: Quite right. In a complex sentence, the clause modifying a noun or a pronoun in the main clause is called an Attributive Clause. The noun or pronoun is called Antecedent. The word that/which introduces the clause (between the noun/pronoun and the clause) is called Relative Pronoun or Relative Adverb. The relative pronouns or adverbs do 2 jobs at once. They can be used as subjects, objects, attributes or adverbials in the clause; at the same time, they join clauses together. About the use of them, we’ll have particular revision after a while. The attributive clause the restrictive attributive clause

the non-restrictive attributive clause

The adjective clause noun/pronoun + the attributive clause

the antecedent (person/thing) the relative pronouns/adverbs + clause

Now look at the sentences on the screen. Do complete the sentences with suitable relatives.

1) I know the reason why he came late.

2) Do you know the woman, whose son went to college last year?

3) The house whose color is red is John’s.

4) This is the best film that I’ve ever seen.

5) That’s the town where he worked in 1987.

6) I have 2 brothers, who are both soldiers.

7) Next week, which you’ll spend in your hometown, is coming.

8) I’ve tried 2 pairs of shoes, neither of which fits me well.

Step 3: Summarize the Use of the relative pronouns and relative adverbs.

The use of the relative pronouns

Form 1:

The relative pronouns Referring to Function in the clause

That Person(s)/thing(s) Subject/object

Whose Person(s)/thing(s) (of whom/which) attributive

The relative adverbs Referring to Function in the clause

When (=at/in/on which) Time Adverbial of time

Where (=in/at which) Place Adverbial of place

Why (=for which) Reason Adverbial of reason

Notice:

1) Pay more attention to the agreement between the verb and the antecedent in person and number in the attributive clause, and then complete the sentences:

⑴ Those who want to go to the cinema must be at the school gate by 3:30 p.m. (want)

⑵ Te who doesn’t reach the great wall is not a true man. (not reach)

⑶ The is the only one of the girls who has been to Beijing. (have)

⑷ He is one of the boys who have seen the film. (have)

Conclusion 1:

1) When a relative pronoun is used as a subject in the clause, the verb must agree with the antecedent in person and number.

2) When the antecedent is the structure “one of +n. (pl.)”, the verb in the clause must be plural, agrees with the plural form. However, if there is “the” or “the only very” before “one”, the verb in the clause must be singular, agrees with the word “one”.

2) Practice: complete the following sentences with suitable relatives:

(1) The time when/that I went to Tokyo is in 1982.

(2) I’ll never forget the time which/that I spent at college.

(3) The shop which/that I bought the book in is big.

(4) The shop where/in which I bought the book is big.

Conclusion 2: when the antecedent is a noun for time or place “when “or “where” is not always used to introduce the clause. It depends on the function of the relative word in the clause.

3) The difference between “that” and “which”.

Complete the following sentences with “that” or “which”.

(1) This is the 2nd article that I have written in English.

(2) It is the best film that he has ever seen.

(3) This is the very book that I want to read.

(4) All that they told me surprised me.

(5) They talked about the teachers and schools that they had visited.

(6) Who is the comrade that was there?

(7) There is a bed in the room that is still vacant.

(8) Our village is no longer the place that it used to be.

(9) He paid the boy $10 for washing the windows, most of which hadn’t been cleaned at least a year.

(10) The weather turned out to be very good, which was more than we could expect.

(11) The clever boy made a hole in the wall, through which he could see what was going on inside the house.

Conclusion 3:

1)when the antecedent refers to thing(s), “that” is often used in the following cases:

(1) after ordinal number and superlatives

(2) after the following words: all, only, little, few, much, very, none, last, just, any(thing), every(thing), some(thing), no(thing).

(3) after two or more antecedents, referring to both person(s) and thing(s).

(4) after interrogative pronouns “which” or “who”.

(5) When the relative pronoun is used as a predictive in the clause.

(6) When the main clause begins with “there be “.

2) In the following cases, “which” is always used.

②to introduce a non-restrictive attributive clause.

③The whole main sentence is the “antecedent” of the relative clause, and there is always a comma.

More exercises:

Fill in the blanks with suitable relatives to complete the following sentences.

1) Tell me the reason why you were late for class.

2) Who is the girl that is speaking there?

3) This is Mr. Smith, who has something interesting to tell you.

4) The computer whose CPU doesn’t work has to be repaired.

5) This kind of computer, which is well-known, is out of date.

6) This is just the place that I’ve been longing to visit for years.

7) His mother is an engineer, which makes him very proud.

8) The old man has 4 sons, three of whom are doctors

Step 4: The attributive clause and the appositive clause

同位语从句前面的名词只能是idea, fact, news, hope, belief, suggestion. proposal, word, thought, doubt, truth, possibility, promise, order等表示抽象意义的名词。而定语从句的先行词可以是名词、代词、主句的一部分或整个主句。如:

We are looking into the question whether he is worth trusting.

Word came that he had gone abroad.

The doctor whom you are looking for is in the room.

你找的那位医生在房间里面。(定语从句,名词the doctor作先行词)

Our team has won the game, which makes us very happy.

His mother did all she could to help him with his study.

他妈妈尽最大努力帮他学习。

定语从句是从句对其先行词的修饰或限制,属于形容词性从句的范畴;而同位语从句是从句对前面抽象名词的进一步说明和解释,属于名词性从句的范畴。如:

The news that our team has won the game is true.

我们队赢了那场比赛的消息是真的。

The news (that) he told me yesterday is true.

昨天他告诉我的那个消息是真的。(定语从句,that 从句作定语修饰news)

I made a promise that if anyone set me free, I would make him very rich.

我许诺如果谁让我自由,我就让他非常富有。(同位语从句,补充说明promise)

The mother made a promise that pleased all her children.

妈妈做出了一个令她的孩子们高兴的许诺。(定语从句,that从句作定语修饰promise。)

三、从引导词及其在句子中的成份上区别有些引导词如how, whether, what可以引导同位语从句,但不能引导定语从句。如:

That question whether we need it has not been considered.

I have no idea what has happened to him.

引导词that引导定语从句时,在从句中一般作主语或宾语(指物时还可以用which代替),并且作宾语时常常省略。That在同位语从句中仅起连接作用,不充当任何成份,并且不能省略,也不能用which来代替。

The order that we (should) send a few people to help the other groups was received yesterday.

我们应派几个人去帮助别的几个小组的命令昨天已收到了。(同位语从句,是对order的具体解释,that虽不作成份,但不能省略)

The order (that) we received yesterday was that we (should) send a few people to help the other groups.

我们昨天收到的命令是我们应该派几个人去帮助别的几个小组。(定语从句,是名词order的修饰语,that在从句中作received的宾语,可以省略)

Step 5: The attributive clause and the emphasis structure

强调句型的句式结构为:“It is/was + 被强调部分 + that/who从句”。在强调时间、地点、原因或方式状语时,一律用that,而不用when, why或how;在强调主语和宾语时,如果主语和宾语指代人,则可用who和whom来代替that, 但是从句中的人称和数要与被强调的主语和宾语保持一致。这些都容易与定语从句混淆。

定语从句和强调句型的判断方法:若将句中的“It is/was”和“that/who”去掉,而句子不缺成分,结构完整,说明原句是强调句型;若句子结构不完整,则说明原句为定语从句。

1) It was not until 1920 ____ regular radio broadcasts began. (1995高考卷)

A. while B. which C. that D. since

2) ____ was his kindness that everyone praised him.

3) It is the ability to do the job ____ matters not where you come from or what you are. (高考卷) A. one B. that C. what D. it

4) It was ____ he came to Macao ____ he knew what kind of place it was.

A. that; when B. until; that C. not until; when D. not until; that

5) ____ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.

6) It was not until we came back from outside ____ out of his bed.

A. did he get B. when he got C. that he got D. then he got

7) When was it ____ you met him in the library?

A. where B. that C. in which D. which

8) It was near the place ____ there is a bomb ____ we found the dead man.

A. where; where B. where; that C. that; where D. that; that

Keys: 1)C; 2)A; 3)B; 4)D; 5)D; 6)C; 7)B; 8)B;

Review the Attributive Clause and finish all the grammar exercises in the workbook.

GOALS:

Learn a reading passage to improve the students’ reading ability.

英语选修七教案 篇6

I Teaching Objectives:

1. Develop the ss’ ability of reading sub-skills----------scanning.

2. Develop the ss’ writing skills.

III Key Points and Difficult Points:

Key Points: Check the exercises, solidate their knowledge about this unit and fulfill the task of fast reading.

Difficult Points: Enable the students to understand the three funtions of art and to use them.

V Teaching Procedures:

Step1. Check the answers.

Activity1. continue to check exercises of vocabulary.

Exercise3: explain the words above first and ask the whole class to read them twice and ask on group to give me their answers and then ask their classmates on the same row to translate them.

Exercise4: explain the words in bold first and ask the students to read them twice and then ask on group to translate them.

Exercise5: leave it to the end of the class.

Activity2. check the exercises of Grammar.

Exercise1: read the example first and explain it briefly, then ask one group to give me their answers. Also mention some phrases: fix one’s bike, 修理自行车, take one’s temperature, 量体温, mend, 修补.

Exercise2: ask one group to give me their answers.

Step2. Reading---the function of art

Activity1. Scanning---find out the three functions of art in society.

T: well, just now. we have finished our exercises on vocabulary and grammar, now let’s do some reading. Please look at page99, the function of art 艺术的功能, function means 功能 We say the function of eyes is to see. If the eyes can’t see, will we call them eyes?

T: so if the art has no functions ,it can’t be called art. so what functions does art have? Please scan the whole passage carefully and find three functions of art, 3 minutes, quickly.

t: have you found them?

S: first of all,….., another function……, finally,……

T: good. There are indicative words, so you can find them easily. Ok, now, let’s see each of the function together.

Activity2. Explain each function.

T: the first funtion is to decorate. It means art can make our environment more beautiful. For example, if we put something on the walls, we are decorating our room. So this is the function of decoration. And the function of enriching our life means art can help people to learn to think creatively. Art objectives are sometimes funny and we can hardly tell what they are. Art is also a way of instruction

Activity3. do exercise4 on page 100

T: now turn to page 100, let’s see exercise 4. what’s the main function of each art works?

T: now we know the functions of art. It is to decorate, to enrich our life and to instruct. In the first lesson you said our classroom is not beautiful, so why don’t you use art works to decorate it, to enrich our life? I think you must have many ideas. Now let’s have a discussion. How to decorate our classroom? Here are some questions to help you.

(slide1. explain the questions briefly)

T; Now discuss with your partner, I will give you 4 minutes.

T: ok, time is up. What’s your plans? Any volunteers?

Step4. Writing.

T: well, you have good ideas indeed. It is a pity that we don’t use them. This time I want you to write them down as a letter. You give this letter to me and suggest me accept your plans on how to decorate our classroom. Do you remember how to write an English letter?

(slide2. explain briefly on how to write a letter and what they can write in the letter)

T: ok. This is our writing work this unit. Now, let’s see the translation exercise on page 97. Please check it carefully.

T: ok, time is up. Today’s homework is to write a letter. Remember that tomorrow we will have a dictation. See you tomorrow.

S; see you.

Slide1.

Discussion: Decorating our classroom.

Questions to help:

1. Shall we have something on the wall?

Posters? Photos? Maps? Paintings? Calligraphy(书法)? And what functions do they have?

2. How can we get them?

Buy some from the shops? Ask for some from our art teachers? Make them by ourselves? And why?

3. Where shall we put them?

On the left/right of the blackboard at the front/back?

On the wall that is beside the door?

On the wall that is between the windows?

4. Shall we put something in the corner(角落)? And why?

5. Shall we have something on the ceiling(天花板)? And why?

What other spaces do you think can be decorated and how to decorated them?

A letter to Mrs Cai about decorating our classroom:

Although all of our classmates feel very happy in our classroom, I think the classroom will be more beautiful if more decorations are made.

Our walls are all white. I think we should put something on the wall. For example, a calligraphy of “Knowledge is power.” Can encourage us to learn more. We can put it on the wall that is between the windows, so that as soon as we open the door of our classroom we can see it. And we need not buy it. We can have some student write it. I know…..writes very well. Besides, we can put some flowers in the corner because it can enrich our lives and make our classroom more lively.

Yours sincerely/faithfully,

╳ ╳ ╳

slide3:

Workbook; page 97; exercise 5; translation.

1. This building is designed so that it looks like a bird’s nest. Most people who have seen it would agree that it is an interesting design.

2. This cup of tea tastes special. Yes, I know. There’s a taste of honey in it.

3. The ship from Dalian to Shanghai is sailing in ten minutes. The sailors are pulling up the sail.

4. The Spring Festival was coming. Mum wanted the doors painted, so Dad bought the best paint.

英语选修七教案 篇7

I. 单元教学目标:

2. Talk about likes and preferences

5. Write a letter to give suggestions

1. 功能句式。

Talk about likes and preference:

I’d prefer…/ I’d rather…/ I’d like…/ which would you prefer…./ I really prefer…/ would you rather…/ would you like…or…

abstract, sculpture, gallery, consequently, belief, consequent, convince, shadow, ridiculous, controversial, nowadays, attempt, predict, aggressive , scholar…

if I were you…./ I wish I could…

1. there are so many different styles of western art it would be impossible to describe all of them in a short text.

2. people became focused more on human and less on religion.

3. if the rules of perspective had not been discovered, people would not have been able to paint such realistic pictures.

4. at the time they were created, the impressionists’ painting were controversial but today they are accepted as the beginning of what we now call “modern art”.

5. it is amazing that so many great works of art from late-19th century to 21st century could be contained in the same museum.

1st period Warming up and reading

The First Period Warming up Reading

Teaching goals:

1. To enable the students to have a knowledge of the short history of Western painting.

2. To improve the students’ reading ability.

Teaching important & difficult points

Enable the Ss to talk about the short history of Western painting

Skimming and scanning; individual, pair or group work; discussion

A computer, a tape recorder and a projector.

To lead in such a topic by mentioning the sculptures or paintings around the students, for example, sculptures on the campus, famous paintings hanging on the walls of the corridor of the school building, etc. Ask Ss to figure out their functions and the general term to call them---the works of art

Show some famous paintings and ask : Do you know the following famous paintings and painters?

Mona Lisa Smile → Leonardo Da Vinci (Italian, 1452-1519)

Sunflowers & starry night → Vincent van Gogh (Dutch, 1853-1890)

Water Lilies → Claude Monet (French, 1840-1926)

Dream & Seated woman → Pablo Picasso (Spanish, 1881-1973)

Ask: Can you tell the ages of the paintings?

Say : Today we’ll learn about the short history of western painting.

1. Comparison: Make a comparison of Western and Chinese painting and ask: Which do you think has a greater change? Why?

Read Para. 1, and answer the question.

Scan Para2-5, and find the representative artists and the features of their paintings.

Names of Ages Time Artist Feature

The Middle Ages 5th to 15th century Giotto Di Bondone religious, realistic

The Renaissance 15th to 16th century Massaccio perspective, realistic

Impressionism Late 19th to early 20th century / detailed, ridiculous

Modern art 20th century to today / Controversial, abstract, realistic

Read the text carefully and find some detailed information.

The Middle Ages Features:

2. Artists were not interested in showing nature and people as…but interested in creating respect and love for God.

Masaccio:the first person to use perspective in painting

1. Focused more on humans and less on religion.

2. Two developments: a. Drawing things in perspectives

b. Oil painting.

1. What changes led to the change in painting styles?

2. Look at these paintings, what did they paint?

3. Why did the impressionist have to paint quickly?

Concentrate on Certain qualities

of the object What we see with our eyes

Presentation Color, line and shape photograph

Ask the students to read the passage again and deal with Exercises.

1. Underline the useful expressions and the time expressions in the reading passage.

2. Retell the passage with the help of the chart about the text.

The Second Period Language Study

Teaching goals:

To enable the students to learn the useful expressions.

To help the students lean how to judge the parts of speech according to the suffixes and determine their functions in the sentences.

Teaching important & difficult points:

Get the Ss to learn word formation by adding suffixes

Teaching methods:

Teaching aids:

A computer and a projector, a blackboard

Teaching procedures & ways:

Check the students’ homework and let one read their work.

1. Ask Ss to speak out the time expressions they underlined as homework

2. Ask a student to retell the short history of western painting

3. Ask Ss to discuss the questions in Exercises 3 on page 3 in groups of 4.

Art is influenced by beliefs of the people, the way of life and so on.

1. Painting is silent poetry, and poetry is a speaking picture.

画是无言的诗, 诗是有声的画。

2. Good painting is like good cooking; it can be tasted, but not explained

好的画犹如佳肴,可以品其美味,却无法解释。

I would rather walk than take a bus.

She would rather die than lose her child.

would rather do sth.

would rather not do sth.

would rather do sth. rather than do sth.

prefer sth. to sth.

prefer to do sth. rather than do sth.

I always prefer starting early, rather than leaving everything to the last minute.

Consider + n. + adj./ n. + to be/ n. + as /+that-clause/ it + adj. / + n.+ to do sth.

We consider that you are not to blame.

Do you consider it wise to interfere?

I consider you( to be )honest.

fit多指大小、形状合适,引申为“吻合,协调”

1) No dish suits all tastes. 没有人人合口味的菜。

2) Try the new key and see if it fits the keyhole.

试试新配的钥匙,看看与锁眼是否吻合。

3) The people’s Great Hall and the Historical Museum match the Tian An Men beautifully.

人民大会堂和历史博物馆与天安门陪衬得极为优美。

The prisoner attempted an escape / to escape.

She will attempt to beat the world record.

n. They made no attempt to escape.

7.painting (油、水彩)画drawing(素描)图sketch草图 portrait肖像illustration 插图

A painting of sbA painting by sb

某人的画 ? 某人画的画?

an abstract painting 抽象画 in the abstract 抽象地 abstract …from… 从…中提取

9.detailed adj./n. detailed information in detail 详细地

It’s my belief that he will win.

It was once a common belief that the earth is flat.

Their beliefs in God are very firm. 信仰,信条

The rumor is beyond belief. beyond belief难以置信

n---v: belief--- believe life --- live proof--- prove safe--- save thief --- thieve

Some people respect him, while others look down upon him . ( 表对比 )

12.influence v. n.

The weather in summer influences the rice crops .

He has no influence over his children .

搭配:Have an influence on /upon …对…有影响

Under the influence of … 受….的影响 ,被 …左右

13.aim n. v.What is your aim in life ? He aimed the gun at a bird .

搭配::achieve one’s aim达到目的 miss one’s aim未击中目标without aim 无目的的

“ please take your place , everyone ,” said John Smith .”

From now on I will take the place of Mr.George as chairman of the meeting .

15.focus vt. Vi . focus on 集中于 All eyes were focused on the speaker .

16. possession n.所有,占有;( pl )所有物,财产personal possessions

Compare:

in possession of (主动) / in the possession of (被动)

I managed to convince them that the story was true.

搭配:convince sb of sth = convince sb that … 使… 相信

be convinced of sth = be convinced that …相信…

Translation :

我怎样才能让你相信她的诚实呢?How can I convince you of her honesty?

她说的话使我认识的我错了。What she said convinced me that I was mistaken .

18. 修饰不可数名词:a great /good deal of / a great amount of

修饰可数名词: a large /great number of ;large/great numbers of ;a great /good many

修饰不可数名词或不可数名词: a lot of / lots of ; a large quantity of /large quantities of

19.mostly adv . ( =mainly , largely )大部分的,主要的

They are mostly students.

This is the most I can do for you.

Peter made the most mistakes of all the class.

What interested you most? ( 最)

Most students say that it is a most interesting book, but it isn’t the most interesting they have read , and that they read such books mostly on weekends.

The heavy rain leads to serious floods.

Hard work leads to success and failure often lies in laziness. (result in / result from)

21. shadow n.

The willow’s shadow falls on the lake .

Stay in the shade ------it’s cooler . (阴凉处)

The shadows of the trees grew longer as the afternoon went on.

随着下午时光的延续,树影会越来越长。

Let Ss learn some uses of suffixes

Ask Ss what suffix is ( A suffix is a particle, which is added to the end of a root.

Suffixes usually do not change the meaning of the root, but can change its part of speech. For example: lead (v.)---leadership (n.); ill(adj.)---illness(n.) But sometime, some suffixes add new meaning to the newly formed words. For example: meaning---meaningless; think--- thinker

1. Suffixes used as a noun signifier

2. Suffixes used as an adjective signifier

act/imagine -ive/-tive -ative/-itive active

3. Suffixes used as an adjective signifier

broad fright -en broaden, frighten

Get the Ss to review the uses of verbs, nouns and adjectives.

Parts of Speech Nouns Verb Adjective

Subject ☆

Object ☆

Predicate ☆

Predicative ☆ ☆ ☆

Objective Complement ☆ ☆

Attribute ☆

Then practice Exercises 2, 3 &4 on page 42.

Prepare to learn the grammar of the subjunctive mood.

1. To enable the students to use the Subjunctive mood correctly in different situations.

Teaching important and difficult points

To enable the students to use the correct form o f of the subjunctive mood.

Summarizing, comparative method; practicing activities

Teaching procedures:

At first, give the students an example to present what the subjunctive mood is and in what situation we should use the subjunctive mood. Then, show them the sentence structure of the subjunctive mood.

Ask Ss to listen to the following example:

Suppose I’m a basketball fan. Yao Ming is coming here to play a basketball game this evening. But unfortunately, I haven’t’ got a ticket for it. I feel sorry about that and what should I say in this situation? I will say: I wish I watched the basketball game. / If I had got a ticket, I would go to watch the basketball game. Have you ever heard such kind of sentences?

They use subjunctive mood. The subjunctive mood is used when we want to express a wish, request, recommendation or report of a command. Also the subjunctive mood is used to express something that is contrary to the fact, highly unlikely or doubtful.

We can use the following tow sentence structures to express our regretting.

Now were/ did would/could/should/might +V(原)

Past had done would/could/should/might+have+p.p.

Futrue were /did would/could/should/might +V(原)

now wish would do / could do / were /did

future wish would do/ could do / were / did

3. as if /though + Clause 虚拟 从句动作与主句动作同时发生用过去时

4.It’s (about/high) time +(that)…过去时 /should +V. (Should不可省略)

5.表示要求,命令,建议的虚拟语气 宾语从句。常见动词: 一个坚持,两个命令,三个建议,四个要求。即:1. insist 2. order, command 3. advise, suggest, propose 4. demand , require, request, desire 这些动词后面的宾语从句要使用虚拟语气。即从句中的动词 使用should + 动词原形,或者将should省略。

6.without和but for 构成虚拟. but for(要不是)

If only I knew his name!

If only we had followed your advice!

If only I could see him again!

8. It’s necessary /strange/ natural/ important + that-Clause 从句中的动词要用虚拟,即(should)+动词原形

9. 某些简单句的固定句型:

Heaven help him!

God bless you!

May you succeed!

Long live the People’s Republic of China!

假设条件从句谓语动词发生的时间与主句所假设的谓语动词不一致,这种条件句叫做混合条件句。主句和从句的谓语动词要依照假设的时间而定。(“各归各” 的原则)

If the weather had been finer, the crops would be growing better.

If you had followed the teacher’s advice, you wouldn’t be in the hospital.

2. 虚拟条件句倒装。 条件从句中有should, were, had三个助动词可以把if省略,并将这三个词提至句首。

Exercises for the Subjunctive mood.

Ask the Ss to do Exercise 1 & 2 in Discovering useful structures on page 4 and Exercises 1-4 on page 43.Then check the answers.

Prepare for the Listening and Talking on page 41.

Teaching goals:

1. To read about the best of Manhattan’s art galleries and develop the students’ interest in art.

2. To help the students improve listening skills.

3. To enable the students to talk about art galleries and write a letter giving suggestions.

Teaching procedures:

Show pictures of some famous art galleries around the world: Chinese Art Gallery, The Frick Collection, Guggenheim Museum, Metropolitan Museum Of Art, British Museum, Louvre Museum in France and so on.

1. Fast reading:

Ask Ss to read the passage about art galleries on page 5, and answer the question: How many galleries mentioned in this text? What are they? What can you see there?

2. Careful reading:

Detailed reading to check Exercises 1& 2 below

After that, ask the Ss to listen to the recording and answer the questions in Part 3.

Play the tape for the students to follow and after that, check the answers.

Answer the following questions:

1. What do you think the purpose of this text is?

To give people information about various art galleries in New York and to show them where they are.

2. Who do you think the text was written for?

Tourists, art gallery visitors.

3. Where might you see such a text?

Possibly in guide book.

Step III Discussing and listening (P7)

ⅰ.Suppose you were staying in a hotel in Manhattan with Gao Yan, Susan and John. Now if you have a chance to visit art galleries, which galleries do you prefer? Why?

Ask the students to tell the group members which galleries introduced they prefer in groups of 4.

ⅱ.Ask the Ss to do some listening practice on page7

At first, ask them to listen to the tape for the first time and number the galleries.

Next, listen again and answer the questions.

At last, check the answers with the whole class.

First, ask the Ss to discuss the questions in Exercise 1 on page 8 in groups of 4, giving their own suggestions and reasons and then write a letter to give their opinions.

StepⅥ Homework:

1. Finish the writing task.

2. Prepare for the Reading task on page 45.

英语选修七教案 篇8

一、火眼金睛找不同的一项。5分。

()4. A. Maths B. English C. television

()5. A. hamburger B. sandwich C. traditional

1、在机场_______ 2、讲英语_______ 3、在三周时间内_______

4、在晚上_______ 5、在办公室_______ 6、在中国的北部_______

7、试穿这一个______ 8、对、、、很容易_______ 9、在书架C上______

( )1.—_____ did you come back? —We came back last Sunday

( )2. —Whose dress is this? —It’s ____.

( )3. Do you want to be_____ our football team?

( )4. —Can you control the ball? —________________.

A. Thank you B. Very badly, sorry C. You are welcome

( )5. She didn’t _____ an ice cream yesterday .

( )6. I can’t swim _____.

( )7. —______ does school start? —At nine o’clock .

( )8. These chicks can’t______.

( )9. This girl is deaf. She can’t _______.

( )10. Lingling is very good ___ basketball.

( )1.Did you learn music? A.It’me .

( )2.Who is going to go to the airport? B.She had hamburgers.

( )3.How did you go ? C.At ten o’clock.

( )4.What did she have for lunch? D.By bus .

( )5.When are you going to go there ? E.Yes,I,did.

1. you for trip Are ready your (?)

_________________________________________

___________________________________________

__________________________________________

4. you are go going to Where (?)

_________________________________________

5. you, thinking about, what, are, ( ? )

_________________________________________

六、趣味阅读,共20分。

This morning my father bought some milk for us . My sister doesn’t likemilk , and she gave her milk to me . I didn’t drink them . I will drink themtonight .

My sister is a very good girl . We are good friends . She studies very hard. And all of us like her very much . She wants to be a teacher .

( )1.Father bought us some milk .

( )2.I gave my milk to my sister .

( )3.I drank my milk .

( )4.My sister studies very hard .

( )5.My sister wants to be a doctor .

2.阅读短文,选择正确的答案。

Ms Smart and Amy went to a department store last week. Ms Smart wanted tobuy a coat for Amy. They looked at a blue coat. Blue is Amy’s favorite colour.The coat was nice. But it was too big for Amy. The sales assistant took a smallone. But it was white. Amy tried it. That was lovely. Amy liked it very much. Sothey took it.

( ) 1. Where did Ms Smart and Amy go last week?

A. A department store. B. A supermarket. C. Amy’s school.

( ) 2. Ms Smart wanted to buy a ____ for Amy.

( ) 3. What is Amy’s favorite colour?

A. Black. B. White. C. Blue.

( ) 4. The blue coat was too ___ for Amy.

( ) 5. Ms Smart and Amy took the ____ coat.

七、作文,10分。

暑假就要到了,你准备去哪里旅游呢?请把你需要的物品列个清单,(例如:衣服、鞋子、票、等,并把你打算要做的事情介绍两三件如:游泳、参观名胜。看望朋友或远方亲人等。(不少于8句话)

英语选修七教案 篇9

The analysis of the samples on the murder spot showed some valuable clues to the police.

对谋杀现场标本的分析为警察提供了一些有价值的线索。

in the final analysis总之, 最终仍是...; 归根结底是

in the last analysis总之, 最终仍是...; 归根结底是

The scientist analyzed the milk and found it contained too much water.

科学家分析了一下牛奶,发现里面含水分过多。

The chemist analyzed the new tonic and found it contained poison.

药剂师对这种新补药作了化验分析,发现有毒。

What is the value of your house?你的房子值多少钱?

In spite of this, many people are confident that 'The Revealer' may reveal something of value fairly soon.尽管如此,很多人都相信那个`探宝器'很快就能探测到一些有价值的东西。

Your help has been of great value.你的帮助很有价值。

He valued the ring at $80.他估计这枚戒指值80美元。

尊重;珍视I value your advice.我尊重你的劝告。

put [set) little value on 对...评价不高; 不怎么重视

put much value on 对...给予高度评价; 重视

set a value on估价, 评价(I asked him to set a value on the pictures. 我请他对这些画估个价。)

3 acquire vt.得, 得到, 获得; 招致;学得(知识等), 求得, 养成(习惯等)

We must work hard to acquire a good knowledge of English.我们必须用功学习才能精通英语。

We must cherish experience acquired at the cost of blood.我们必须珍惜用鲜血换来的经验。

acquired adj.已获得的, 已成习惯的, 后天通过自己的努力得到的

He's a sort of people who're incapable of deceiving you.他是那种不会欺骗你的人。

I sorted the books into big ones and small ones.

我把这些书整理成大的和小的两类。

“Sort out these papers and fasten them together with a clip, please.”

“请把这些文件整理一下,用夹子夹在一起。”

all sort(s) of (=of all sorts)各种各样的

of a sort同一种, 相当的, 勉强称得上的, 较差的, 所谓的

of the sort那样的; 这类的...., 诸如此类的...

out of sorts觉得不舒服, 情绪不佳, 心里不自在; 【刷】铅字不全

5 advance vt., vi advanced, advancing前进;增进

The troops advanced.部队向前开进。

The Allied troops are advancing on the camp of the enemy.盟军正在向敌军营地挺进。

进展;发展The work is not advancing.工作没有进展。

促进, 助长advance the growth of rice促进水稻生长

The Government of Iran advanced the price of petroleum last week.

上星期伊朗政府提高了石油价格。

in advance预先You must pay for the book in advance.你必须预先付书的钱。

6 moreover adv.而且;此外=What’s more=besides=in addition

“The price is too high, and moreover, the house isn't in a suitable position.”

“房价太高,而且房屋的地点也不太合适。”

enjoy general popularity享盛名, 受欢迎, 得众望

Mary speaks good English, but she has an advantage because her mother is English.

玛丽英语说得好,因为她有一个有利条件,她妈妈是英国人。

Many women think this is an advantage for men.许多妇女认为这是男人的优越之处。

Is there any advantage in getting there early?早到那里是否值得?

give sb. an advantage over使某人处于更有利的地位

take advantage of乘机利用;利用别人的弱点占便宜

to advantage有利地; 有效地;

to sb.'s advantage(=to the advantage sb.)对...有利

turn out to sb.'s advantage变得对某人有利

turn sth. to advantage使转化为有利, 利用某事物

win an advantage (over)取得(对...的优势)

put sb. at a disadvantage使某人处于不利地位

take sb. at a disadvantage乘隙攻击某人, 攻其不备

to sb.'s disadvantage对某人不利, 使某人吃亏

The accident occurred at five o'clock.事故发生在五点钟。

An idea occurred to me.我想到一个主意。

if anything should occur, ...如果发生什么事情的话,

It occurred to me that ...我刚刚想到...

10 course n.过程, 进程, 路线, 课程,

a river in its course to the sea流向大海的河

The ship was blown off course.那船被吹离航线。

a matter of course理所当然的事, 自然地, 势所必然

He quickly gained experience.他很快就有经验了。

Only after ten years in the country did she gain her citizenship.

她在这个国家住了十年后才取得了公民身份。

He gained weight after his illness.病后他的体重增加了。

Please turn the television down a bit.请把电视机音量关小点。

We are to turn out 100,000 586 computers next year to meet the market requirements.

我们计划明年生产十万台586计算机以满足市场需要。

Things turned out to be exactly as the professor had foreseen.事情正如教授所预见的那样。

The plan turned out a failure.这项计划结果归于失败。

turn over (使)翻过来; (使)翻倒, (使)打滚;交给, 移交;熟思, 再三考虑

turn up找到;发现;被找到;(将底边折起)把(衣服)改短出现;来临;露面;把声音开大;把力量加大;发生(意想不到的事)

英语选修七教案 篇10

~ for ...

the recipe for cookies / living long

He thinks the only recipe for success lies in hard work.

他认为成功的唯一诀窍在于勤奋。

physical adj. 身体的, 物质的, 自然的, 物理的

Barking dogs seldom bite. 吠犬不咬人。(真人不露相)

His bark is worse than his bite. 刀子嘴豆腐心。

Dogs always bark at strangers. 狗总是对着陌生人吠。

The officer barked out an order. 那军官大声发出命令。

4. acid n. 酸 adj. 酸的, 讽刺的, 刻薄的

She succeeded in the examination on her third trial. 在她第三次尝试时

The man was on trial for killing a person. 此人因杀人而受审。

They let me have / take the computer on trial for thirty days. 把......拿去试用

by / through trial and error 通过反复试验, 不断摸索

Only by trial and error will you find out what flowers grow best.

standard n. 标准, 规格 adj. 标准的, 权威的, 第一流的

the standard of living / living standards 生活水平

Mr. Li sets high standards of behavior for his students. 对学生的行为提出高标准的要求

His work is below / not up to the required standards. 不合格的,没有达到标准的

standard English pronunciation 标准的英语发音

a standard reference work 一部权威性参考书

War and disease thinned (down) the population. 战争与疾病使人口减少。

Thin a general word; someone has little fat on their body. It is usually (but not always) disapproving

Slim / slender means thin in an attractive way

Skinny means thin in an unattractive way

Lean means thin and looking strong and fit

Trees blocked my view. 树挡住了我的视线。

It's three blocks to the store from here.

a length of cloth / rope 一段布料/一根绳子

a length / depth / width... of 3 metres

The river is 500 metres long / in length.

12. contemporary n. 同时代的人 adj. 当代的, 同时代的

Shelley and Keats were contemporaries. / Shelley was contemporary with Keats.

Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English

contemporary trends in design 现代(派)设计倾向

请注意这张账单必须在10天之内付清。

Please note that this bill must be paid within 10 days.

The pupil noted (down) what the teacher said. 学生记下了老师的话。

The newspaper does not note what happened next. 这家报纸没有说明随后发生的事情。

他在讲座上着重提到了这一问题的重要性。

He noted the importance of the problem in his lecture.

make / take a note of ...

Lily has a nice voice but she had trouble hitting the high notes.

leave sb. a note / leave a note for sb.

the application of new scientific discoveries to industrial production methods

apply vt.

apply to the consul for a visa 向领事申请签证

apply a theory to practice 把理论应用于实践

15. transparent adj. 透明的,显然的,明晰的

a boy of transparent honesty 一个非常诚实的孩子

name the child after both grandparents 以孩子祖父母的名字给他取名

Can you name all the plants and trees in this garden?

你能叫得出这个花园里所有花草树木的名称吗?

Please name the day for our wedding. 请你决定我们结婚的日子。

name sb./sth. (as) ...

The film was named best foreign film.

Michael has been named as the new chairman. 迈克尔被任命为新的董事长。

a boy by the name of ... / named...

under the name (of) 用...名字(指化名, 假名, 笔名等)

chemicals used to purify the water

pure adj. 纯的;纯粹的;纯净的;无垢的;纯洁的;完美的

pure silk / cotton / wool / gold / water / chocolate / English

18. quantity n.

buy sth. in (large / small) quantities

large/small quantities of + n. 谓语动词用复数

a large/small quantity of + n. 谓语动词单复数由名词决定

Large quantities of goods / food have been stored for the winter.

A large quantity of beer has been sold.

A large quantity of books have been sold.

a mass of / masses of + n. / 许多,大量

Before the rain, there were masses of dark clouds in the sky.

下雨前,天空有大片大片的乌云。

The sun makes up 99.9% of the mass of our solar system.

mass education / media 大众教育;大众传媒

20. powerful adj. 权力强大的,有势力的;有效的,作用大的;有影响的

a powerful drug / man / speech 强效的药/权力大的人物/有感染力的演讲

powerful reasons/arguments 有说服力的推理/论证

powerless adj.

the Seven Wonders of the World 世界七大奇观

It's a wonder (that) no one got hurt. 难得

It’s no wonder (that) you've got a headache, the amount you drank last night.

I wonder at his rudeness / his allowing you to do that.

我对他的粗鲁/他允许你做那样的事感到奇怪。

I was wondering if / whether you'd like to come to dinner.

I wonder if I'll recognize Philip after all these years.

-- Is she serious?

-- I wonder. 我看不一定吧。

22. relief n. 解脱的感觉,安慰;(痛苦等的)减轻;(债务等的)免除;救助,救济

give a patient relief from pain / pain relief 使病人减轻痛苦

provide relief for refugees 救济难民

To our great relief, the children all arrived home safely.

The doctor said it was just the flu. What a relief! 谢天谢地

relieve vt.

Drugs helped to relieve the pain.

He rose and relieved her of her bags.

relieve sb. of their post / duties / command etc. 免除职务/职责/指挥权

23. fundamental adj. 基础的,基本的;重要的,必要的

a fundamental difference in opinion 看法的根本区别

Water is fundamental to survival. 水对于生存是必不可少的。

英语选修七教案 篇11

an official record of the accident事故的正式记录

make a recording of录制……

练练吧!

1. the score in a notebook.

A. kept a record B. kept the record C. recorded D. kept the record of

2.The police keep record of all the traffic accidents.(改错)

3.She (保持着世界记录) for the 100 meters.

4.You should (记录) how much you spend.

5.I’m fond of listening to r of famous singers ,such as CoCo Lee’s and Sun Yanzi’s.

6.She took her Sony tape r out of her bag and placed it down.

7.It all began in 1877 when Thomas Edison made the first r of a human voice.

二. contribute to 捐献……

练练吧!

1.所有的孩子把空余时间花听音乐会上了.

2.充足的新鲜空气有助于健康.

3.他的粗心大意是造成事故的原因.

三.It is certain/uncertain that … ……(不)确定(certain/uncertain不能用sure/unsure替换)

uncertainly adv.拿不准地 uncertainty n. 忧郁; 拿不准的事

练练吧!

1. 我们俩都不确定该怎么办.

2. I told him what I thought of him (直言不讳地).

3. I’m (不确定他会不会赢) in the round.

4. It’s what his role in the company will be, and he is a bit anxious about it at moment. A. certain B. uncertain C. sure D. unsure

5. They smiled at one another.

A. uncertain B. uncertainty C. uncertainly D. in uncertain terms

四. be superior to …超过… … ; 比… … 优越

be inferior to…劣于… …

练练吧!

1.这家公司比我三年前工作地那公司好.

2.我认为,手工做的裤子比机器做的好.

3.They are superior us numbers.

A. to ; in B. over ; to C. to ; by D. over ; by

4. He is my superior in knowledge .

He in knowledge.

练练吧!

1.这所房子是昨天才投放到市场出售的.

2. 在一个新产品上市前有许多事情要做.

六. wind ( wound wound )vt.上发条;缠;绕

练练吧!

1.你的表上发条了吗?

2.这条河蜿蜒流向大海.

3. This year has been too busy for me; I need a holiday .

A. winding up B. to wind up C. winding down D. to wind down

4. The wind is too strong; please wind the window .

apply to (sb /sth )(与某人/某物)有关; 有效; 适用于……

apply oneself to (doing) sth集中精力做某事

练练吧!

1.你应该立即申请,亲自去也好,写信也好.

2.这项新技术很快就用在了实践中.

3.我将去那家公司申请那项工作.

4.考试前每个学生都在集中精力学习.

5.这件事与你无关.

by popular demands由于许多人的要求,由于普遍要求

meet /satisfy one’s demands /needs满足某人的需求

demand sth要求, 需求……

demand to do sth要求做……

demand that 从句( 谓语为should+动词原形, should 可省略) 要求……

练练吧!

1.The key to the problem is to the demands by the customers.

A. solve; meet ; made B. solving ; meet ; made

C. solve ; met ; make D. solving ; meeting ; made

2.It is demanded that the play for another week.

A. runs B. will run C. run D. shall run

3.Good workers are always demand in the factory.

4.The workers demanded immediately.

A. being replied B. replying C. to be replied D. to reply

九.spring vi. (sprang sprung ) 跳,跳跃,弹起

练练吧!

1.Doubts have began to spring in my mind.

2.I have to spring this you at such short notice.

3.全镇各地很快盖起了新房子.

十. assume vt. 假设,设想,以为 .assumed adj. 假设的,假定的

assume that 从句 认为……, 假定……

练练吧!

1.I hope to go to college next year, always that I pass my exams.

A. assume B. to assume C. assuming D. assumed

2. (普遍认为) stress is caused by too much work.

3认为经济将继续好转是有道理的.

Key :

一.1.C 2.keep 后加 a 3. holds the world record 4. record /keep a record of

二. 1.All the children contributed their free time to the concert.

2. Plenty of fresh air contributes to good health.

3.His carelessness contributed to the accident.

三. 1.We’re both uncertain about what to do. 2.in no uncertain terms 3. uncertain of his winning / uncertain whether he will win 4.B 5. C

四.1. This company is superior to the one I worked at three years ago.

2. In my opinion, trousers made by hand are superior to those by machines

五. 1. This house only came onto the market yesterday.

2.Many things need to be done before a new product comes onto the market.

六.1. Have you wound your watch?

2. The river winds down to the sea. 3. D 4. C

七. 1. You should apply immediately, in person or in letter.

2. The new technology was soon applied in practice.

3.I will apply to the company for the work.

4.Every student applies themselves to studying before the exams.

5.This case does not apply to you.

九1.C 2 .B 3.New houses were springing up all over the town.

十.1.C. 2.It is generally assumed that

3.It is reasonable to assume that the economy will continue to improve.

1 familiar adj.

be familiar with ------ 对 ------ 熟悉

Complete the following sentences:

我对这个城市很熟悉。

I am _______ __________the city.

= The city is ______ _______ me.

2 up to-----

It is up to sb. to do --------

sb be up to (doing) sth.

单项填空:

(1) -- Shall we eat out or stay in ?

-- ________.

A. It’s up to you B.It depends on you.

C. Well, I’m looking forward to it D. Good idea.

(2 ) – What have you been _____ these days?

-- Preparing for my daughter’s wedding party.

1 measure vt /vi. n.

measure sb./sth. Against sb./ sth.

measure up ---

take measures to do----

单项填空:

The main bedroom _________ 12ft by 15ft.

C. measures D. is being measured

__________________________________.

2 suitable adj.

sb is suitable to do sth.

Sth. is suitable for sb.

单项填空:

The dress is not suitable ________ for the party.

3 倍数的常见句型:

---- times as adj. as -----

---- times+比较级+ than----

---- times the + n. ( size, length, width, depth,etc,) of ----

单项填空:

(1) At a rough estimate, Nigeria is _______ Great Britain.

A. three times the size as B. the size three times of

C. three times as the size of D. three times as the size of

(2) – Is this stick long enough?

-- No, I need one ________.

A. twice so long B. so long twice

C twice as long D. as long twice

1 be based on-----

at the base of-----

单项填空:

(1) We need actual facts _____ our thinking.

A. on which to base B. which to base on

C. on which to be based D. which to be based on

______________________________________.

2. expose vt.

expose ----- to-----

单项填空:

(1) He smiled suddenly, __________ a set of amazing white teeth.

A. exposed B. exposing C, to expose D. being exposed

(2) _______ to sunlight for too much time will do harm to one’s skin.

C. Being exposed D. After being exposed

3 equal adj. / vt.

be equal to-----

完成句子:

He _______ ( 不能胜任) his position.

Mary _________(与---一样) Bill in brains.

4. associate --- with---

与---联系在一起” ,“和---来往” ,“和---公事”

Eg. We naturally associated the name of Darwin with the doctrine of evolution.

完成句子:

我真的不想和他们交往了, 我不喜欢他们的想法。

I really do not want to __________ ; I don’t like the ideas.

5. have faith in---

Lose faith in---

单项填空:

(1) I ___ you-I know you’ll do well. ( which of the following is wrong.)

A. have faith in B. believe in C. trust D. believe

(2) We have a great faith _______ we will realize our dream in time.

A. that B. which C. whether D. what

9一个住在英国的美国人An American living in the US

15在某种程度上to some /a certain degree

26某人忙于某事sb.be up to sth.

1.在我看来,手工制作的玩具要比机器加工的要好的多.

In my opinion ,toys made by hand are____ _____those made by machine.

2.这项研究成果将应用于癌症的治疗.

The result of this research will be ____ ____ the treatment of cancer.

3.她要求把一切告诉她.

She _____ that she should___ ____ everything .

4.在母亲的陪伴下,他来到了这个陌生的城市.

______ ____ his mother , he came to the strange city.

5.八月份那里的天气可能会很冷.

It ___ _____ ___ be cold in August there.

6.这种油漆能经受各种各样的天气.

This kind of paint can ___ ______ _____all kinds of the weather.

7.总体上说,女性的体力不及男性.

On the whole, women are not ____ ____ men in physical strength.

8.正如老师说的,男生们都喜欢科幻小说.

____ the teacher has said ,detective story are ____ ____boy students.

9.人门总是把苏格兰和威士忌联系在一起.

Whisky ___ usually _____ _____ Scotland.

10.虽然她有很多缺点,我还是很信任她.

I still have _____ _____ her____her shortcomings.

完成句子的答案:

(1.superior to 2,applied to 3,demanded be told 4, accompanied by

5,is likely to 6,be exposed to 7, equal to 8,As popular among

9,is associated with 10 faith in despite)

1.We’ve invited 50 people a____________.

2.I like listening to r__________ of famous singers.

3.Plenty of fresh air c______________ to good health.

4.The kind of machine is protected by p___________ so only this factory has the right to produce it.

5.I’m very nervous ,so I must ask you to a_________me to the police station.

6.It’s said that there will be a live b__________ of a baseball game on TV next Tuesday.

7.When a__________ for a job,your should offer your detailed information.

8.Can you give me the a_________ figures,not an estimate or a guess.

9.They drove along with all the car windows w_________ up.

10.No one lived in the old house for many years ,weeds were s________ up every where.

11.I m_______ asked his name and address .

12.We have provided seats for the c________ of our customers.

13.He smiled suddenly ,e_________ a set of amazingly white teeth.

14.John gave me a g_________ that it wound never happen again.

15.Drugs should not be taken without c_________

16.One kilogram is e_________ to 1000 grams.

17.He is my s___________ in knowledge. He often helps me.

18.Scientists have recently supplies us with some (令人担心的)findings.

19They would not __________(承认) that cancer is associated with smoking .

20 It took more than two ____________(十年) for colour broad casts to begin in the USA .

21.the salesperson showed us a new___________(便携的)cassette tape player.

22.I________(假定)him to be an honest man..

23.There are (种类) of patterns to choose from .

24 The ______(利润) in this business are not large .

25 It’s hard to ________(估计)his ability when we haven’t seen his work .

26 Mp3 is especially __________(适合)for those who travel a not.

27 Do you have _________(令人信服的) reasons for your absence .

28 Plastics often slowly and can easily be ____________(成型) while they are soft .

29 The aim of university should be the ________(促进) of learning.

30 _______(先前的) to this , scientific experiments didn’t show a definite link.

KEY: 1_5 altogether records contributes portable accompany

6_10 broadcast applying actual wound springing

11_15 merely convenience exposing guarantee caution

16_20 equal superior worrying acknowledge decades

21_25 portable assumed varieties profits measure

26-30 suitable valid (convincing) shaped advancement previous

英语选修6教案汇总七篇


教案课件是老师上课的重要部分,因此教案课件不是随便写写就可以的。只有写好教案课件,才能充分实现教学意图。那好的教案课件应该包含哪些内容?或许你需要"英语选修6教案汇总七篇"这样的内容,欢迎大家阅读收藏,分享给身边的人!

英语选修6教案(篇1)

M7U4 Reading(II) Language points

1. distinction (Line 2) n. 分类区别,不同之处,差别,荣誉

2. boundary n. -- the edge (Line5) 边界,分界线

这座山成为两国间的国界线。

____________________________________________________________

篱笆作为两个建筑物之间的分界。

____________________________________________________________

3. historic: adj. -- having importance in or influence on history (Line 6)

19是具历史性的一天,因为它代表一战的结束。

____________________________________________________________

你能告诉我两位伟大领导之间的历史性会议是什么时候举行的?

____________________________________________________________

卡罗尔未经允许就借了汽车被他的父亲斥责了一顿。

____________________________________________________________

During the rush hours the roads are usually _____ up with traffic.

A. chocked B. crowded C. blocked D. checked

5. link up (Line21): to form a connection, especially in order to work or operate together: 联系,连接

两条公路在这里衔接起来。

____________________________________________________________

这个组织的目的是将全国遭受疾病的人们联系起来。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

我的起居室还用作书房。

____________________________________________________________

这片美丽的叶子当作书签来使用。

____________________________________________________________

7. honor (Line50) n. a quality that combines respect, pride and honesty:

我们为祖国的荣誉而战。

____________________________________________________________

in honor of sb./ sth. in order to celebrate or show great respect for someone or sth.为了纪念

纪念总统的宴会________________________________

去年十月,为了纪念五十周年校庆,我们学校举办了一次庆典活动。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

My sister was against my suggestion while my brother was ______ it. (陕西)

A. in favor of B. in memory of C. in honour of D. in search of

A collection of some phrases beginning with “in”:

in honour of in need of in memory of

in search of in favor of in charge of

8. permit (Line57) v. -tt- to allow sth.:

1). + ing/ n.

地铁车厢里不允许抽烟。

____________________________________________________________

我想他们不会准许这事。

____________________________________________________________

2). ~ sb. to do sth.

警察允许他在那里停车。

____________________________________________________________

没有正确的密码安全系统是不会允许你进入的。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

情势刻不容缓。

____________________________________________________________

1. 城市的远郊 ____________________________________

2. 对……造成损失 ____________________________________

3. 古建筑 ____________________________________

4. 阻塞交通 ____________________________________;

5. 加快……的速度 ____________________________________

6. 对……负责 ____________________________________

7. 售票处 ____________________________________

8. 旅行卡 ____________________________________

II. Fill in the blanks with proper words according to the text.

1. Welcome to the London Underground, or as it is ________ known, The Tube. (common)

2. This problem with traffic led to the ________ of the underground system. (develop)

3. It has the ________ of being the oldest and most complex underground system in the world. (distinct)

4. However, most trains into London only went to the ________ (distance) boundary of the city because building railway tracks into the city would have caused damage to many ________ (history) buildings.

5.Passengers were transported in carriages without windows, which were pulled through ________ narrow tunnels by steam engines. (compare)

6. As more ________ ways of digging tunnels were developed, the first railway tunnel under the River Thames was dug in 1884. (advance)

7. Over the next twenty-five years, six ________ deep underground lines were made.(depend)

8. Travelling on these lines was ________, though, as each line was separately owned and many were very far from each other. (convenience)

9. After his ________ of the lines, each one was given a name and most of the names are still used today. (acquire)

10. Between 1918 and 1938, there was much ________ as new connections were built between train lines, and new stations were built. (expand)

11. The last line added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in honour of the twenty-fifth ________ of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning. (annual)

12. The London underground system is working to transport millions of people ________ as it has done for many years. (effect)

III. Rewrite the following sentences with the phrases and expressions in this article

1. During the rush hours the increased number of vehicles often block Ganjiang Road.

During the rush hours the increased number of vehicles often ________ Ganjiang Road.

2. The last line added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in honour of the twenty-fifth anniversary of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning.

The last line ________ added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in order to ________ the twenty-fifth anniversary of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning.

3. Do you know who is in charge of the design for the Three Gorges Dam Project?

Do you know who is ________ the Three Gorges Dam Project?

4. This new sofa can also serve as a bed.

This new sofa can also ________ a bed.

5. The government held this conference to speed up the pace of educational reforms.

The government held this conference to ________ educational reforms.

英语选修6教案(篇2)

1. (P34, L2) pro-前缀,常与名词和形容词连用“亲,支持,赞成”

a pro-environment governor一位支持环保的州长

pro-American亲美pro-democracy赞成民主,推崇民主 pro-European支持欧洲的 pro-slavery赞成奴隶制的

be of little /no / great/ much value = be (not) valuable没有/很有价值的

e.g.: Your help has been of great value.

value….as…重视/ 珍视….为….

value sth at….估价为……

e.g.: He valued the house for me at $80000.

那所房子他给我估价80000美元。

My parents always value honesty as the most important.

我父母总是认为诚信是最重要的。

I have always valued your friendship.

拓展: valuable adj.有价值的 valueless adj.没有价值的 'priceless adj.无价的 worthless adj.不值的

value指内在价值 the value of American dollar美元的内在价值

e.g.: He is in need of help.

Experienced workers are in great need.急需熟练工人。

A friend in need is a friend indeed.

e.g.: We’ll contribute to students in need.我们向贫困学生捐款。

◆There is no need for sb. to do sth.

need作为实义动词时,通常用法是:

人+need +to do We need to tell him the truth.

物+need +doing The flowers need watering.

物+need +to be done The flowers need to be watered.

in want of, in honor of, in favor of, in memory of, in the hope of, in place of, in praise of, in exchange for

4. (P34, L9)turn to向某人(某事物)寻求帮助、指教

e.g.: They always turn to me when they are in trouble. (向某人寻求帮助)

It would have taken hours to work the sum out, so I turned to my electronic calculator. (查阅某书,求助于)

5. (P34, L12)sort n.种类,类别 all sorts of 各种各样的

e.g.: What sort of shampoo do you use?

this/ that kind/ sort of + n. 这种的,那种的

n. + of this/ that kind/ sort这种的,那种的

e.g.: I sort of like him, but I don’t know why.

----Were you disappointed?

----Well, yes, sort of. But it didn’t really matter.

sort……into……把….分类成…

e.g.: Sort these cards according to their colors.

把这些卡片按颜色分类。

sort out from把……从……挑出来out of sorts身体不适

6. (P34, L14)skeptical/ skeptical 怀疑的

be skeptical of/ about sth对….不肯相信的,怀疑的

e.g.: I’m rather skeptical about their views.

我对他们的观点持怀疑态度。

He remained skeptical of my decision.

他对我的决定仍然怀疑。

There is no doubt that…毫无疑问….

7. (P34, L14)useless adj.无用的,无益的

It is useless for sb.to do sth.(人)做……是没用的

It’s no use doing sth.

e.g.: All these books are useless to me.

It’s useless to talk with him.

7. (P34, L18) common adj. 共同的, 普通的, 通常的

e.g.: Rabbits and foxes are common in Britain.

兔子与狐狸在英国十分常见。

Britain and America share a common language.

英国和美国使用共同的语言。

common sense 常识 have sth. in common 有共通之处

Have you any common sense? 你有常识么?

I have nothing in common with my father.

我和我爸爸一点共通之处都没有。

In common with many people, he prefers classical music to pop. 和许多人一样,他喜爱古典音乐多过流行音乐。

比较:common,usual,regular与ordinary

usual通常的;习惯的;经常发生的事,如自然发生的事、根据社会或个人习惯所做的事情

ordinary普通的;平凡的;强调普通;寻常以及缺乏优越的性质

e.g.: China is advancing rapidly in industry.

中国在工业上发展很快。

We are advancing along the socialist road.

我们正沿着社会主义道路前进。

This will further advance the friendly relations between the two countries. 这将进一步发展 (促进)两国的友好关系。

The date of the meeting has been advanced from Friday to Wednesday. 会议日期已从星期五提前到星期三。

make great advances (progress) 取得进步

e.g.: They have made great advances.

Nothing could stop the advance of the soldiers.

什么也不能阻止士兵们的前进。

○3in advance (事先,提前) 和 in advance of (在…前面)

e.g.: If you want to get the book, you must pay for it in advance. 如果你要买这本书,你得先付款

He walked in advance of his wife. 他走在他妻子的前面.

○4 其过去分词 advanced可用作形容词,意为“高级的”、“高级的”、“程度高的”、“年老的”等。主要用作定语(偶尔用作表语):

advanced ideas (experience, deeds, workers, elements)先进思想 (经验,事迹,工人,分子)

Some of our products have reached advanced world levels. 我们有的产品已达到了世界先进水平。

9. (P34, Line23)build social ties建立社会联系

tie n. 绳子;领带; 联系,纽带; 束缚人的东西;平局, 不分胜负 (均为可数)

We have established trade ties with these regions.我们和这些地区建立了贸易关系。

He was wearing a black tie. (领带)

There are many ties of friendship between the two countries.

Mothers often find their small children a tie.

The result of the competition was a tie.

tie to 把…栓在 tie sth with sth用…捆….

He tied his horse to the tree. 他把马栓在树上.

The package had been tied with strong green string.那包东西是用结实的绿色绳子捆起来的。

tie sb’s shoelaces/ tie a knot/bow系鞋带/打蝴蝶结

○2把…..联系在一起 vt be tied to联系在一起,依附于

10. (P34, L24)rather than的用法:可接各种语法结构,但一定要注意rather than前后的结构要一致

He is a writer rather than a teacher.

John, rather than his roommates, is to blame.

The job will take months rather than weeks.

You, rather than she, are my guest.

We are to blame rather than they.

It ought to be you rather than me that sign the letter.

The color seems green rather than blue.

It was made shorter rather than longer.

The ship sank quickly rather than slowly.

He usually gets up early rather than late.

He loves her rather than likes her.

She left rather than stayed at home.

Rather than cause trouble, he went away.

Rather than have the radio repaired, he’d like to buy a new one.

I'd prefer to read in the library rather than at home.

I'd prefer to do it in this way rather than in that way.

He went to the park in the evening rather than in the morning.

She likes dancing rather than singing.

Rather than regretting for the failure, why not try again?

It is snowing rather than raining outside.

She is laughing rather than crying.

He had the house rebuilt rather than repaired.

We should help him rather than he should help us.

It was what he meant rather than what he said.

e.g.: It is what you do rather than what you say___ matters.

A. that B. what C. which D. this

11. (P34, L26)moreover adv.而且,此外,常用作插入语,表示递进关系

e.g.: They knew the painting was a forgery. Moreover, they knew who had bought it.他们知道那幅画是赝品,而且知道是谁买下的。

同义词: besides, in addition, what’s more, furthermore

e.g.: I’ve heard it’s not a very good movie. Besides, I’d rather stay home.我听说这不是很好看的电影。再说,我宁愿待在家里。

……chance to do / of doing sth做某事的机会

e.g.: I had the chance of visiting Beijing.

I have no chance to see him.

It is a good chance to study/of studying English. 这是学习英语的好机会。

……chance of (doing) sth / that……做某事的可能性

He has a good chance (no chance, not much chance) of winning. 他很有希望(没有希望,没多大希望)获胜。

There is still chance that you will pass the exam. 你考试及格还是有希望的。

【注】在现代英语中,chance 表示“可能性”时,其后有时也可接不定式,但不如用 of doing sth 普通。

○3chance to do = happen to do碰巧做….

○4It (so) chanced / happened that….

take a chance/ take chances 冒险, 碰运气

leave things to chance 听天由命, 听其自然

e.g.: A few apples remained on the table.

This visit will always remain in my memory.

这次拜访将永远留在我的记忆之中。

○2 vi. 继续呆在某处,继续存在,留下(特指在他人走后留下)

e.g.: They went,but I remained.他们走了,但我留了下来。

I shall remain here all the winter.整个冬天我将留在这里。

What will you do with the money left?

=What will you do with the remaining money?

e.g.: The fact remained to be proved. 事实尚待证明。

One problem remains to be solved.有一个问题尚待解决。

That remains to be proved.那尚待证实。

Much remains to be done. 还有很多事要做。

“继续保持,仍然处于某种状态”

○1+ adj. / n.

e.g.: Language was,is and will remain the chief means of exchange of ideas.语言,过去、现在和将来依然是交流思想的主要工具。

In spite of their quarrel,they remained the best friends.他们尽管吵过架,却仍不失为最好的朋友

She remained calm.她保持镇静。

e.g.: The question remained unsolved.这个问题仍然没有解决。

Her beauty remained unchanged.她美丽依旧。

She remained standing for a good hour.

她一直站了整整一个钟头。

She remained standing though we repeatedly asked her to sit down.虽然我们三番五次地请她坐下,她还是站着。

e.g.: She remained under the care of Miss Janey.

她仍然由Janey小姐照料。

People here remain in deep poverty.

这儿的人们仍处于极度贫困之中。

14. (P35, Line34) address v. 写地址,对…做演讲,称呼

e.g.: He will address us on the subject of war and peace.

He addressed her as “Miss Martine”.

Address your application to the Personnel Manager.

address oneself to sth./doing sth.着手做某事

We must address ourselves to the problem of traffic pollution.

address sb. as 称呼某人为…

◆ The judge should be addressed as 'Your Honour'.

◆ In Britain, a surgeon is addressed as 'Mr' not 'Dr'.

~ sth to sb (formal) to say sth directly to sb:

◆ Any questions should be addressed to your teacher.

◆ The book is addressed to the general reader.

a public address on foreign policy (涉外政策的公众演说)

15. (P35, L35) occur (occurred, occurred)vi 发生;存在;想起;被想到出现在头脑中常与to连用

(especially of accidents and other unexpected events) to happen:

sth. occur to sb. = sth. come to sb. ……突然被想到

it occurs to somebody (that) = it occurs to somebody to do something 刚想到,突然想到

经常用于以it作形式主语的句中, 真正的主语可以是从句, 也可以是不定式。

It occurred to her that she might adopt a homeless child.

It didn’t occur to me that you would object.

It didn’t occur to me to mention it.

Didn’t it occur to you to close the windows?

16.(P35,L37)advantage n. 优势,有利条件

Richard has an advantage over you since he can speak German.

They took full advantage of the hotel's facilities.

There is little advantage in buying a dictionary if you can't read.不识字买字典没什么用

拓展:to one’s advantage/disadvantage对……有利/ 不利

take advantage of利用=use/make use of

have/gain/ win an advantage over优于,对…有优势

have the advantage of 有…. (方面的)好处

充分利用:take full advantage of, make full use of, make the best/ most of

○1if只引导宾语从句,但作介词宾语时一般用whether, 而whether可引导主语 、宾语、表语和同位语从句

e.g.: I don’t know if / whether it will rain today.

It all depends on whether they will come back.

Whether the meeting will be put off has not been decided yet.

The question is whether they have so much money.

e.g.: I haven’t decided whether to go or not.

e.g.: I don’t know whether or not he has arrived in Wuhan.

lie-lied-lied-lying 说谎,欺骗a white lie 善意的谎言

lay aside存,积蓄 lay down放下,交出;规定,主张,制定lay out设计,布置 lay up积蓄 lay stress/ emphasis on强调 lay a /the foundation of/ for为….奠定基础 a laid-off worker下岗工人

19. (P35, L48) such as & for example

such as列举同类人或物中的几个例子,总放例举之前。

使用such as举例,只能列举其中的一部分,不能全部举出。

for example列举同类人或物中的“一个”例子,作插入语,用逗号隔开,可置于句首,句中,句末。

e.g.: Heros, such as LeiFeng, Liu Hulan and Huang Jiguang are good examples for us to learn.

Things such as cotton, paper, clothes are easy to catch fire.

He knows four languages, namely Chinese, English, Japanese and French.

英语选修6教案(篇3)

Module 7 Community Unit 2 They can’t walk 第四课时 课文教学Unit 2 一、教学目标: 用can’t描述他人的能力,复习巩固Unit 1 所学句型。学说句子They can’t walk. Their mothers help them. 二、教学重点: 用can’t描述他人的能力。复习巩固Unit 1 所学句型。 三、教学难点: 第三人称单、复数后动词的变化。 四、教学过程: (一)Warming up: 1. Greetings. 2. Sing a song. 3. Listen and do.  Walk, walk, I can walk.  Walk, walk, he can’t walk.  Eat, eat, I can eat. Eat, eat, she can’t eat.  Swim, swim, I can swim. Swim, swim, he can’t swim.  Stand up, stand up, I can stand up. Stand up, stand up, she can’t stand up.  Sit down, sit down. I can sit down. Sit down, sit down, he can’t sit down. 4. Free talk. Can you walk? Can he walk?   Can you swim? Can she swim? …   Can you help him (her)? (二)New teaching: 1.复习导入:出示单词卡复习本模块单词,重点复习第二单元中sit, sit down ,chick.然后在《Chick,chick,run!》《小鸡快跑》的迪斯科音乐中,师生共同完成TPR活动。 Chick, chick, chick, I am a chick. Chick, chick, chick, I can’t talk. Chick,chick,chick, I can walk. Chick,chick,chick, I can’t sit. Chick,chick,chick, I can drink. Chick,chick,chick,  I can’t eat. Stop! Sit down. 然后老师问学生,If the little chicks can’t eat, Who helps them?Please listen to the recorder, then tell me the answer. 听一遍课文录音,引导学生回答出:Their mother helps them. 2.教师出示挂图,要求学生看图再听录音,完成小黑板上的练习题。  听录音,选词填空。  father, mother, them, girl, walk, swim, eat, sit down. (1). This little girl can’t  . Her helps her. (2). This old man can’t . A young helps him. (3). These chicks can’t  . Their mother helps . (4). This little girl can’t  . Her  helps her. 3. 教师布置小组讨论。然后请四名学生下来根据小组讨论结果填空。教师点评。填对给予奖励。并要求学生注意观察发现规律,情态动词can及其否定形式can’t后面都要跟动词原型。主语是第三人称单数时,后面的动词要加“s”或“ es”。 4.学生再听录音。根据挂图和小黑板内容回答问题: (1)Why does her father help this little girl?  (2) This old man can’t sit down. Who helps him?  (3)Why does their mother help these chicks?  (4)This little girl can’t swim. Who helps her? 5.小组讨论,找出正确答案。即课本上的四组句子。 6.教师分别请四组学生下来,每组两人。根据挂图和教师的描述进行表演。表演完后由他们说出他们的表演内容,实际上就是让学生说出每组两个句子的汉语意思。不要求字斟句酌,只要能说出大概意思即可。 7.再听录音(领读带)。学生跟读。然后教师领读,再请4名学生分别领读一段。最后再请两名学生整体领读两遍。 8.出示28页第2部分挂图。集体观察第一幅图,图上有什么人?他们在干什么? 然后找学生回答。引导学生说出They can’t walk. Their mothers help them.教师在学生说的同时在小黑板下面板书,然后教师领读一遍,再要求学生观察这组句子跟上面四组句子有什么不同?引导学生能够说出mother后面多了个“ s”, help的后面少了个“ s”。然后教师指出:由于这个句子主语是第三人称的复数,所以后面的.动词不能加“ s”。接着教师布置以小组为单位,仿照黑板上的五组句子,讲述图片的内容。还是四人一组,两人讲述两人表演。要求是上节课讲述的这节课要表演,上节课表演的这节课要讲述。最后评出这节课的最佳播音和最佳表演奖。 (2) He can’t eat. A nurse helps him. (3)He can’t walk. A young girl helps him. (4) He can’t ride. A little boy helps him. 9. Game. 传话。把课本上Unit 2中8幅图制成简笔画。每组抽取一张扣在桌上,教师说明游戏规则:每组推选一名优生当传令员,当教师发出“start”开始指令后,每组传令员要迅速看好图片并用英语将图片内容告知每组第一名同学,然后依次后传,哪组最后一名同学第一个下来汇报并与图片内容相符哪组即获胜。奖励前三名。 (三)Summary. 集体朗读黑板上板书内容。 (四)Homework.听第二单元课文录音两遍。熟读课文。   第五课时 综合复习,完成活动课本。内容与前面老师大同小异,在此不再赘述。这里只强调两点,语音部分sh字母组合的读音要给学生点出来。最后综合复习时先要复习单词、短语以及重点句型,看看学生掌握程度,然后再完成活动课本练习题。谢谢大家。

英语选修6教案(篇4)

一、火眼金睛找不同的一项。5分。

()4. A. Maths B. English C. television

()5. A. hamburger B. sandwich C. traditional

1、在机场_______ 2、讲英语_______ 3、在三周时间内_______

4、在晚上_______ 5、在办公室_______ 6、在中国的北部_______

7、试穿这一个______ 8、对、、、很容易_______ 9、在书架C上______

( )1.—_____ did you come back? —We came back last Sunday

( )2. —Whose dress is this? —It’s ____.

( )3. Do you want to be_____ our football team?

( )4. —Can you control the ball? —________________.

A. Thank you B. Very badly, sorry C. You are welcome

( )5. She didn’t _____ an ice cream yesterday .

( )6. I can’t swim _____.

( )7. —______ does school start? —At nine o’clock .

( )8. These chicks can’t______.

( )9. This girl is deaf. She can’t _______.

( )10. Lingling is very good ___ basketball.

( )1.Did you learn music? A.It’me .

( )2.Who is going to go to the airport? B.She had hamburgers.

( )3.How did you go ? C.At ten o’clock.

( )4.What did she have for lunch? D.By bus .

( )5.When are you going to go there ? E.Yes,I,did.

1. you for trip Are ready your (?)

_________________________________________

___________________________________________

__________________________________________

4. you are go going to Where (?)

_________________________________________

5. you, thinking about, what, are, ( ? )

_________________________________________

六、趣味阅读,共20分。

This morning my father bought some milk for us . My sister doesn’t likemilk , and she gave her milk to me . I didn’t drink them . I will drink themtonight .

My sister is a very good girl . We are good friends . She studies very hard. And all of us like her very much . She wants to be a teacher .

( )1.Father bought us some milk .

( )2.I gave my milk to my sister .

( )3.I drank my milk .

( )4.My sister studies very hard .

( )5.My sister wants to be a doctor .

2.阅读短文,选择正确的答案。

Ms Smart and Amy went to a department store last week. Ms Smart wanted tobuy a coat for Amy. They looked at a blue coat. Blue is Amy’s favorite colour.The coat was nice. But it was too big for Amy. The sales assistant took a smallone. But it was white. Amy tried it. That was lovely. Amy liked it very much. Sothey took it.

( ) 1. Where did Ms Smart and Amy go last week?

A. A department store. B. A supermarket. C. Amy’s school.

( ) 2. Ms Smart wanted to buy a ____ for Amy.

( ) 3. What is Amy’s favorite colour?

A. Black. B. White. C. Blue.

( ) 4. The blue coat was too ___ for Amy.

( ) 5. Ms Smart and Amy took the ____ coat.

七、作文,10分。

暑假就要到了,你准备去哪里旅游呢?请把你需要的物品列个清单,(例如:衣服、鞋子、票、等,并把你打算要做的事情介绍两三件如:游泳、参观名胜。看望朋友或远方亲人等。(不少于8句话)

英语选修6教案(篇5)

It will be a product of AI(artificial intelligence) and it can do so many things for me,including helping me with all of my housework,especially cleaning the floor which i hate to do most.It could cook the meals anytime for my family.It could send me to school and fetch me from school instead of my parents.added up to all,it could also be my teachers,teaching me English and Math!What an assume robot it will be!With the breakthrough of technology,i strongly believe that my dream will come true oneday.

这将是一个产品的AI(人工智能),它可以为我做很多事情,包括帮助我与我所有的家务,特别是清洁,我最恨做地板。它可以做饭都为我的家人。可以送我去学校接我,这也可能是我的老师,教我英语和数学!什么是机器人将承担!随着技术的突破,我坚信我的梦想会成真的一天。

He is a magical robot,he can chat with me,but also play many songs that I like to listen .But his most special is that he can paint a picture,and the paintings are particularly good.Because I also learn to draw,so this was especially pleased.

他是一个神奇的机器人,他可以和我聊天,还能放我喜欢听的歌曲。但他最特别的是他会画画,而且画的特别好。因为我也在学画画,所以这是特别高兴。

Sometimes,when I can not draw the human body and landscape,he would teach me how to draw this shape,how to use color,how to draw eyes and mouth,and so on.He solved many problems for me.For that,My painting levels increased a lot .

有时,当我不能画人体和风景,他会教我如何画这个形状,如何运用色彩,如何画眼睛和嘴巴,等等。他为我解决了很多问题。因此,我的绘画水平提高了很多。

英语选修6教案(篇6)

I. 单词拼写10%

1. He works day and night to earn enough money to p___________ a house.

2. She d____________ a large sum of money to the charity.

3. Would you like to work as a volunteer in a _____________(遥远的) poor village.

4. The Great Wall is one of the seven ____________(奇迹)in the world.

5. I’ve included some photos which will help you __________(描绘)the place I talk about.

II. 词组翻译60%

2. (河流等)干涸;(供应、思路) 枯竭 12.(使)变干,干透

II. 单项选择30%

1. Sue is good at .singing and her voice sounds _________.

A. soft B. softly C. sweetly D. well

2. Do you remember the chicken farm _____ we visited three months ago?

A. where B. when C. that D. what

3. I ______ my university professor in the supermarket near my house, which was out of my expectation.

A. came out B. came across C. came about D. came along

4. Students are encouraged to _________ the design competition for robots at the university.

A. take part B. operate C. join to D. participate in

5. After Yang Liwei succeeded in circling the earth, Chinese astronauts __________ walk in space.

A. anxious to do B. eager for C. are dying to D. are longing to

6. With the guide _______ the way, we finally got to the village which we were looking for.

A. led B. leading C. to lead D. had led

7. The reason ______ at the meeting for being late was not reasonable.

A. why he gave B. what he gave C. he gave D. on which he gave

8. I'll never forget the years ______ I lived in the country with the farmers, ______ has a great effect on my life.

A. that, which B. when, which C. which, that D.when, who

9. The plan has to be _______ to meet the real situation.

A. adjusted B. adapted C. produced D. refounded

10. The hill ________ is covered with trees is called Mang Hill.

A. of which top B. whose the top C. whose top D. top which.

英语选修6教案(篇7)

教学目标句型“What are you doing? I am ….”。

德育教学目标多关心别人。

教学重点句型“What are you doing? I am ….”,并能在情景中进行应用。

动词及动词短语的现在进行时的表达,即ing形式。

教学难点动词ing形式的读音。

一、自学本课单词,熟读,并会拼写。

二、搜集查询各种动词的ing形式,课堂展示给大家。

课前3分钟内容:

教师出示几幅进行时态的图片,让学生以小组竞赛的形式表述进行时态的句子,给小组加分。

教师播放歌曲What Are You Doing?的录音,师生共同演唱。

教师就学生所学过的内容,尤其是新学内容进行日常交际,目的在于运用语言。可以是学生自我介绍,也可以是学生间对话练习。如:

A: My English name is …. What's your English name?

B: M y English name is …. How do you do?

A: How do you do? Where are you from?

B: I'm waiting for my mom.

A: Nice to meet you. Good-bye.

教师出示第一课时所学动词短语的图片,找能力好的学生认读,其他同学跟读。

教师说动词短语,学生做动作,再次复习第一课时的短语。

学生边做动作边说单词。

鼓励学生说说前五册学生用书,特别是五年级上册第四单元已涉及到一些动词和动词短语,注意比较动词原形和动词ing形式,注意发音。

教师在黑板上写好两列词,让学生连线并进行问答练习。

让一名学生抽取一张单词卡片,然后躲在讲台后面。教师带领其他学生问:What are you doing?,抽取卡片的学生站起来边做相应的动作边回答I am…请五至六名学生轮流上台抽卡片,直到全班学生都初步会说句型What are you doing?再进行下面的活动。

学生同桌之间背对背,一边做动作一边用主要句型问答:What are you doing? I am ….

学生五人一组。教师问各组的第一名学生Hello. What are you doing?每组的第一名学生回答后转身问后面的学生:What areyou doing?,依此类推,每名学生的回答不能与同组前面学生的回答重复,看哪个小组最先完成游戏。

教师播放Let's try部分的录音,让学生完成听录音选图的练习。录音内容如下:

Hello.

Hi, Sarah. It's John.

Hi, John. What are you doing?

I am reading a book. What are you doing?

I'm doing the dishes.

----What is John doing?

----What is Sarah doing?

教师播放Let's talk部分的录音,学生跟读。

学生自己读对话内容。

教师出示Let's talk中的图片和道具电话,指导学生进行代换练习。

学生2人一组,练习对话。学生也根据自己情况,和准备好的图片、玩具或实物,改变对话内容,进行操练。

做小双簧的游戏:学生2人一组,一名学生在前面表演动作,如:画画,另一名学生藏在他的身后为前面的学生配音,如:I am drawingpictures.让学生两人一组操练后,请几组学生上台表演。

做Pair Work部分的活动。学生2人一组,每人在一张纸条上面写一个动词短语的ing形式,如:drawingpictures,然后2人交换纸条,分别将纸条卷起来做道具,根据各自手中纸条上的内容模拟打电话。

做“看口型,猜句子”的游戏:教师指着黑板上的句子说:Iam….,说到动词短语时只作相应的口型,不发出声音,让学生看口型猜短语把句子补充完整。

做Let's play的活动。请一名学生上来,背对其他学生站好。台下任意一名学生问:What are you doing?,站在前面的学生边做动作边回答Iam….,其他学生根据听到的回答在自己课本的表格里做好记录。然后换另一名学生上台,继续做游戏。示范几次后,让学生分小组做游戏。注意:教师里学生的活动范围受限制,所以如果条件允许,此活动可在室外完成5、Consolidationand extension (扩展活动)

教师问:What do you usually do at 9:00 p.m.?指导学生根据实际情况回答。

让学生展示Story time部分的挂图,手指挂图说“Look! Zip is calling Zoom. Who is he? Is thatZoom?,简单表述挂图内容。

引导学生听录音阅读故事。

教师根据故事内容向学生提问:What is Zip doing? What is Zoom doing? Is Zoom answering thephone? Is his father playing computer games?引导学生做回答。

请学生两人一组,分别扮演Zip和Zoom的爸爸表演故事。

教师再放一遍录音,请学生跟着录音读故事里的句子,教师指导学生的发音。

做本单元A Let's learn部分的活动手册P34配套练习。

教师指导学生理解题目要求,指导操作方法.。Listen and number是按所听内容表明序号,Ask and write是在同学问答的基础上填写单词和动词短语。

教师播放活动手册第34页的录音,学生完成Listen and number部分的练习。

学生彼此了解所作的事情,将伙伴的姓名和所作的事情填写在表格里。此环节,教师注意辅导学生规范书写。

Whatare you doing ?

I’m ...

英语选修七教案集合12篇


教案课件对于教师而言是非常重要的教学工具,所以老师们在准备时一定要投入一些时间。教师应充分利用教案课件来提升自己的教学能力,那么如何编写一份优质教案课件呢?经过教师范文大全的编辑的搜寻,已经找到了符合您需求的"英语选修七教案"的相关资源,希望您能认真阅读下文的重要提示!

英语选修七教案【篇1】

The second period for Language points for Reading

Check the homework.

1.that is to say /that is 也就是说,即 常用来进一步解释前面说过的事情。这是个固定短语,在句中作插入语,前面都可有逗号,后面可接句子或短语。

eg. My boss has asked me to attend a lecture about the use of the Internet three days from now, that is to say, on Friday.

John is a Londoner, that is to say, he lives in London.

eg. People seldom realize the value of health till they have lost it.

What is the value of the book?

This is the value of regular exercise.

eg. I’ve always valued your friendship/your advice.

The Ss have always valued their teachers.

The machine is valued at 1,000 yuan.

eg. Five colleges formed the university.

Water forms almost three quarters of the human body.

Clouds are forming on the top of the hill.

form a /the habit form in line in the form of

eg. She has a tall graceful form.

These are two different forms of the same thing.

4.in need of 需要中的,需要。。。。。后接名词或代词

eg. We’re collecting money for families in need.

Our school is in great need of English teachers.

need v.

We need to work harder./ We need work harder.

sth. need doing/ to be done.(want , require)

eg. The old temple needs repairing/ to be repaired.

eg. Please turn to page 216.

When you are in trouble ,you may turn to your teacher (for help).

区别turn down/ turn up turn in turn on/ turn off

eg. 1). After he left the university he became a teacher, but later he turned _____ translation.

2). The English evening turned out______ a great success.

A. be B. being C. to be D. to have

eg. She acquired a good knowledge of English by careful study.

If you did not steal the watch, you had better explain how you did acquire it.

acquire/ earn/ win /gain/ obtain/get

acquire 指通过自己的努力或经过一个过程而获得才能,智力等;earn一般是通过自身劳动而获得报酬或因自身劳动而得到的荣誉等;win指的是通过努力而得到有一定价值的东西或因占有优势而得到。

gain凭相当大的努力在竞争或斗争获得报酬,荣誉,知识,进步等。

obtain 通过较大努力或经过相当一段时间才获得早已希望得到的东西。

get 最普遍用语。

eg. He is man with rich knowledge.

My knowledge of French is poor.

To the best of my knowledge, he is honest and reliable.

He has a good knowledge of English.

Longjing is a good tea.

This is a fine paper.

Ex: One way to understand thousands of new words is to gain______ good knowledge of basic word formation.

7.Communicate (1)联系, 通消息, 交流思想 (vi)

Eg. They had no way to communicate with Kurt.

The two friends haven’t communicated with each other for years.

Eg. With his help, we tried to communicate the feelings to the hosts.

You don’t communicate your ideas well in the essay.

Eg. He communicated the disease to the rest of his family.

School children often communicate colds to each other.

eg. I must get into communication with him on this subject.

eg. all sorts of services/ goods/ books/work

eg. The doctor searched the wound and found the bullet.

They searched everywhere but could not find the lost child.

search for sb./ sth. 与 search sb./ sth. , search sw. for sb./sth. 区分

eg. Police and tracker dogs searched the woods for the missing boy.

I have searched my mind for a reason, but can find none.

in search of = in one’s search for (引起状语)找寻

Ex: The police ______ the prisoner to see if he had a gun.

C. was in search of D. was in their search for

Eg. I signed to him to keep away, but he continued to advance.

A month has passed and the work has not advanced.

Sugar has advanced two cents a pound.

Eg. The shopkeepers advanced their prices.

His work advanced the science of microbiology.

The date of the meeting was advanced from June 10 to June 3.

The plan he advanced was not good.

May I advance my opinion on this matter?

eg. Everything should be fixed in advance.

eg. She walked two yards in advance of her husband.

In this he was in advance of his party.

advanced adj. 先进的; 高级的; 年老的, 时间过去很多

eg. She was cited as an advanced worker.

He is spending a year in advanced studies.

He is advanced in years.

10.rather than 而不,与其说…倒不如说 ; 宁愿…而不愿

eg. Edison preferred to continue his work, rather than rest on his achievements.

The housewives prefer to go out to work rather than while away the time at home.

Her performance in work is good rather than bad.

would rather…than…/ prefer to do… rather than do…

eg. He hopes for a chance to go abroad.

He threw away a chance to be a manager.

…. 的可能性 chance of doing sth./ chance to do

eg. The prisoners here have no chance to get away.

熟记下列短语:

by chance/accident sb. chance/happen to do

It (so) chanced /happened that…

take every chance to do sth.

12. address (1)写地址, 把…..寄给, 向…..提出 vt

Eg.Please address the letter for me.

Who ought I to address my request to?

Eg. He is going to address the meeting in a minute.

He will address you on the subject of war and peace.

Eg. He addressed her as “Miss Mattie”.

eg. Please ask him to leave his address.

What’s your home address?

The President gave an address to the nation over the radio.

Eg. At the beginning of June an event occurred.

I am so awfully sorry that this has occurred.

It won’t occur again, if I can help it.

Eg. That view of the case did not occur to me before.

That he should have some deep personal objection had never occurred to me.

经常用于以it作形式主语的句中, 真正的主语可以是从句, 也可以是不定式。

Eg. It occurred to her that she might adopt a homeless child.

It didn’t occur to me that you would object.

It didn’t occur to me to mention it.

Didn’t it occur to you to close the windows?

Eg. E occurs in print more often than any other letter.

The same theme occurs in much of his work.

英语选修七教案【篇2】

It will be a product of AI(artificial intelligence) and it can do so many things for me,including helping me with all of my housework,especially cleaning the floor which i hate to do most.It could cook the meals anytime for my family.It could send me to school and fetch me from school instead of my parents.added up to all,it could also be my teachers,teaching me English and Math!What an assume robot it will be!With the breakthrough of technology,i strongly believe that my dream will come true oneday.

这将是一个产品的AI(人工智能),它可以为我做很多事情,包括帮助我与我所有的家务,特别是清洁,我最恨做地板。它可以做饭都为我的家人。可以送我去学校接我,这也可能是我的老师,教我英语和数学!什么是机器人将承担!随着技术的突破,我坚信我的梦想会成真的一天。

He is a magical robot,he can chat with me,but also play many songs that I like to listen .But his most special is that he can paint a picture,and the paintings are particularly good.Because I also learn to draw,so this was especially pleased.

他是一个神奇的机器人,他可以和我聊天,还能放我喜欢听的歌曲。但他最特别的是他会画画,而且画的特别好。因为我也在学画画,所以这是特别高兴。

Sometimes,when I can not draw the human body and landscape,he would teach me how to draw this shape,how to use color,how to draw eyes and mouth,and so on.He solved many problems for me.For that,My painting levels increased a lot .

有时,当我不能画人体和风景,他会教我如何画这个形状,如何运用色彩,如何画眼睛和嘴巴,等等。他为我解决了很多问题。因此,我的绘画水平提高了很多。

英语选修七教案【篇3】

The analysis of the samples on the murder spot showed some valuable clues to the police.

对谋杀现场标本的分析为警察提供了一些有价值的线索。

in the final analysis总之, 最终仍是...; 归根结底是

in the last analysis总之, 最终仍是...; 归根结底是

The scientist analyzed the milk and found it contained too much water.

科学家分析了一下牛奶,发现里面含水分过多。

The chemist analyzed the new tonic and found it contained poison.

药剂师对这种新补药作了化验分析,发现有毒。

What is the value of your house?你的房子值多少钱?

In spite of this, many people are confident that 'The Revealer' may reveal something of value fairly soon.尽管如此,很多人都相信那个`探宝器'很快就能探测到一些有价值的东西。

Your help has been of great value.你的帮助很有价值。

He valued the ring at $80.他估计这枚戒指值80美元。

尊重;珍视I value your advice.我尊重你的劝告。

put [set) little value on 对...评价不高; 不怎么重视

put much value on 对...给予高度评价; 重视

set a value on估价, 评价(I asked him to set a value on the pictures. 我请他对这些画估个价。)

3 acquire vt.得, 得到, 获得; 招致;学得(知识等), 求得, 养成(习惯等)

We must work hard to acquire a good knowledge of English.我们必须用功学习才能精通英语。

We must cherish experience acquired at the cost of blood.我们必须珍惜用鲜血换来的经验。

acquired adj.已获得的, 已成习惯的, 后天通过自己的努力得到的

He's a sort of people who're incapable of deceiving you.他是那种不会欺骗你的人。

I sorted the books into big ones and small ones.

我把这些书整理成大的和小的两类。

“Sort out these papers and fasten them together with a clip, please.”

“请把这些文件整理一下,用夹子夹在一起。”

all sort(s) of (=of all sorts)各种各样的

of a sort同一种, 相当的, 勉强称得上的, 较差的, 所谓的

of the sort那样的; 这类的...., 诸如此类的...

out of sorts觉得不舒服, 情绪不佳, 心里不自在; 【刷】铅字不全

5 advance vt., vi advanced, advancing前进;增进

The troops advanced.部队向前开进。

The Allied troops are advancing on the camp of the enemy.盟军正在向敌军营地挺进。

进展;发展The work is not advancing.工作没有进展。

促进, 助长advance the growth of rice促进水稻生长

The Government of Iran advanced the price of petroleum last week.

上星期伊朗政府提高了石油价格。

in advance预先You must pay for the book in advance.你必须预先付书的钱。

6 moreover adv.而且;此外=What’s more=besides=in addition

“The price is too high, and moreover, the house isn't in a suitable position.”

“房价太高,而且房屋的地点也不太合适。”

enjoy general popularity享盛名, 受欢迎, 得众望

Mary speaks good English, but she has an advantage because her mother is English.

玛丽英语说得好,因为她有一个有利条件,她妈妈是英国人。

Many women think this is an advantage for men.许多妇女认为这是男人的优越之处。

Is there any advantage in getting there early?早到那里是否值得?

give sb. an advantage over使某人处于更有利的地位

take advantage of乘机利用;利用别人的弱点占便宜

to advantage有利地; 有效地;

to sb.'s advantage(=to the advantage sb.)对...有利

turn out to sb.'s advantage变得对某人有利

turn sth. to advantage使转化为有利, 利用某事物

win an advantage (over)取得(对...的优势)

put sb. at a disadvantage使某人处于不利地位

take sb. at a disadvantage乘隙攻击某人, 攻其不备

to sb.'s disadvantage对某人不利, 使某人吃亏

The accident occurred at five o'clock.事故发生在五点钟。

An idea occurred to me.我想到一个主意。

if anything should occur, ...如果发生什么事情的话,

It occurred to me that ...我刚刚想到...

10 course n.过程, 进程, 路线, 课程,

a river in its course to the sea流向大海的河

The ship was blown off course.那船被吹离航线。

a matter of course理所当然的事, 自然地, 势所必然

He quickly gained experience.他很快就有经验了。

Only after ten years in the country did she gain her citizenship.

她在这个国家住了十年后才取得了公民身份。

He gained weight after his illness.病后他的体重增加了。

Please turn the television down a bit.请把电视机音量关小点。

We are to turn out 100,000 586 computers next year to meet the market requirements.

我们计划明年生产十万台586计算机以满足市场需要。

Things turned out to be exactly as the professor had foreseen.事情正如教授所预见的那样。

The plan turned out a failure.这项计划结果归于失败。

turn over (使)翻过来; (使)翻倒, (使)打滚;交给, 移交;熟思, 再三考虑

turn up找到;发现;被找到;(将底边折起)把(衣服)改短出现;来临;露面;把声音开大;把力量加大;发生(意想不到的事)

英语选修七教案【篇4】

M7U4 Reading(II) Language points

1. distinction (Line 2) n. 分类区别,不同之处,差别,荣誉

2. boundary n. -- the edge (Line5) 边界,分界线

这座山成为两国间的国界线。

____________________________________________________________

篱笆作为两个建筑物之间的分界。

____________________________________________________________

3. historic: adj. -- having importance in or influence on history (Line 6)

19是具历史性的一天,因为它代表一战的结束。

____________________________________________________________

你能告诉我两位伟大领导之间的历史性会议是什么时候举行的?

____________________________________________________________

卡罗尔未经允许就借了汽车被他的父亲斥责了一顿。

____________________________________________________________

During the rush hours the roads are usually _____ up with traffic.

A. chocked B. crowded C. blocked D. checked

5. link up (Line21): to form a connection, especially in order to work or operate together: 联系,连接

两条公路在这里衔接起来。

____________________________________________________________

这个组织的目的是将全国遭受疾病的人们联系起来。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

我的起居室还用作书房。

____________________________________________________________

这片美丽的叶子当作书签来使用。

____________________________________________________________

7. honor (Line50) n. a quality that combines respect, pride and honesty:

我们为祖国的荣誉而战。

____________________________________________________________

in honor of sb./ sth. in order to celebrate or show great respect for someone or sth.为了纪念

纪念总统的宴会________________________________

去年十月,为了纪念五十周年校庆,我们学校举办了一次庆典活动。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

My sister was against my suggestion while my brother was ______ it. (陕西)

A. in favor of B. in memory of C. in honour of D. in search of

A collection of some phrases beginning with “in”:

in honour of in need of in memory of

in search of in favor of in charge of

8. permit (Line57) v. -tt- to allow sth.:

1). + ing/ n.

地铁车厢里不允许抽烟。

____________________________________________________________

我想他们不会准许这事。

____________________________________________________________

2). ~ sb. to do sth.

警察允许他在那里停车。

____________________________________________________________

没有正确的密码安全系统是不会允许你进入的。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

情势刻不容缓。

____________________________________________________________

1. 城市的远郊 ____________________________________

2. 对……造成损失 ____________________________________

3. 古建筑 ____________________________________

4. 阻塞交通 ____________________________________;

5. 加快……的速度 ____________________________________

6. 对……负责 ____________________________________

7. 售票处 ____________________________________

8. 旅行卡 ____________________________________

II. Fill in the blanks with proper words according to the text.

1. Welcome to the London Underground, or as it is ________ known, The Tube. (common)

2. This problem with traffic led to the ________ of the underground system. (develop)

3. It has the ________ of being the oldest and most complex underground system in the world. (distinct)

4. However, most trains into London only went to the ________ (distance) boundary of the city because building railway tracks into the city would have caused damage to many ________ (history) buildings.

5.Passengers were transported in carriages without windows, which were pulled through ________ narrow tunnels by steam engines. (compare)

6. As more ________ ways of digging tunnels were developed, the first railway tunnel under the River Thames was dug in 1884. (advance)

7. Over the next twenty-five years, six ________ deep underground lines were made.(depend)

8. Travelling on these lines was ________, though, as each line was separately owned and many were very far from each other. (convenience)

9. After his ________ of the lines, each one was given a name and most of the names are still used today. (acquire)

10. Between 1918 and 1938, there was much ________ as new connections were built between train lines, and new stations were built. (expand)

11. The last line added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in honour of the twenty-fifth ________ of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning. (annual)

12. The London underground system is working to transport millions of people ________ as it has done for many years. (effect)

III. Rewrite the following sentences with the phrases and expressions in this article

1. During the rush hours the increased number of vehicles often block Ganjiang Road.

During the rush hours the increased number of vehicles often ________ Ganjiang Road.

2. The last line added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in honour of the twenty-fifth anniversary of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning.

The last line ________ added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in order to ________ the twenty-fifth anniversary of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning.

3. Do you know who is in charge of the design for the Three Gorges Dam Project?

Do you know who is ________ the Three Gorges Dam Project?

4. This new sofa can also serve as a bed.

This new sofa can also ________ a bed.

5. The government held this conference to speed up the pace of educational reforms.

The government held this conference to ________ educational reforms.

英语选修七教案【篇5】

Module 7 Community Unit 2 They can’t walk 第四课时 课文教学Unit 2 一、教学目标: 用can’t描述他人的能力,复习巩固Unit 1 所学句型。学说句子They can’t walk. Their mothers help them. 二、教学重点: 用can’t描述他人的能力。复习巩固Unit 1 所学句型。 三、教学难点: 第三人称单、复数后动词的变化。 四、教学过程: (一)Warming up: 1. Greetings. 2. Sing a song. 3. Listen and do.  Walk, walk, I can walk.  Walk, walk, he can’t walk.  Eat, eat, I can eat. Eat, eat, she can’t eat.  Swim, swim, I can swim. Swim, swim, he can’t swim.  Stand up, stand up, I can stand up. Stand up, stand up, she can’t stand up.  Sit down, sit down. I can sit down. Sit down, sit down, he can’t sit down. 4. Free talk. Can you walk? Can he walk?   Can you swim? Can she swim? …   Can you help him (her)? (二)New teaching: 1.复习导入:出示单词卡复习本模块单词,重点复习第二单元中sit, sit down ,chick.然后在《Chick,chick,run!》《小鸡快跑》的迪斯科音乐中,师生共同完成TPR活动。 Chick, chick, chick, I am a chick. Chick, chick, chick, I can’t talk. Chick,chick,chick, I can walk. Chick,chick,chick, I can’t sit. Chick,chick,chick, I can drink. Chick,chick,chick,  I can’t eat. Stop! Sit down. 然后老师问学生,If the little chicks can’t eat, Who helps them?Please listen to the recorder, then tell me the answer. 听一遍课文录音,引导学生回答出:Their mother helps them. 2.教师出示挂图,要求学生看图再听录音,完成小黑板上的练习题。  听录音,选词填空。  father, mother, them, girl, walk, swim, eat, sit down. (1). This little girl can’t  . Her helps her. (2). This old man can’t . A young helps him. (3). These chicks can’t  . Their mother helps . (4). This little girl can’t  . Her  helps her. 3. 教师布置小组讨论。然后请四名学生下来根据小组讨论结果填空。教师点评。填对给予奖励。并要求学生注意观察发现规律,情态动词can及其否定形式can’t后面都要跟动词原型。主语是第三人称单数时,后面的动词要加“s”或“ es”。 4.学生再听录音。根据挂图和小黑板内容回答问题: (1)Why does her father help this little girl?  (2) This old man can’t sit down. Who helps him?  (3)Why does their mother help these chicks?  (4)This little girl can’t swim. Who helps her? 5.小组讨论,找出正确答案。即课本上的四组句子。 6.教师分别请四组学生下来,每组两人。根据挂图和教师的描述进行表演。表演完后由他们说出他们的表演内容,实际上就是让学生说出每组两个句子的汉语意思。不要求字斟句酌,只要能说出大概意思即可。 7.再听录音(领读带)。学生跟读。然后教师领读,再请4名学生分别领读一段。最后再请两名学生整体领读两遍。 8.出示28页第2部分挂图。集体观察第一幅图,图上有什么人?他们在干什么? 然后找学生回答。引导学生说出They can’t walk. Their mothers help them.教师在学生说的同时在小黑板下面板书,然后教师领读一遍,再要求学生观察这组句子跟上面四组句子有什么不同?引导学生能够说出mother后面多了个“ s”, help的后面少了个“ s”。然后教师指出:由于这个句子主语是第三人称的复数,所以后面的.动词不能加“ s”。接着教师布置以小组为单位,仿照黑板上的五组句子,讲述图片的内容。还是四人一组,两人讲述两人表演。要求是上节课讲述的这节课要表演,上节课表演的这节课要讲述。最后评出这节课的最佳播音和最佳表演奖。 (2) He can’t eat. A nurse helps him. (3)He can’t walk. A young girl helps him. (4) He can’t ride. A little boy helps him. 9. Game. 传话。把课本上Unit 2中8幅图制成简笔画。每组抽取一张扣在桌上,教师说明游戏规则:每组推选一名优生当传令员,当教师发出“start”开始指令后,每组传令员要迅速看好图片并用英语将图片内容告知每组第一名同学,然后依次后传,哪组最后一名同学第一个下来汇报并与图片内容相符哪组即获胜。奖励前三名。 (三)Summary. 集体朗读黑板上板书内容。 (四)Homework.听第二单元课文录音两遍。熟读课文。   第五课时 综合复习,完成活动课本。内容与前面老师大同小异,在此不再赘述。这里只强调两点,语音部分sh字母组合的读音要给学生点出来。最后综合复习时先要复习单词、短语以及重点句型,看看学生掌握程度,然后再完成活动课本练习题。谢谢大家。

英语选修七教案【篇6】

本单元的中心话题是“自由战士”(freedom fighters),听、说、读、写始终围绕这一主题展开。语言知识和语言技能部分主要是围绕“freedom fighters)这一中心话题进行设计的。课文讲述了美国黑人争取自由的历史,从而说明自由、平等的重要性。同时也表达了对那些为自由和平等权利而献身的勇士们的敬仰。

“热身”(Warming up)部分设计了三个讨论题,使人们对马丁·路德·金和曼德拉这两位为黑人自由和平等权利而斗争的领袖人物的人生经历有所了解,通过讨论,增强对他们国家目前现状的了解。

“听力”(Listening)部分是在“热身”活动的基础上,以听力训练形式进一步帮助学生了解马丁·路德·金,听力中节选了的“I HAVE A DREAM”的部分句子。练习包括四个项目,设计多样,生动有趣。第四题有利于培养学生用英语进行总结概括自己思想的能力。

“口语”(Speaking)部分设计了两个问题,第一题以三人小组的活动形式,组织学生谈论约翰·布朗(John Brown)和哈丽特·塔布曼(Harriet Tubman)的人生经历,引人深思,使学生能用英语阐述自己的意见。第二题以诗歌形式出现,有利于寓教于乐,激发学生学习英语的兴趣。

“读前”(Pre-reading)设计了三道题,为进入正文学习做准备。第一题分别描述了三个国家的人民为争取自由而进行斗争的情形,有利于培养学生的.观察能力和语言表达能力。第二题假设一个情景,要求学生描述受到不公平待遇时的具体感受,有利于培养学生的想象能力与表达能力。第三题要求扫读文章,对下面内容的正确性做出判断,目的是引起学生对文章内容的思考,以便提高学生学习的自主性,同时也能训练学生快速阅读的技能。

“阅读”(Reading)部分讲述了马丁·路德·金为黑人争取平等权利的过程。教材设计的目的是在训练学生阅读技能的基础上,让他们认识到马丁·路德·金为黑人争取自由和平等权利而付出的艰辛苦努力。文章的主题有利于培养学生坚强的意志,树立正确的人生观与世界观。

“读后”(Post-reading)部分是在阅读的基础上,要求学生完成五道题目,问答题的设计由表及里、层层深入,从而帮助学生逐步加深对课文的理解。

“语言学习”(Language study)部分分词汇和语法两部分,词汇部分第一题要求学生用课文中的词填空。第二题要求学生区分各种词类的具体用法。语法部分是复习被动语态的用法,练习紧密联系课文,能加深学生对教材的理解。

“综合技能”(Integrating skills)的阅读文不仅谈论人类为自由、平等而斗争,还谈到了动植物、海洋、地球,甚至机器和机器人的权利。在阅读和讨论的基础上,要求学生写出自己的看法。这是一个任务型的学习活动,练习生动有趣,能够引起学生的兴趣。同时让学生在实践中体验“自由”的内涵,有助于提高他们的语言概括能力。(摘自教参)

重点词和词组:freedom, civil, revolution, slavery, abolish, put…into prison, racial, discrimination, join hands, set an example to , regardless of , at first sight, etc.

句型:What happened first was that …

What happened as a result of …

You could expect …because…

That led to …

One of the reasons why … is …

… is often followed by …

教师应从学生的生活经验和兴趣出发,在课堂教学中应设计任务型教学活动,体现以学生为主体的教学活动,让学生在完成各项任务的过程中自主学习语言。

在认知策略培养方面,引导学生进一步了解史实和具体事件,加深对种族及种族歧视、不同国家、不同历史年代人物与事件等的认识和理解。另外,课前、课后鼓励学生利用网络和图书馆搜集相关资料,善于获得学习资源,充分利用学习资源,如:进入美国歌曲Glory, Glory, Hallelujah; Blowing In The Wind; We Shall Overcome及文化背景网页、斯坦福大学网页等获得有关马丁-路德演说录音和部分黑人运动歌曲。在另一方面,着重培养情感策略,激励学生热爱民主、平等、和平、自由、守法,积极上进、奋斗创新。

Period 1:Warming-up and Listening

Period 3-Period 4:pre-reading, while-reading, post-reading

Period 1 Warming-up & Listening

英语选修七教案【篇7】

一、听音,选择你听到的词或词组,将其序号填在( )里。(10分)

( ) 1、A. because B. best C. birthday

( ) 2、A. climb mountains B. cook dinner C. clean the room

( ) 3、A. sunny B. Sunday C. funny

( ) 5、.A. first B. third C. fourth

( ) 6、A. plant trees B. play sports C. play the piano

( ) 7、A. spring B. summer C. swim

( ) 9、A. window B. winter C. windy

( )10、A. May 11th B. May 1st C Mar. 1st

二.听录音,根据你所听到的内容,用1.2...给下列图片排序,(10分)

三.听录音,根据问句选择最合适的答句,将序号填在括号里(10分)

( ) 2、A. I often watch TV . B. I like P.E.

( ) 3、A. Spring B. fish C. Monday

( ) 4. A. It’s March 8th. B. It’s June 1st. C. It’s October 1st

( ) 5 A. Because I can skate. B. Because I can plant trees

C. Because I can swim.

四、听录音,写出所缺的单词(10分)。

1.I___________ ____________ at 6:30.

2.I often _________ _________ on Sundays.

3.I like ________, because I can ________.

4.My birthday is in ________.My mother’s birthday is in __________.

5.We can _______ _________ together next Sunday.

( ) 2. A. wait B. curtain C. play

( ) 4. A. green B. glue C. glass

( )1、I often do my homework ___ 9:00 in the evening

( )2、What do you do _______ the weekend?

( )3、What's the date today? It's November _____

( )4、My birthday is December .

( )5、season do you like best ? ——Spring .

( )6、----_______ Why do you like winter ?

---- Because I can skte.

( )7、When your birthday ?

( )8、______ she have a book?.

( )9、spring we can fly a kite in the sky .

( )10、February is the month of a year .

( )1、What do you do on the weekend? A. No,it’s in July

( )2、What’s the date today? B. I usually do homework

( )3、Which season do you like best? C. Because I can play with snow

( )4、Why do you like winter? D. I like winter.

( )5、Is your birthday in June? E It’s January 6th

Hello. I’m a student. I get up at 6:30.I go to school at 7:30.

I ______ _______ _______ at 9:30.I have _________

_________ at 10:00.After school I ________ ________ at 4:30.

In the evening I _________ ________ . I often ______ ______ ______

My name is Jack. I’m 15 years old, my birthday is in November. Usually I goto school at 7:10 and have four classes in the morning. In the afternoon ,I havetwo classes. I like playing football ,I often play football after school. On myweekend, I often read books, do my homework and watch TV. My favourite season issummer ,because I can swim .

( ) 1.Jack’s birthday is in November。

( ) 2. Jack has 4 classes in a day.

( ) 3. Jack often plays football on the weekend.

( ) 4. Jack’s favourite season is summer

( ) 5.On the weekend, Jack often plays football, does homework and readsbooks.

同学们,你在周末经常做些什么事情呢?是待在家,帮父母做家务,还是出去游玩?请以“My Weekend“为题,写一写自己的周末活动,至少五句话。

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

英语选修七教案【篇8】

教学目标句型“What are you doing? I am ….”。

德育教学目标多关心别人。

教学重点句型“What are you doing? I am ….”,并能在情景中进行应用。

动词及动词短语的现在进行时的表达,即ing形式。

教学难点动词ing形式的读音。

一、自学本课单词,熟读,并会拼写。

二、搜集查询各种动词的ing形式,课堂展示给大家。

课前3分钟内容:

教师出示几幅进行时态的图片,让学生以小组竞赛的形式表述进行时态的句子,给小组加分。

教师播放歌曲What Are You Doing?的录音,师生共同演唱。

教师就学生所学过的内容,尤其是新学内容进行日常交际,目的在于运用语言。可以是学生自我介绍,也可以是学生间对话练习。如:

A: My English name is …. What's your English name?

B: M y English name is …. How do you do?

A: How do you do? Where are you from?

B: I'm waiting for my mom.

A: Nice to meet you. Good-bye.

教师出示第一课时所学动词短语的图片,找能力好的学生认读,其他同学跟读。

教师说动词短语,学生做动作,再次复习第一课时的短语。

学生边做动作边说单词。

鼓励学生说说前五册学生用书,特别是五年级上册第四单元已涉及到一些动词和动词短语,注意比较动词原形和动词ing形式,注意发音。

教师在黑板上写好两列词,让学生连线并进行问答练习。

让一名学生抽取一张单词卡片,然后躲在讲台后面。教师带领其他学生问:What are you doing?,抽取卡片的学生站起来边做相应的动作边回答I am…请五至六名学生轮流上台抽卡片,直到全班学生都初步会说句型What are you doing?再进行下面的活动。

学生同桌之间背对背,一边做动作一边用主要句型问答:What are you doing? I am ….

学生五人一组。教师问各组的第一名学生Hello. What are you doing?每组的第一名学生回答后转身问后面的学生:What areyou doing?,依此类推,每名学生的回答不能与同组前面学生的回答重复,看哪个小组最先完成游戏。

教师播放Let's try部分的录音,让学生完成听录音选图的练习。录音内容如下:

Hello.

Hi, Sarah. It's John.

Hi, John. What are you doing?

I am reading a book. What are you doing?

I'm doing the dishes.

----What is John doing?

----What is Sarah doing?

教师播放Let's talk部分的录音,学生跟读。

学生自己读对话内容。

教师出示Let's talk中的图片和道具电话,指导学生进行代换练习。

学生2人一组,练习对话。学生也根据自己情况,和准备好的图片、玩具或实物,改变对话内容,进行操练。

做小双簧的游戏:学生2人一组,一名学生在前面表演动作,如:画画,另一名学生藏在他的身后为前面的学生配音,如:I am drawingpictures.让学生两人一组操练后,请几组学生上台表演。

做Pair Work部分的活动。学生2人一组,每人在一张纸条上面写一个动词短语的ing形式,如:drawingpictures,然后2人交换纸条,分别将纸条卷起来做道具,根据各自手中纸条上的内容模拟打电话。

做“看口型,猜句子”的游戏:教师指着黑板上的句子说:Iam….,说到动词短语时只作相应的口型,不发出声音,让学生看口型猜短语把句子补充完整。

做Let's play的活动。请一名学生上来,背对其他学生站好。台下任意一名学生问:What are you doing?,站在前面的学生边做动作边回答Iam….,其他学生根据听到的回答在自己课本的表格里做好记录。然后换另一名学生上台,继续做游戏。示范几次后,让学生分小组做游戏。注意:教师里学生的活动范围受限制,所以如果条件允许,此活动可在室外完成5、Consolidationand extension (扩展活动)

教师问:What do you usually do at 9:00 p.m.?指导学生根据实际情况回答。

让学生展示Story time部分的挂图,手指挂图说“Look! Zip is calling Zoom. Who is he? Is thatZoom?,简单表述挂图内容。

引导学生听录音阅读故事。

教师根据故事内容向学生提问:What is Zip doing? What is Zoom doing? Is Zoom answering thephone? Is his father playing computer games?引导学生做回答。

请学生两人一组,分别扮演Zip和Zoom的爸爸表演故事。

教师再放一遍录音,请学生跟着录音读故事里的句子,教师指导学生的发音。

做本单元A Let's learn部分的活动手册P34配套练习。

教师指导学生理解题目要求,指导操作方法.。Listen and number是按所听内容表明序号,Ask and write是在同学问答的基础上填写单词和动词短语。

教师播放活动手册第34页的录音,学生完成Listen and number部分的练习。

学生彼此了解所作的事情,将伙伴的姓名和所作的事情填写在表格里。此环节,教师注意辅导学生规范书写。

Whatare you doing ?

I’m ...

英语选修七教案【篇9】

新目标任务型教学的特色理念:《新目标英语》是以任务为基础的语言教学,在教材的设计上,遵循了自然言语、情境真实性、语言形式为交流功能性服务、层层深入阶梯型发展语言能力、在做中学等最新教学原则和理念,注重引导学生体会文化差异,培养学生自主学习能力,完全符合教育部的《义务教育阶段英语课程标准》的要求。本教材的教学理念:“知识用于行动”,强调“语言应用”,培养“创新、实践能力”,发展“学习策略”。

人教社《新目标英语》教材的几大特色:

A. 图文并茂。一幅副充满情趣,幽默生动的画面,令你眼睛一亮。它不仅版面设计充满新意,而且在内容和结构方面更富有创意 更具时代感,更有现代气息,更加贴近学生的生活。学生一拿到课本后都爱不释手,迫不及待地翻阅。

B. 实用性强。每个单元的选材都来源于学生的学习和生活。紧紧地与学生的年龄特征、认知结构、生活经验联系在一起。如第一册的十四个话题:认识新朋友、教室里的物品、家庭成员、食品、购物、电影、参加社团、生活习惯、学习科目、国家与语言。第二册的十二个话题:邻居、动物、足球、职业、周末活动、音乐、人物性格与外貌、天气、节日、度假与休闲、流行文化、规章制度与日常生活。由于这些都是学生熟悉的话题,生活中经常碰到的事情,所以学生容易接受,学习热情自然也高。使教学活动由“要我学”转变为“我要学”。

C.注重交际。针对中国学生学英语普遍存在的“聋哑病”,教材设计了大量的听说读写材料。每个单元都有语言活动,且内容不同,形式多样,学生对这些活动充满兴趣,所以大家都能情绪高昂地参加pair work, group work, games等活动。学生们充满了自信,开心地练习说英语,教室里常常充满了欢歌笑语。同学们都喜欢上英语课,他们能为学以致用而感到兴奋,同时也体验到了学习语言的快乐。

D.词汇量大。第一册有词汇700个左右,第二册约450个,第三册约450个,第四册约400个, 第五册约500个,合计2500个。这一点正好达到《英语课程标准》5级的要求。大大丰富了学生的词汇量,让学生能更好地表达自己的所思所想。同时也要求学生必须采取有效的记忆单词的方法,就会事半功倍,否则难以适应教材的要求。这时学生特别需要教师的指导 .。

a.言语、情境真实性原则 (The authenticity principle)

任务的设计要提供给学习者明确、真实的语言信息。语言情境、语言形式等要符合交际的功能和规律。使学习者在一种自然、真实或模拟真实的情境中体会语言、掌握语言的应用。

b.形式-功能性原则 (The form-function principle)

任务的设计注重语言形式和语言功能的结合。形式-功能性原则,旨在使学习者掌握语言形式的同时,培养其自我把握语言功能的能力;每一阶段任务的设计都具有一定的导入性,学生在学习语言形式的基础上,通过系列任务的训练,能够自己进行推理和演绎,从而理解语言的功能,并在交际中进行真实运用。

c.阶梯型任务原则 (The task dependency principle)

学习单元中任务的设计由简到繁,由易到难,层层深入,并形成由初级任务到高级任务并由高级任务涵盖初级任务的循环。在语言技能方面,遵循先听、读,后说、写的设计顺序,使教学阶梯式地层层递进。

自始至终引导学生通过完成具体的任务活动来学习语言,让学生为了特定的学习目的去实施特定的语言行动,通过完成特定的交际任务来获得和积累相应的学习经验。

英语选修七教案【篇10】

I. 单词拼写10%

1. He works day and night to earn enough money to p___________ a house.

2. She d____________ a large sum of money to the charity.

3. Would you like to work as a volunteer in a _____________(遥远的) poor village.

4. The Great Wall is one of the seven ____________(奇迹)in the world.

5. I’ve included some photos which will help you __________(描绘)the place I talk about.

II. 词组翻译60%

2. (河流等)干涸;(供应、思路) 枯竭 12.(使)变干,干透

II. 单项选择30%

1. Sue is good at .singing and her voice sounds _________.

A. soft B. softly C. sweetly D. well

2. Do you remember the chicken farm _____ we visited three months ago?

A. where B. when C. that D. what

3. I ______ my university professor in the supermarket near my house, which was out of my expectation.

A. came out B. came across C. came about D. came along

4. Students are encouraged to _________ the design competition for robots at the university.

A. take part B. operate C. join to D. participate in

5. After Yang Liwei succeeded in circling the earth, Chinese astronauts __________ walk in space.

A. anxious to do B. eager for C. are dying to D. are longing to

6. With the guide _______ the way, we finally got to the village which we were looking for.

A. led B. leading C. to lead D. had led

7. The reason ______ at the meeting for being late was not reasonable.

A. why he gave B. what he gave C. he gave D. on which he gave

8. I'll never forget the years ______ I lived in the country with the farmers, ______ has a great effect on my life.

A. that, which B. when, which C. which, that D.when, who

9. The plan has to be _______ to meet the real situation.

A. adjusted B. adapted C. produced D. refounded

10. The hill ________ is covered with trees is called Mang Hill.

A. of which top B. whose the top C. whose top D. top which.

英语选修七教案【篇11】

4. say hello / goodbye to sb 问候某人/和某人告别

6. It is the first time that sb has done sth 某人第一次做。。。。

It was the first time that sb had done sth

7. I didn’t know what to expect 我不知道期待些什么

10. recommend sth 推荐。。。

recommend sb to do sth 建议某人做。。。。

recommend that sb (should) do sth建议某人做。。。。

11. get used to sth /doing sth习惯于

15. ask a passer-by for directions 向一个路人问路

I acknowledge the truth of his statement. 承认

He is acknowledged to be the best player. 认为

He needs help and comfort besides money. 介词 除了

The book is not interesting; besides, it is expensive. 副词 而且

24. as far as one is concerned 就。。。而言

You can not refer to your notebook when taking an exam. 参考,借助

I don’t refer to you when I say someone is stupid. 指。。。而言

I bought he book he referred to last time. 提到,提级

26. be occupied with sth 忙于。。。

be occupied in doing sth 忙于做。。。

28. have much/a lot in common with sb 有许多共同点

30. wish sb all the best 祝某人一切顺利

31. deserve sth / to do 值得,应该获得/受到。。。

32. on the pacific coast 在大平洋海岸上

35. gain one’s independence from 从。。。获得独立

36. a tourist destination 一个旅游胜地

英语选修七教案【篇12】

1. (P34, L2) pro-前缀,常与名词和形容词连用“亲,支持,赞成”

a pro-environment governor一位支持环保的州长

pro-American亲美pro-democracy赞成民主,推崇民主 pro-European支持欧洲的 pro-slavery赞成奴隶制的

be of little /no / great/ much value = be (not) valuable没有/很有价值的

e.g.: Your help has been of great value.

value….as…重视/ 珍视….为….

value sth at….估价为……

e.g.: He valued the house for me at $80000.

那所房子他给我估价80000美元。

My parents always value honesty as the most important.

我父母总是认为诚信是最重要的。

I have always valued your friendship.

拓展: valuable adj.有价值的 valueless adj.没有价值的 'priceless adj.无价的 worthless adj.不值的

value指内在价值 the value of American dollar美元的内在价值

e.g.: He is in need of help.

Experienced workers are in great need.急需熟练工人。

A friend in need is a friend indeed.

e.g.: We’ll contribute to students in need.我们向贫困学生捐款。

◆There is no need for sb. to do sth.

need作为实义动词时,通常用法是:

人+need +to do We need to tell him the truth.

物+need +doing The flowers need watering.

物+need +to be done The flowers need to be watered.

in want of, in honor of, in favor of, in memory of, in the hope of, in place of, in praise of, in exchange for

4. (P34, L9)turn to向某人(某事物)寻求帮助、指教

e.g.: They always turn to me when they are in trouble. (向某人寻求帮助)

It would have taken hours to work the sum out, so I turned to my electronic calculator. (查阅某书,求助于)

5. (P34, L12)sort n.种类,类别 all sorts of 各种各样的

e.g.: What sort of shampoo do you use?

this/ that kind/ sort of + n. 这种的,那种的

n. + of this/ that kind/ sort这种的,那种的

e.g.: I sort of like him, but I don’t know why.

----Were you disappointed?

----Well, yes, sort of. But it didn’t really matter.

sort……into……把….分类成…

e.g.: Sort these cards according to their colors.

把这些卡片按颜色分类。

sort out from把……从……挑出来out of sorts身体不适

6. (P34, L14)skeptical/ skeptical 怀疑的

be skeptical of/ about sth对….不肯相信的,怀疑的

e.g.: I’m rather skeptical about their views.

我对他们的观点持怀疑态度。

He remained skeptical of my decision.

他对我的决定仍然怀疑。

There is no doubt that…毫无疑问….

7. (P34, L14)useless adj.无用的,无益的

It is useless for sb.to do sth.(人)做……是没用的

It’s no use doing sth.

e.g.: All these books are useless to me.

It’s useless to talk with him.

7. (P34, L18) common adj. 共同的, 普通的, 通常的

e.g.: Rabbits and foxes are common in Britain.

兔子与狐狸在英国十分常见。

Britain and America share a common language.

英国和美国使用共同的语言。

common sense 常识 have sth. in common 有共通之处

Have you any common sense? 你有常识么?

I have nothing in common with my father.

我和我爸爸一点共通之处都没有。

In common with many people, he prefers classical music to pop. 和许多人一样,他喜爱古典音乐多过流行音乐。

比较:common,usual,regular与ordinary

usual通常的;习惯的;经常发生的事,如自然发生的事、根据社会或个人习惯所做的事情

ordinary普通的;平凡的;强调普通;寻常以及缺乏优越的性质

e.g.: China is advancing rapidly in industry.

中国在工业上发展很快。

We are advancing along the socialist road.

我们正沿着社会主义道路前进。

This will further advance the friendly relations between the two countries. 这将进一步发展 (促进)两国的友好关系。

The date of the meeting has been advanced from Friday to Wednesday. 会议日期已从星期五提前到星期三。

make great advances (progress) 取得进步

e.g.: They have made great advances.

Nothing could stop the advance of the soldiers.

什么也不能阻止士兵们的前进。

○3in advance (事先,提前) 和 in advance of (在…前面)

e.g.: If you want to get the book, you must pay for it in advance. 如果你要买这本书,你得先付款

He walked in advance of his wife. 他走在他妻子的前面.

○4 其过去分词 advanced可用作形容词,意为“高级的”、“高级的”、“程度高的”、“年老的”等。主要用作定语(偶尔用作表语):

advanced ideas (experience, deeds, workers, elements)先进思想 (经验,事迹,工人,分子)

Some of our products have reached advanced world levels. 我们有的产品已达到了世界先进水平。

9. (P34, Line23)build social ties建立社会联系

tie n. 绳子;领带; 联系,纽带; 束缚人的东西;平局, 不分胜负 (均为可数)

We have established trade ties with these regions.我们和这些地区建立了贸易关系。

He was wearing a black tie. (领带)

There are many ties of friendship between the two countries.

Mothers often find their small children a tie.

The result of the competition was a tie.

tie to 把…栓在 tie sth with sth用…捆….

He tied his horse to the tree. 他把马栓在树上.

The package had been tied with strong green string.那包东西是用结实的绿色绳子捆起来的。

tie sb’s shoelaces/ tie a knot/bow系鞋带/打蝴蝶结

○2把…..联系在一起 vt be tied to联系在一起,依附于

10. (P34, L24)rather than的用法:可接各种语法结构,但一定要注意rather than前后的结构要一致

He is a writer rather than a teacher.

John, rather than his roommates, is to blame.

The job will take months rather than weeks.

You, rather than she, are my guest.

We are to blame rather than they.

It ought to be you rather than me that sign the letter.

The color seems green rather than blue.

It was made shorter rather than longer.

The ship sank quickly rather than slowly.

He usually gets up early rather than late.

He loves her rather than likes her.

She left rather than stayed at home.

Rather than cause trouble, he went away.

Rather than have the radio repaired, he’d like to buy a new one.

I'd prefer to read in the library rather than at home.

I'd prefer to do it in this way rather than in that way.

He went to the park in the evening rather than in the morning.

She likes dancing rather than singing.

Rather than regretting for the failure, why not try again?

It is snowing rather than raining outside.

She is laughing rather than crying.

He had the house rebuilt rather than repaired.

We should help him rather than he should help us.

It was what he meant rather than what he said.

e.g.: It is what you do rather than what you say___ matters.

A. that B. what C. which D. this

11. (P34, L26)moreover adv.而且,此外,常用作插入语,表示递进关系

e.g.: They knew the painting was a forgery. Moreover, they knew who had bought it.他们知道那幅画是赝品,而且知道是谁买下的。

同义词: besides, in addition, what’s more, furthermore

e.g.: I’ve heard it’s not a very good movie. Besides, I’d rather stay home.我听说这不是很好看的电影。再说,我宁愿待在家里。

……chance to do / of doing sth做某事的机会

e.g.: I had the chance of visiting Beijing.

I have no chance to see him.

It is a good chance to study/of studying English. 这是学习英语的好机会。

……chance of (doing) sth / that……做某事的可能性

He has a good chance (no chance, not much chance) of winning. 他很有希望(没有希望,没多大希望)获胜。

There is still chance that you will pass the exam. 你考试及格还是有希望的。

【注】在现代英语中,chance 表示“可能性”时,其后有时也可接不定式,但不如用 of doing sth 普通。

○3chance to do = happen to do碰巧做….

○4It (so) chanced / happened that….

take a chance/ take chances 冒险, 碰运气

leave things to chance 听天由命, 听其自然

e.g.: A few apples remained on the table.

This visit will always remain in my memory.

这次拜访将永远留在我的记忆之中。

○2 vi. 继续呆在某处,继续存在,留下(特指在他人走后留下)

e.g.: They went,but I remained.他们走了,但我留了下来。

I shall remain here all the winter.整个冬天我将留在这里。

What will you do with the money left?

=What will you do with the remaining money?

e.g.: The fact remained to be proved. 事实尚待证明。

One problem remains to be solved.有一个问题尚待解决。

That remains to be proved.那尚待证实。

Much remains to be done. 还有很多事要做。

“继续保持,仍然处于某种状态”

○1+ adj. / n.

e.g.: Language was,is and will remain the chief means of exchange of ideas.语言,过去、现在和将来依然是交流思想的主要工具。

In spite of their quarrel,they remained the best friends.他们尽管吵过架,却仍不失为最好的朋友

She remained calm.她保持镇静。

e.g.: The question remained unsolved.这个问题仍然没有解决。

Her beauty remained unchanged.她美丽依旧。

She remained standing for a good hour.

她一直站了整整一个钟头。

She remained standing though we repeatedly asked her to sit down.虽然我们三番五次地请她坐下,她还是站着。

e.g.: She remained under the care of Miss Janey.

她仍然由Janey小姐照料。

People here remain in deep poverty.

这儿的人们仍处于极度贫困之中。

14. (P35, Line34) address v. 写地址,对…做演讲,称呼

e.g.: He will address us on the subject of war and peace.

He addressed her as “Miss Martine”.

Address your application to the Personnel Manager.

address oneself to sth./doing sth.着手做某事

We must address ourselves to the problem of traffic pollution.

address sb. as 称呼某人为…

◆ The judge should be addressed as 'Your Honour'.

◆ In Britain, a surgeon is addressed as 'Mr' not 'Dr'.

~ sth to sb (formal) to say sth directly to sb:

◆ Any questions should be addressed to your teacher.

◆ The book is addressed to the general reader.

a public address on foreign policy (涉外政策的公众演说)

15. (P35, L35) occur (occurred, occurred)vi 发生;存在;想起;被想到出现在头脑中常与to连用

(especially of accidents and other unexpected events) to happen:

sth. occur to sb. = sth. come to sb. ……突然被想到

it occurs to somebody (that) = it occurs to somebody to do something 刚想到,突然想到

经常用于以it作形式主语的句中, 真正的主语可以是从句, 也可以是不定式。

It occurred to her that she might adopt a homeless child.

It didn’t occur to me that you would object.

It didn’t occur to me to mention it.

Didn’t it occur to you to close the windows?

16.(P35,L37)advantage n. 优势,有利条件

Richard has an advantage over you since he can speak German.

They took full advantage of the hotel's facilities.

There is little advantage in buying a dictionary if you can't read.不识字买字典没什么用

拓展:to one’s advantage/disadvantage对……有利/ 不利

take advantage of利用=use/make use of

have/gain/ win an advantage over优于,对…有优势

have the advantage of 有…. (方面的)好处

充分利用:take full advantage of, make full use of, make the best/ most of

○1if只引导宾语从句,但作介词宾语时一般用whether, 而whether可引导主语 、宾语、表语和同位语从句

e.g.: I don’t know if / whether it will rain today.

It all depends on whether they will come back.

Whether the meeting will be put off has not been decided yet.

The question is whether they have so much money.

e.g.: I haven’t decided whether to go or not.

e.g.: I don’t know whether or not he has arrived in Wuhan.

lie-lied-lied-lying 说谎,欺骗a white lie 善意的谎言

lay aside存,积蓄 lay down放下,交出;规定,主张,制定lay out设计,布置 lay up积蓄 lay stress/ emphasis on强调 lay a /the foundation of/ for为….奠定基础 a laid-off worker下岗工人

19. (P35, L48) such as & for example

such as列举同类人或物中的几个例子,总放例举之前。

使用such as举例,只能列举其中的一部分,不能全部举出。

for example列举同类人或物中的“一个”例子,作插入语,用逗号隔开,可置于句首,句中,句末。

e.g.: Heros, such as LeiFeng, Liu Hulan and Huang Jiguang are good examples for us to learn.

Things such as cotton, paper, clothes are easy to catch fire.

He knows four languages, namely Chinese, English, Japanese and French.

化学选修五教案


我们耗费大量时间为您整理出这篇“化学选修五教案”。每个老师不可缺少的课件是教案课件,需要大家认真编写每份教案课件。 学生课堂反应的不同可以帮助教师制定不同的教学策略。请多留意我们网站的更新以确保不会错过重要通知!

化学选修五教案 篇1

一,教材和学生分析:

在设计教学之初,我首先对教材和学生进行了分析。苯酚在生活中是一种非常重要的有机物,在工业和生活中有着重要的用途,这体现着苯酚作为一种重要原料的社会价值,渗透到我们生活的各个领域。酚是人教版选修5《有机化学基础》第三单元——《烃的含氧衍生物》中的第一节的内容,在必修2中,学生已经学习过了乙醇、乙酸、乙酸乙酯的性质。而酚对于学生来说是崭新的教学内容,教材将酚和醇安排在同一节,旨在通过各自的代表物苯酚和乙醇,在结构和性质上的对比,从而使学生更加深刻的理解——结构决定性质,性质反映结构。并通过代表物质苯酚,迁移认识其他酚类化合物。

二,教学目标:

基于以上的'分析考虑,我制定的本节课的教学目标。

(1)知识与技能方面

掌握苯酚的分子结构、物理性质和化学性质,加深理解“基团相互影响”的基本思想方法,提高实验探究能力。

(2)过程与方法方面

通过对苯酚性质的探究学习,培养学生根据实验现象分析、推理、判断的能力和,培养学生自主学习、探究学习、与他人合作学习的习惯。

(3)情感态度与价值观方面

A,培养实事求是的科学态度和勇于探索的科学精神。

B,通过对结构决定性质的分析,对学生进行辩证思维教育。

C,培养学生关注化学与环境,化学与健康,化学与生活的意识。

考虑到本节课要有利于学生的终生发展,因此我从树立苯酚与人类的生活生产是密切相关的价值观和培养学生对比的思维方法做了重点突破。

三,教学设计:

为了达成上述目标,我设计了如下教学流程:

(1)第一个环节—生活中的酚类物质

我首先为学生展示几张生活中常见的含酚类物质的图片,给出结构式,让学生找出苯酚部分。使学生用分类的思想,有序的认识物质。于是我引入新课:苯酚就是最简单的酚类。

(2)第二个环节—苯酚的用途

苯酚在工业中有着重要的用途,如生产酚醛树脂用来制作厨房用的防火板和电器插座,生产锦纶制作登山服,还可以用作医药、染料、农药的重要原料。有人评价说苯酚改变了世界,外科之父李斯特用苯酚消毒,减少了细菌感染,塑料之父贝克兰合成酚醛树脂,让生活变得更加舒适。可见,工业上对于苯酚的需求量是非常大的。所以,在高速公路上经常会有大货车在运输苯酚。下面我们来看一个新闻。化学与生产联系,我从生活走向化学,从而达成本节课的情感目标。

化学选修五教案 篇2

一、教材分析:

本节课之前的章节中,已对原子结构、分子结构和化学键做了详细的介绍,为本章内容的学习奠定了理论基础。而本节课中对晶体常识的介绍,则是以后学习各种晶体结构与性质的一个重要开端。关于晶体的常识本节教材的内容包括三部分:1、晶体与非晶体的区别;2、晶体的特点;3、晶体的制备。从教材看,本章首先从人们熟悉的固体出发,把固体分为晶体和非晶体两大类,引出了晶体的特征和晶胞的概念。从外形、微观角度和物理性质等方面讨论了晶体和非晶体的区别,并联系实际生活中的应用,是学生充分体会的化学的意义。晶胞是描述晶体结构的基本单元,是研究晶体结构的最基本概念,教科书利用图片、比喻等方式介绍了晶体与晶胞的关系,并通过例子介绍了如何计算晶胞中所含的原子数。

二、学情分析:

学生在初中物理的学习中,对晶体与非晶体在宏观上有了一定的了解,但对其微观本质了解并不多,基本可以运用在前几个章节学习的原子结构、分子结构和化学键的知识对本节课进一步学习。再通过设计合适的情境和问题,让学生自己分析、归纳出晶体与非晶体的各种性质。高一15班是西安交通大学少年预科班,具有较高的实验素养和理论知识以及对科学强烈的探究精神。所以本节课在知识的理论性上可以适当加深,满足学生的需要。

三、设计理念:

本教案利用多媒体课件展、实物展示和形象比喻等教学方式,使学生自主分析晶体和非晶体的不同,激发学生探究晶体和非晶体本质区别的热情。通过晶体和非晶体微观上的本质区别,理解晶体和非晶体的宏观性质上的区别,建立结构决定性质的科学思维方法。

建构起晶胞的概念,形象比喻的方式,体会晶胞与晶体之间的关系;再以课本上的问题设置矛盾,通过学生自学讨论,教师的适当点拨,总结归纳出一个晶胞中平均所含粒子个数的计算方法,在此过程中,提升学生的空间想象能力。

四、教学目标及重难点

知识与技能

1、了解晶体与非晶体的本质差异

2、掌握晶体的基本性质

过程与方法

通过生活常识、感情经验从宏观特征逐步过渡到微观特征,认真把握内部有序造就了外部有序

情感态度价值观

增强探究晶体结构的兴趣,强化结构决定性质的辨证思维

教学重点:晶体和晶胞的概念;晶体与非晶体的本质上的差异

教学难点:晶胞的结构、晶胞中微粒数目的计算

五、教学过程

教学过程

教师活动

学生活动

设计意图及

目标达成预测

【引入】在前面两张,我们从原子结构和分子结构这两种微观结构研究了物质的性质及变化规律。在这一章,我们将从另一种微观角度——晶体结构,来研究固体的性质与结构。

我们先来了解一下晶体的有关常识

【板书】第一节晶体的常识

初中对于晶体和非晶体是如何定义的?那些物质是晶体,那些不是?

展示一些晶体和非晶体的图片

展示具体的实物和图片进行教学。例如,展示一些实验室常见的晶体实物:食盐、蓝矾、明矾、_钾等;展示一些非晶体实物:玻璃、松香,一些塑料。

我们先来了解一下晶体的有关常识

【学生】晶体:胆矾、水晶、金刚石……

非晶体:玻璃、石蜡……

观看图片

回答:晶体和非晶体

创设情境引起学生的兴趣,使学生的注意力集中到课堂上来

联系旧知,导入课题

引导学生观察刚才展示的实物以及本章章图中的各种矿石的彩_片等。

展示教科书中的图3-4晶体SiO2和非晶体SiO2的示意图。

提出问题:(1)什么是晶体?什么是非晶体?(2)晶体有什么特点和性质?

《晶体的常识》教学设计

《晶体的常识》教学设计《晶体的常识》教学设计

观察、小组讨论、归纳

归纳:

1.晶体:具有规则几何外形的固体。

2、非晶体:不具规则几何外形的固体。

让学生通过小组讨论,进行归纳与整理,提高学生自主学习的能力和团结的意识。

探究本质差异

应用多媒体课件展示NaCl、CO2、金刚石等晶体的微观结构示意图;展示教科书中的图3-4晶体SiO2和非晶体SiO2的示意图。

《晶体的常识》教学设计

《晶体的常识》教学设计

晶体二氧化硅

《晶体的常识》教学设计

非晶体二氧化硅

提出问题:

晶体和非晶体的本质区别是什么?

晶体与非晶体的本质差异

归纳:

晶体:原子在三维空间内呈周期性有序排列;

非晶体:原子排列相对无序

通过问题解决,运用比较、分类、抽象、概括的教学策略,引导学生自己总结出晶体和非晶体的本质区别。

讲解晶体的自范性:

请学生观察老师制备得到的玛瑙和水晶,并告诉其制备方法,结合前边看到的晶体SiO2和非晶体SiO2的示意图。

引导学生从制备方法中得到晶体具有自范性的条件。

归纳:

晶体具有自范性的条件:

晶体的生长速率适当

结合以前和今天学到的知识,总结出晶体的性质

归纳:

晶体的特点:

1.晶体内部质点和外形质点排列的高度有序性。

2、有固定的熔点。

3、有各向异性。

【演示】实验3—1

碘的升华与凝华

引导学生应用晶体的概念和性质,总结制备晶体的方法:

熔融态物质凝固

气态物质凝华

溶质从溶液中析出

通过实验帮助学生了解得到晶体的一般途径,培养学生学以致用的能力

重新展示上课开始的图片,请学生判断是晶体还是非晶体。

通过板书总结本节课主要介绍的内容:晶体的概念、性质及晶体与非晶体的本质区别及晶体的制备方法。

板书设计

第三章晶体和结构与性质

第一节晶体的常识

一、晶体与非晶体

1、晶体:具有规则几何外形的固体。

2、非晶体:不具规则几何外形的固体。

3、晶体与非晶体的本质差异

4、晶体具有自范性的条件

晶体的生长速率适当

化学选修五教案 篇3

试剂和仪器:试管、溴乙烷、蒸馏水、酒精

(1)用试管取约2mL的溴乙烷,观察溴乙烷在常温下的颜色和状态。

(2)将2mL的溴乙烷分放在两支试管中,往其中一只中加入2mL的水,振荡,静置。往另一支试管中加入2mL酒精,振荡,静置。

【学生回答后投影】1。溴乙烷的物理性质(实验结论):无色液体,沸点比乙烷的高,难溶于水,易溶于有机溶剂,密度比水大 。

(学生回答密度比水在时,提问:为什么?你怎么知道水层在上方?)

【提升】你能否根据所学知识推测:氯乙烷的沸点比溴乙烷的沸点是高还是低?为什么?

【生答】低,有可能是常温下是气体,因为氯乙烷与溴乙烷的结构相似,而相对分子质量小于溴乙烷,分子间作用力小,故沸点低。

【小结】烷烃分子中的氢原子被卤素原子取代后,其相对分子质量变大,分子间作用力变大,卤代烃溶沸点升高,密度变大。所以卤代烃只有极少数是气体,大多数为固体或液体,不溶于水,可溶于大多数的有机溶剂。

溴原子的引入能使溴乙烷具有什么样的化学性质呢?

【投影】3。溴乙烷的化学性质

【引言】化学变化的实质是旧键的.断裂和新键的形成。溴原子作为溴乙烷的官能团,发生化学变化应围绕着C—Br键断裂去思考。 C—Br键为什么能断裂呢?在什么条件下断裂?

【生答】在溴乙烷分子中,由于Br的吸引电子的能力大于C,则C—Br键中的共用电子对就偏向于Br原子一端,使Br带有部分负电荷,C原子带部分正电荷。当遇到—OH、—NH2等试剂(带负电或富电子基团)时,该基团就会进攻带正电荷的C原子,—Br则带一个单位负电荷离去。

【问题】已知:CH3CH3与氢氧化钠溶液不能反应,CH3CH2Br能否与氢氧化钠溶液反应? 若反应,可能有什么物质产生?

【科学推测:】若反应,则生成乙醇和溴化钠,发生如下反应 :

CH2CH2Br+NaOH → CH3CH2OH+NaBr

【引言】以上所述,均属猜测,但有根有据,属于科学猜测。很多伟大的科学理论都是通过科学猜测、实验验证得出的。如果让你设计实验证明溴乙烷能和氢氧化钠溶液发生反应。你如何解决以下两个问题:

(1)如何用实验证明溴乙烷的Br变成了Br—?

(2)该反应的反应物是溴乙烷和氢氧化钠溶液,混合后是分层的,且有机物的反应一般比较缓慢,如何提高本反应的反应速率?

充分振荡:增大接触面积;加热:升高温度加快反应速率。

【学生讨论后回答,教师总结,得出正确的实验操作方法】

【追问】:能不能直接用酒精灯加热?如何加热?

不能直接用酒精灯加热,因为溴乙烷的沸点只有38。4℃,用酒精灯直接加热,液体容易暴沸。可采用水浴加热。

【指出】水浴加热时就不可能振荡试管,为了使溴乙烷和和氢氧化钠溶液充分接触,水浴的温度应稍高于溴乙烷的沸点,为什么?

【生答】使处于下层的溴乙烷沸腾汽化,以气体的形式通过NaOH溶液与其充分接触。

【指出】可同学想过吗?溴乙烷是大气污染物,汽化出来的溴乙烷不可能完全与NaOH溶液反应,散失到大气中就会污染空气,你想如何解决本问题?

【生答】试管上加一个带长玻璃导管的橡皮塞,起冷凝回流的作用,既能防止溴乙烷的挥发,又提高了原料的利用率。

【学生探究实验2】请同学们利用所给仪器和试剂,设计实验方案验证溴乙烷能否在NaOH溶液中发生取代反应。

实验用品:大试管(配带直长玻璃管的单孔橡皮塞)2只、试管夹、小试管10只,长胶头滴管(能从大试管中取液体)、250mL烧杯。溴乙烷、10%NaOH溶液、稀硝酸、2%硝酸银、稀溴化钠溶液、稀氯化钠溶液。

【提示】

(1)可直接用所给的热水加热

(2)溴乙烷、10%NaOH溶液的用量约为2mL

(3)水浴加热的时间约为3分钟

(巡视,组织教学,及时点拨,结合不同方案组织讨论:加入NaOH溶液加热,冷却后直接加AgNO3为什么不可以?检验卤代烃中含有卤元素的程序如何?)

【小组汇报实验结果,教师评价得出结论】

结论:CH3CH2Br能与氢氧化钠溶液反应,发生取代反应,反应方程式如下:

CH2CH2Br+NaOH→CH3CH2OH+NaBr

【投影】上述方程式也可以写成:

NaOH

CH2CH2Br+H2O→CH3CH2OH+HBr

该反应可理解为:溴乙烷发生了水解反应,氢氧化钠的作用是中和反应生成的HBr,降低了生成物的浓度,使反应正向进行。 (该反应是可逆反应)

【提升】由此可见,水解反应的条件是NaOH水溶液。溴乙烷水解反应中,C—Br键断裂,溴以Br—形式离去,故带负电的原子或原子团如OH—、HS—等均可取代溴乙烷中的溴。

【质疑】对水解反应的深化:

CH3

CH3—C —CH3

1、把“—Br”替换成“—Cl”,能否发生反应?

CH3CHCH3

2、把“CH3CH2—”替换“ ”或 “ ” 或 R— 如何反应?

3、把“CH3CH2—”替换成“Fe3+ ”,能否发生反应?

【目标测试】

1、(20xx年上海市理科综合测试)足球比赛中,当运动员肌肉挫伤或扭伤时,队医随即对准球员的受伤部位喷射药剂氯乙烷(沸点12。27℃),进行局部冷冻麻醉应急处理,乙烯和氯化氢在一定条件下制得氯乙烷的化学方程式(有机物用结构简式表示)是CH2=CH2+HCl→CH3CH2Cl,该反应的类型是________。决定氯乙烷能用于冷冻麻醉应急处理的具体性质是_________________________。

2、已知NH3和H2O在与卤代烃反应时的性质很相似,在一定条件下能使卤代烃发生氨

解,写出溴乙烷的氨解方程式。

【小结】今天,我们研究了溴乙烷的物理性质和化学性质中的水解反应,现在回忆这个过程经历了哪几个步骤?

提出问题

科学猜测

实验验证

形成理论

发展理论

解决问题

投影:

【小结】这个过程不是研究事物所应遵循的一种科学方法。这一过程蕴含着以实验事实为据,严谨求实的科学态度。我们应该学会它。

化学选修五教案 篇4

鲁科版化学选修4《物质在水溶液中的行为》第1节《水溶液》第一课时教学设计

1. 课程标准要求:

知道水的离子积常数,了解酸碱电离理论。能进行溶液pH的简单计算,初步掌握测定溶液pH的方法,知道溶液pH的调控在工农业生产和科学研究中的主要应用。

2. 课程标准解读:

第一句的行为动词为“知道”“了解”,意为“学生能够描述出、说出、辨认出、区分出、比较出”就是对学生知识技能水平的基本要求。这部分内容以化学反应中可逆反应、化学平衡为基础,根据课标的要求,学生的原有认识能在这里发挥巨大的作用,同时水的电离教学把理论研究和实验探究都放到了十分重要的位置。从单元整体教学的角度来说,水的电离的原理是学习物质在水溶液中的行为及应用的基础和前提。

对测定溶液pH的方法的要求层级相对提高,对于pH的计算,本节课课程标准的要求是“能够进行简单计算”,那么在这个要求下,结合高考考点要求,将pH计算分为4类进行计算。另外,通过课下研究性学习等活动,要让学生体验pH的调控在工农业生产和科学研究中的重要应用,并能举例说明。

第1课时主要解决3个问题:水的电离、水的离子积常数、溶液的酸碱性的判断。

只有认识水的电离平衡及其移动,才能从本质上认识溶液的酸碱性和pH。本节的学习也为盐类的水解及弱电解质的电离等知识的教学奠定基础。教材从实验事实入手,说明水是一种极弱的电解质,存在着电离平衡, 由此引出水的电离平衡常数,进而引出水的离子积,并使学生了解水的离子积是个很重要的常数。通过进一步的探讨,学生了解在室温时不仅是纯水,就是在酸性或碱性稀溶液中,其与的乘积总是一个常数 。在酸性溶液中,不是没有OH - ,而是其中的> ;在碱性溶液中,不是没有H+,而是其中

第2课时主要探讨pH的测定、应用及计算。教材上只是简单涉及pH计算公式以及一个典型例题展示溶液pH计算过程,没有进一步的分析不同类型的溶液该如何进行计算。本节教材设计中始终依据实际例子来总结规律,通过对具体问题的讨论分析带动原理的学习,引导学生利用一般实例一步步揭示pH计算的本质。

学生在第二章学习中已经掌握了化学平衡相关知识,具备了应用化学平衡移动原理分析问题、解决问题的能力,也具备了分析数据,从数据中总结规律、提炼观点的能力,为本节课学习奠定了必要的知识和方法基础。

(1)水的离子积与水的电离平衡常数的`区别。

(2)酸、碱溶液中H+ 和OH -的来源。

(3)对pH的计算公式应用不灵活。

1. 通过对水的电离和水的离子积的研讨,学生能应用化学平衡移动原理分析水的电离及其影响因素。

2. 通过对课本中提供的表格的一系列变型以及对一系列问题探究,学生能利用Kw计算溶液中或, 理清H+或OH-的来源,归纳溶液酸碱性的判断方法。

目标1评价:学生能根据设计问题,计算常温下Kw;根据提供数据,归纳温度对水的电离的影响;能用化学平衡移动原理,分析加酸、碱对水的电离的影响;并最终90%的学生顺利完成目标评价1。

目标2评价:能根据表格中的数据,用简练的语言准确回答设计的问题,总结规律。并最终90%的学生顺利完成目标评价2。

三、教学方法及策略

因为有化学平衡移动原理的相关知识,本节课第1个教学目标中的内容,难度相对较小,可以通过设置与化学平衡类似的问题,让学生通过独立思考方式自主学习。

第2个教学目标中的内容较抽象,特别是酸碱溶液中H+或OH-的来源,是本课时最大的教学难点。

这部分采用采用启发式和问题驱动教学法,对课本上基础表格进行一系列变型,每一个变型表格跟进一系列问题串,让学生通过小组合作、交流研讨,实现思维上的碰撞,用具体数据解决抽象原理。

1. 自我评价:

教学过程中,十分重视知识的归纳和演绎、认识方式的建构,精心设计问题情境,引导学生运用化学平衡理论去认识水的电离平衡、让学生学会学习。课堂上注重化学基本概念的形成是由浅入深、由简单到复杂逐步深入和完善,教学处理时注意概念的层次性。

水是生活中非常熟悉的是物质, ①根据水是一种弱电解质的事实,进行交流和讨论,课堂中采用层层递进教学法,形成知识规律。②溶液的酸碱性与pH,本部分知识具有较强的应用性,课堂上采用启发式和问题驱动教学法。

2.课堂生成:

问题一:室温下,稀的酸或者碱溶液,水的离子积是由水电离出来的和乘积,还是指整个溶液体系中和的乘积?

解析:水的离子积也适用于稀溶液,对于稀溶液中水的离子积指整个溶液体系中氢离子和氢氧根离子浓度的乘积,但最初推算离子积是从纯水出发的。

问题二:加入金属钠对水的电离平衡的影响为什么不是升高温度正向移动或者生成NaOH而使其逆向移动?

解析:分析水与金属钠反应忽略,从平衡移动的角度解释Na消耗H+对水的电离平衡起促进作用。

3. 同伴点评:

①以问题驱动课堂,体现了深入研究新课标,问题设计合理,注意层次性,注重细节的处理。

②注重小组合作,重视学生团队合作能力的培养,课堂容量适中,结构紧凑。重视落实,课堂练习针对性强。

③教师教态自然,板书清晰。充分调动学生的积极性,备课充分、详细。

④学生充分动脑动手,积极参与课堂,积极回答问题,分组讨论热烈,有效。

⑤学习目标、对应的目标评价细化并分别呈现,使整堂课的思路更清晰。

4.思考感悟:

本节课中亮点有两个,一是问题设计有层次性,重视认知的构建过程,如溶液酸碱性的得出,举了一组数据让学生计算、,让学生自己归纳溶液中酸碱性的判断。由于非常扎实的铺垫,学生很容易的得出、与溶液中酸碱性的关系。二是习题定位准确,对教材的处理独具匠心,题目还能折射出对pH的一些细节方面的理解。比如pH=6的溶液一定是酸性吗?不仅说明了pH要与溶液的温度有关,同时还说明了、与溶液中酸碱性的关系。

不足之处,本节课有三处利用小组讨论,学生参与意识强,讨论热烈,但是教师对每个小组成员的要求不够明确,指导不够到位。

以新的课程理念为指导,今后教学中要为学生的主动参与和交流互动提供更充分的时间和空间,在不同的实践活动中感悟化学学习思想,体会科学的思维方法,提升探究意识和创新意识。

化学选修五教案 篇5

师:上节课我们学习了原电池的有关知识,请大家回忆,构成原电池的条件是什么?

师:[投影显示]如下图所示。大家观察实验现象,并回答:电流表指针的变化。碳棒上有什么变化?在两极发生了什么反应?

生:Fe:Fe-2e=Fe2+氧化反应;C:Cu2++2e=Cu还原反应;总反应方程式:Fe+Cu2+=Fe2++Cu

师:这里设计了三个实验,请大家分组实验并观察实验现象,准确记录实验现象,汇报实验结果。

[投影显示]1.将两根碳棒分别插入装有CuCl2溶液的小烧杯中,浸一会,取出碳棒观察碳棒表面现象(图1);2.用导线连接碳棒后,再浸入CuCl2溶液一会儿,取出碳棒,观察碳棒表面变化(图2);3.浸入CuCl2溶液中的两根碳棒,分别跟直流电源的正极和负极相连接,接通一段时间后,观察两极上的现象并用湿润的KI-淀粉试纸检验所生成的气体(图3)。

师:在此过程中请大家一定要操作规范,注意安全。

生:第三个实验通电一会儿发现,与电源负极相连的一端的碳棒上有红色固体物质析出;

生:与电源正极相连的一端碳棒上有使湿润的淀粉-KI试纸变蓝的气体生成。

全部生:分析整理作出判断。红色物质为铜,黄绿色使湿润淀粉-KI试纸变蓝的气体为氯气。

[投影显示]

1.通电前溶液中存在哪些离子?这些离子是如何运动的?

2.接通直流电后,原来的离子运动发生了怎样的改变?

3.有关离子在两极发生了什么样的反应?

1.通电前溶液中Cu2+、Cl-、H+、OH-自由移动。

2.通电后带正电的Cu2+、H+向阴极移动;带负电的Cl-、OH-向阳极移动。

3.Cu2+在阴极得电子变成了单质Cu,Cl-在阳极失电子变成了Cl2。

通电前:CuCl2=Cu2++2Cl-;H2OH++OH-自由移动

通电后:阳极:2Cl--2e=Cl2↑氧化反应;阴极:Cu2++2e=Cu还原反应

师:在电解过程中,电子是如何形成闭合回路的?大家请看看课本第64页,归纳电子流动

师生:电子的方向与电流的方向相反从电源负极流出,流向电解池的阴极,阴极附近的Cu2+

在阴极得电子被还原为铜,溶液中的阴阳离子定向移动,阳极附近的Cl-在阳极失电子被氧

化为氯原子。氯原子结合形成氯气分子,失去的电子从阳极流回电源的正极,从而形成了闭

生:先有电离,后有电解。电离不需要通电,电解建立在电离的基础上。

化学选修五教案 篇6

教育心理学家奥苏伯尔说:“假如让我把全部教育心理学仅归纳为一条原理的话,那么我将一言以蔽之曰:影响学习的最重要的因素,就是学习者已经知道了什么?要探明这一点,并应据此进行教学。”

教材的第一章着重研究了化学能与热能的关系,本章则着重研究化学能与电能的关系,均属于热力学研究的范畴。通过以前章节的学习,学生已经掌握了能量守恒定律、化学反应的限度、化学反应进行的方向和化学反应的自发性、以及原电池的原理等理论知识,为本节的学习做好了充分的理论知识准备。化学电池是依据原电池原理开发的具有很强的实用性,和广阔的应用范围的技术产品。本节的教学是理论知识在实践中的延伸和拓展,将抽象的理论和学生在日常生活中积累的感性体验联系起来,帮助学生进一步的深入认识化学电池。

现代科技的飞速发展也带动了电池工业的进步,各种新型的电池层出不穷。教材选取具有代表性的三大类电池,如生活中最常用的一次电池(碱性锌锰电池)、二次电池(铅蓄电池)、和在未来有着美好应用前景燃料电池。简介了电池的基本构造,工作原理,性能和适用范围,引出了“活性物质”,比能量,比功率自放电率,记忆效应,等概念。同时向学生渗透绿色环保的意识。

学生在日常的生活中经常接触到各种电池,对他们的性能有一定的感性认识并且具备了一定的理论知识。本节课的教学计划采取由学生分组进行课前准备,各组同学通过查阅资料,搜集信息就某一类电池的结构,性能,反应原理,应用范围,优缺点进行分析归纳,并指派一位同学进行发言,其他同学对其发言进行评价。期望通过这种方式培养学生的自主学习能力,信息搜集处理能力及团队合作精神。教师做好引导,协调,充分调动每一个学生的积极性,激发他们的兴趣鼓励他们敢于发表自己的看法,真正使学生成为课堂的主人和主体。

学生预习本节教材内容,并组成学习小组分别搜集有关一次电池、二次电池、燃料电池的材料。将各类电池的结构特点、反应原理、性能、以及适用范围进行归纳总结。以此培养学生的自主学习能力,信息收集处理能力和合作精神。

在前面的课程中,我们已经学习过化学反应与能量的变化的知识。我们知道化学能可以直接的转化为热能、电能等其他的能量形式,在上一节课中我们学习的“原电池”就是将化学物质的化学能直接转化为电能的装置,下面我们一起回顾有关原电池的知识。

原电池装置尽管能够将化学能直接转化为电能,但是能量转化效率太低,而且缺乏实用性。我们现在使用的各种化学电池都是科技人员在原电池这一理论模型的基础之上,在不断的实践中应用各种不同的材料和技术设计出的具有更高的能量转化效率、供能稳定可靠、电容量大、工作寿命长、使用维护方便的各种实用电池。各种化学电池的性能也不尽相同,如何判断一种电池性能是否优劣下面我们请各组发言同学上台为大家介绍常见的各类电池。同学们注意对比不同电池的结构、性能、反应原理、和使用范围。

1学生代表上台介绍一种一次电池(碱性锌锰电池)的基本构造、反应原理、以及主要的性能、使用范围,应用前景等方面的知识。

2其他同学就其发言进行评价、交流、提出问题,发言同学及其合作小组成员负责解答。教师进行引导

碱性锌锰电池比酸性碱性锌锰电池存放时间较长,电压稳定。

电极反应:

负极:Zn(s)+2OH-(aq)-2e-=Zn(OH)2(S)

正极:2MnO2(s)+2H2O(l)+2e-=2MnOOH(s)+2OH-(aq)

总反应:Zn(s)+2MnO2(s)+2H2O(l)=2MnOOH(s)+Zn(OH)2(S)

1学生代表上台介绍一到两种二次电池(铅蓄电池,锂离子电池)的基本构造、反应原理、以及主要的性能、使用范围,应用前景等方面的知识。

2其他同学就其发言进行评价、交流、提出问题,发言同学及其合作小组成员负责解答。教师进行引导

铅蓄电池在所有二次电池中可充电次数最多,电压稳定,使用方便,安全可靠,价格低廉在生产生活中有广泛的应用。铅蓄电池的主要缺点是“比能量”低,笨重,废弃后会污染环境。

正极:PbO2(s)+4H+(aq)+SO42-(aq)+2e-=PbSO4(s)+2H2O(l)

总反应:Pb(s)+PbO2(s)+2H2SO4(aq)=2PbSO4(s)+2H2O(l)

阳极:PbSO4(s)+2H2O(l)-2e-=PbO2(s)+4H+(aq)+SO42-(aq)

总反应:2PbSO4(s)+2H2O(l)=Pb(s)+PbO2(s)+2H2SO4(aq)

1学生代表上台介绍一到两种燃料电池(氢氧燃料电池,甲醇燃料电池)的基本构造、反应原理、以及主要的性能、使用范围,应用前景等方面的知识。

2其他同学就其发言进行评价、交流、提出问题,发言同学及其合作小组成员负责解答。教师进行引导

燃料电池的能量转换效率超过80%,远高于普通的燃烧反应,而且排放的废弃物也很少,有利于节能减排。燃料电池在未来有着广阔的应用前景。

化学选修五教案 篇7

教学目标

1、了解有机化合物的习惯命名法。

2、掌握有机化合物的系统命名法,理解并灵活运用系统命名法的几个原则。

通过观察有机物分子模型、有机物结构式,掌握烷烃、烯烃、炔烃、苯及苯的同系物同分异构体的书写及命名。

通过练习书写丙烷CH3CH2CH3分子失去一个氢原子后形成的两种不同烃基的结构简式。体会有机物分子中碳原子数目越多,结构会越复杂,同分异构体数目也越多。体会习惯命名法在应用中的局限性,激发学习系统命名法的热情。

【引入新课】引导学生回顾复习烷烃的习惯命名方法,结合同分异构体说明烷烃的这种命名方式有什么缺陷?

从学生已知的知识入手,思考为什么要掌握系统命名法。

学生看书、查阅辅助资料,了解问题。

-C3H7、-C4H9的同分异构体。

思考归纳,讨论书写。

投影一个烷烃的结构简式,指导学生自学归纳烷烃的系统命名法的步骤,小组代表进行表述,其他成员互为补充。

自学讨论,归纳。

培养学生的自学能力和归纳能力以及合作学习的精神。

投影几个烷烃的结构简式,小组之间竞赛命名,看谁回答得快、准。

学生抢答,同学自评。

从学生易错的知识点出发,有针对性的给出各种类型的命名题,进行训练。

学生讨论,回答问题。

以练习巩固知识点,特别是自学过程中存在的知识盲点。

引导学生归纳烷烃的系统命名法,用五个字概括命名原则:“长、多、近、简、小”,并一一举例讲解。

学生聆听,积极思考,回答。

在实际练习过程中对新知识点进行升华和提高,形成知识系统。

1、烷烃的系统命名法的步骤和原则:选主链,称某烷;编号位,定支链;取代基,写在前,标位置,连短线;不同基,简到繁,相同基,合并算。

化学选修五教案 篇8

1、掌握有机物的成键特点,同分异构现象。

用球棍模型制作C3H6、C4H8、C2H6O的分之模型,找出有机物的同分异构。强化同分异构体的书写,应考虑几种异构形式——碳链异构、位置异构、官能团异构,强化同分异构体的书写练习。

通过同分异构体的书写练习,培养思维的有序性、逻辑性、严谨性。

有机化合物的成键特点;有机化合物的同分异构现象。

有机物种类繁多,有很多有机物的分子组成相同,但性质却有很大差异,为什么?

结构决定性质,结构不同,性质不同。

多媒体播放化学史话:有机化合物的三维结构。思考:为什么范特霍夫和勒贝尔提出的立体化学理论能解决困扰19世纪化学家的难题?

激发学生兴趣,同时让学生认识到人们对事物的认识是逐渐深入的。

指导学生搭建甲烷、乙烯、 乙炔、苯等有机物的球棍模型并进行交流与讨论。

讨论:碳原子最外层中子数是多少?怎样才能达到8电子稳定结构?碳原子的成键方式有哪些?碳原子的价键总数是多少?什么叫单键、双键、叁键?什么叫不饱和碳原子?

通过观察讨论,让学生在探究中认识有机物中碳原子的成键特点。

有机物中碳原子的`成键特征:1、碳原子含有4个价电子,易跟多种原子形成共价键。

2、易形成单键、双键、叁键、碳链、碳环等多种复杂结构单元。

3、碳原子价键总数为4。

不饱和碳原子:是指连接双键、叁键或在苯环上的碳原子(所连原子的数目少于4)。

师生共同小结。

通过归纳,帮助学生理清思路。

观察甲烷、乙烯、 乙炔、苯等有机物的球棍模型,思考碳原子的成键方式与分子的空间构型、键角有什么关系?

分别用一个甲基取代以上模型中的一个氢原子,甲基中的碳原子与原结构有什么关系?

分组、动手搭建球棍模型。填P19表2-1并思考:碳原子的成键方式与键角、分子的空间构型间有什么关系?

从二维到三维,切身体会有机分子的立体结构。归纳碳原子成键方式与空间构型的关系。

=C=      —C≡

观察以下有机物结构:

(3)   —C≡C—CH=CF2、

思考:(1)最多有几个碳原子共面?(2)最多有几个碳原子共线?(3)有几个不饱和碳原子?

轨道播放杂化的动画过程,碳原子成键过程及分子的空间构型。

激发兴趣,帮助学生自学,有助于认识立体异构。

1、有机物中常见的共价键:C-C、C=C、C≡C、C-H、C-O、C-X、C=O、C≡N、C-N、苯环

2、碳原子价键总数为4(单键、双键和叁键的价键数分别为1、2和3)。

3、双键中有一个键较易断裂,叁键中有两个键较易断裂。

4、不饱和碳原子是指连接双键、叁键或在苯环上的碳原子(所连原子的数目少于4)。

5、分子的空间构型:

化学选修五教案 篇9

使学生掌握反应物中有一种过量的计算;

通过化学计算,训练学生的解题技能,培养学生的思维能力和分析问题的能力。

通过化学方程式的计算,教育学生科学生产、避免造成不必要的原料浪费。

根据化学方程式的计算,是化学计算中的一类重要计算。在初中介绍了有关化学方程式的最基本的计算,在高一介绍了物质的量应用于化学方程式的计算。本节据大纲要求又介绍了反应物中有一种过量的计算和多步反应的计算。到此,除有关燃烧热的计算外,在高中阶段根据化学方程式的计算已基本介绍完。

把化学计算单独编成一节,在以前学过的关化学方程式基本计算的基础上,将计算相对集中编排,并进一步讨论有关问题,这有利于学生对有关化学方程式的计算有一个整体性和综合性的认识,也有利于复习过去已学过的知识,提高学生的解题能力。

教材在编写上,注意培养学生分析问题和解决问题的能力,训练学生的科学方法。此外,还注意联系生产实际和联系学过的化学计算知识。如在选择例题时,尽量选择生产中的实际反应事例,说明化学计算在实际生产中的作用,使学生能认识到学习化学计算的重要性。在例题的分析中,给出了思维过程,帮助学生分析问题。有些例题,从题目中已知量的给出到解题过程,都以物质的量的有关计算为基础,来介绍新的化学计算知识,使学生在学习新的计算方法的同时,复习学过的知识。

本节作为有关化学反应方程式计算的一个集中讨论,重点是反应物中有一种过量的计算和多步反应的计算。难点是多步反应计算中反应物与最终产物间量关系式的确定。

有关化学方程式的计算是初中、高一计算部分的延续。因此本节的教学应在复习原有知识的基础上,根据本节两种计算的特点,帮助学生找规律,得出方法,使学生形成清晰的解题思路,规范解题步骤,以培养学生分析问题和解决问题的能力。

建议将[例题1]采用如下授课方式:

(1)将学生分成两大组,一组用 求生成水的质量,另一组用 求生成水的质量。各组分别汇报结果(学生对两组的不同结果产生争议)

(2)教师让各组分别根据水的质量计算水中氢元素和氧元素的质量。并组织学生根据质量守恒定律讨论两种计算结果是否合理。由此得出 过量,不应以过量的 的量进行计算。

通过学生的实践,感受到利用此方法先试验再验算很麻烦。从而引出如何选择反应物的简化计算过程。并让学生注意解题步骤。

对于[例题2]建议师生共同完成,巩固所学的计算步骤和方法。在此之后教师可补充针对性习题,由学生独立完成,强化解题技能。

为培养学生的自学能力,建议让学生阅读[例题3],得出此种题型的一般解题步骤。然后,根据此步骤师生共同分析完成[例3]。

[例题4]建议在教师的引导下,由小组讨论分析并完成解题过程。然后根据学生状况可适当补充针对性习题进行思维能力的训练。

教学中教师应注重解题思路分析、方法的应用以及加强学生能力的培养。

本节内容涉及的题型较多,变化较大,有一定难度。因此,可安排一节习题,复习,巩固提高前两课时的教学内容,如果学生学有余力,在反应物过量的计算中,可增加过量物质还能继续与生成物反应的题型。但应注意不能随意加大难度,增加学生负担,影响整体教学质量。

例1 常温常压下,将盛有 和 的混合气体的大试管倒立在水槽中,水面上升至一定位置后不再变化,此时还有3mL气体,则原混合气体中的 的体积是( )

(A)17.8mL (B)14.8mL (C)13.6mL (D)12.4mL

分析:剩余气体有可能是 ,也可能是NO,应分别假设再解。关键要抓住,已溶解气体中全消失的是 与 ,其体积比为4:1。若 有余则过量部分与水生成 与NO,这部分 与NO的关系是3:1。

(1)设余 3mL,则有 气体按下式反应而消失:

点拨:本题为常见的传统基础题型,应讨论余 或余NO时的两种情况。本题无需求 ,为适合其它类似计算而求 。

例2 将 的混合气13.44L(标准状况,下同),使全部通过足量稀硫酸,充分吸收后使稀硫酸增重22.86g,并有1.12L的无色气体残留,该气体不能使余烬木条复燃。求原混合气的平均相对分子质量。

分析:混合气体通入稀硫酸,发生氨被吸收、 和 以4:1与水生成 和过量的 与稀酸中的水生成硝酸和NO的反应。即:

经分析可知原混合气体的质量是被稀硫酸吸收的气体质量与剩余NO的质量之和,据此可解。

点拨:本题可有变式,如去求原混合气中 的物质的量分别各多少摩,这则要抓住因余下气体NO,示出有 过量,此 有一部分按物质的量比4:1与 溶入水成硝酸,即 的体积是 的4倍。另一部分 与稀酸中水按 生成 和NO反应,由余0.05mol NO可知这部分 应为0.05×3mol。即:

例3 在密闭容器中放入 和固体 共 。将其加热至150℃经充分反应后,放出其中气体并冷却至原温度,得到剩余固体质量为 。求原混合物中 、 各自的质量。

分析:在加热时发生的反应如下,在150℃水为气态。

总反应可视为:

其后可分析在 过量时生成的固体为 ;在 过量时,生成的固体是 和 的混合物。在计算时分别讨论求解。

解答:(1)设 过量或恰适量则余下固体为 ,设为 ,

因 为 , 。

化学选修五教案 篇10

一.理解元素周期律及其实质。

1.元素的性质随着元素原子序数的递增而呈周期性变化的规律叫做元素周期律。

2.元素原子核外电子排布的周期性变化(原子最外层电子数由1个增加到8个的周期性变化)决定了元素性质的周期性变化(原子半径由大到小、正价由+1递增到+7、非金属元素最低负价由-4到-1、元素金属性逐渐减弱、非金属性逐渐增强)。

二.掌握证明元素金属性和非金属性强弱的实验依据。

1.元素的金属性是指元素的原子失去电子的能力。元素的金属性越强,其单质与水或酸反应置换出氢越容易,价氢氧化物的碱性越强;金属性较强的金属能把金属性较弱的金属从其盐溶液中置换出来(K、Ca、Na、Ba等除外)。

2.元素的非金属性是指元素的原子夺取电子的能力。元素的非金属性越强,其单质与氢气化合越容易,形成的气态氢化物越稳定,价氧化物对应的水化物酸性越强;非金属性较强的非金属能把金属性较弱的非金属从其盐或酸溶液中置换出来(F2除外)

三.熟悉元素周期表的结构,熟记主族元素的名称及符号。

1.记住7个横行,即7个周期(三短、三长、一不完全)。

2.记住18个纵行,包括7个主族(ⅠA~ⅦA)、7个副族(ⅠB~ⅦB)、1个第Ⅷ族(第8、9、10纵行)和1个0族(即稀有气体元素)。

3.记住金属与非金属元素的分界线(氢、硼、硅、砷、碲、砹与锂、铝、锗、锑、钋之间)。

4.能推断主族元素所在位置(周期、族)和原子序数、核外电子排布。

四.能综合应用元素在周期表中的位置与原子结构、元素性质的关系。

1.原子序数=原子核内质子数;周期数=原子核外电子层数;主族数=原子最外层电子数=价电子数=元素正价数=8-?最低负价?。

2.同周期主族元素从左到右,原子半径递减,金属性递减、非金属性递增;同主族元素从上到下,原子半径递增,金属性递增、非金属性递减;位于金属与非金属元素分界线附近的元素,既表现某些金属的性质,又表现某些非金属的性质。

五.能综合应用同短周期、同主族元素性质的递变性及其特性与原子结构的关系。

原子半径、化合价、单质及化合物性质。

主族序数、原子序数与元素的正价及最低负价数同为奇数或偶数。

六.能综合应用元素周期表。

预测元素的性质;启发人们在周期表中一定区域内寻找新物质等。

七.典型试题。

1.同周期的X、Y、Z三种元素,已知它们的价氧化物对应的水化物是HXO4、H2YO4、H3ZO4,则下列判断正确的是

A.含氧酸的酸性:H3ZO4 > H2YO4 > HXO4

2.若短周期中的两种元素可以可以形成原子个数比为2:3的化合物,则这两种元素的原子序数差不可能是

3.已知短周期元素的离子:aA2+、bB+、cC3?、dD?都具有相同的电子层结构,则下列叙述正确的是

A.原子半径:A > B > C > D B.原子序数:d > c > b > a

C.离子半径:C > D > B > A D.单质的还原性:A > B > C > D

4.1月,俄美科学家联合小组宣布合成出114号元素的一种同位素,该同位素原子的质量数为298。以下叙述不正确的是

A.该元素属于第七周期 B.该元素为金属元素,性质与82Pb相似

C.该元素位于ⅢA族 D.该同位素原子含有114个电子,184个中子

5.W、X、Y、Z四种短周期元素的原子序数X > W > Z > Y。W原子的最外层没有p电子,X原子核外s电子与p电子数之比为1:1,Y原子最外层s电子与p电子数之比为1:1,Z原子核外电子中p电子数比Y原子多2个。Na、Mg、C、O。

(1)X元素的单质与Z、Y所形成的化合物反应,其化学反应方程式是___________ ___________2Mg+CO2?点燃 ?2MgO+C。 Mg(OH)2

(2)W、X元素的价氧化物对应水化物的碱性强弱为__________ _____ > _____ > _____(填元素符号)。Na > Mg > C > O。

6.设计一个实验证明铍元素的氢氧化物(难溶于水)是两性氢氧化物,并写出有关的化学方程式。Be(OH)2+H2SO4?BeSO4+2H2O;Be(OH)2+2NaOH?Na2BeO2+2H2O。

7.制冷剂是一种易被压缩、液化的气体,液化后在管内循环,蒸发时吸收热量,使环境温度降低,达到制冷目的。人们曾采用过乙醚、NH3、CH3Cl等作制冷剂,但它们不是有毒,就是易燃。于是科学家根据元素性质的递变规律来开发新的制冷剂。

据现有知识,某些元素化合物的易燃性、毒性变化趋势如下:

(1)氢化物的易燃性:第二周期_____ > _____ > H2O、HF;

第三周期SiH4 > PH3 > _____ > _____。

(2)化合物的毒性:PH3 > NH3;H2S_____H2O;CS2_____CO2;CCl4 > CF4(填>、

于是科学家们开始把注意力集中在含F、Cl的化合物上。

(3)已知CCl4的沸点为76.8℃,CF4的沸点为-128℃,新制冷剂的沸点范围应介于其间。经过较长时间反复试验,一种新的制冷剂氟利昂CF2Cl2终于诞生了,其它类似的还可以是__________

(4)然而,这种制冷剂造成了当今的某一环境问题是________________。但求助于周期表中元素及其化合物的_____变化趋势来开发制冷剂的科学思维方法是值得借鉴的。

D.所有主族元素的原子,形成单原子离子时的化合价和它的族序数相等

2.有人认为在元素周期表中,位于ⅠA族的氢元素,也可以放在ⅦA族,下列物质能支持这种观点的是

3.某元素原子最外层只有1个电子,下列事实能证明其金属性比钾强的是

A.其单质跟冷水反应,发生剧烈爆炸 B.其原子半径比钾原子半径大

4.短周期元素X和Y可形成原子个数比为2:3,且X呈价态,Y的原子序数为n,则X的原子序数不可能是

5.原子序数为x的元素E与周期表中A、B、C、D四种元素上下左右紧密相邻,则A、B、C、D四种元素的原子序数之和不可能的是(镧系、锕系元素除外)

6.X和Y属短周期元素,X原子的最外层电子数是次外层电子数的一半,Y位于X的前一周期,且最外层只有一个电子,则X和Y形成的化合物的化学式可表示为

7.国际无机化学命名委员会在1988年作出决定:把长式周期表原有的主、副族及族号取消,由左至右按原顺序改为18列。按这个规定,下列说法中正确的是

A.半径:Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+ > F? B.碱性:KOH > NaOH Mg(OH)2 > Al(OH)3

C.稳定性:HCl > H2S > PH3 > AsH3 D.酸性:H3AlO3

9.已知X、Y、Z、T四种非金属元素,X、Y在反应时各结合一个电子形成稳定结构所放出的能量是Y > X;氢化物稳定性是HX > HT;原子序数T > Z,其稳定结构的离子核外电子数相等,而其离子半径是Z > T。四种元素的非金属型从强到弱排列顺序正确的是

A.X、Y、Z、T B.Y、X、Z、T C.X、Y、T、Z D.Y、X、T、Z

10.我国最早报道的超高温导体中,铊(Tl)是重要组成之一。已知铊是ⅢA族元素,关于铊的性质判断值得怀疑的是

C.Tl(OH)3的碱性比Al(OH)3强 D.Tl(OH)3与Al(OH)3一样是两性氢氧化物

11.根据已知的元素周期表中前七周期中的元素种类数,请预言第八周期最多可能含有的元素种类数为

12.有X、Y、Z、W四种短周期元素,原子序数依次增大,其质子数总和为32,价电子数总和为18,其中X与Z可按原子个数比为1:1或2:1形成通常为液态的化合物,Y、Z、W在周期表中三角相邻,Y、Z同周期,Z、W同主族。

(1)写出元素符号:X_____、Y_____、Z_____、W_____。H、N、O、S。

13.A、B、C、D是短周期元素,A元素的价氧化物的水化物与它的气态氢化物反应得到离子化合物,1 mol该化合物含有42 mol电子,B原子的最外层电子排布式为ns2np2n。C、D两原子的最外层电子数分别是内层电子数的一半。C元素是植物生长的营养元素之一。式写出:N、O、P、Li。

(1)A、B元素形成酸酐的化学式__________N2O3、N2O5。

(2)D元素的单质与水反应的化学方程式___________________________2Li+2H2O

(3)A、C元素的气态氢化物的稳定性大小__________

A.Li跟过量O2反应生成Li2O2 B.LiOH加热时,不会分解

C.Li遇浓H2SO4不发生钝化 D.Li2CO3加热时,分解成Li2O和CO2

(2)锂在空气中燃烧,除生成__________外,也生成微量的__________。

(3)铍的价氧化物对应水化物的化学式是__________,具有_____性,证明这一结论的离子方程式是__________________________________________________

(4)若已知Be2C+4H2O??2Be(OH)2?+CH4?,则Al4C3与过量强碱溶液反应的离子方程式为_____________________________________

15.下表是元素周期表的一部分:

(1)表中元素 ⑧ 的价氧化物对应水化物的化学式为__________,它的_______(填酸、碱)性比元素 ⑦ 的价氧化物对应水化物的_______(填强、弱)。

(2)位于第二周期的某元素的原子核外p电子数比s电子数多1个,该元素是表中的_____(填编号),该元素与元素 ⑤ 形成的化合物的电子式是_______________,其中的化学键是__________键;该元素与元素 ⑨ 形成的化合物中,元素 ⑨ 显_____价。

(3)设计一个简单实验证明元素 ⑦ 与 ⑧ 的非金属性的相对强弱,并写出有关的离子方程式。

化学选修五教案 篇11

[复习]葡萄糖与果糖、蔗糖与麦芽糖的知识,引入新课。

[提问]我们日常摄入的食物中哪些含有较丰富的淀粉?

[回答]米饭、馒头、红薯等。

[设问]米饭没有甜味,但咀嚼后有甜味,为什么?

[讲述]淀粉是一种多糖,属天然高分子化合物,虽然属糖类,但它本身没有甜味,在唾液淀粉酶的催化作用下,水解生成麦芽糖,故咀嚼后有甜味。

[板书]淀粉在体内的水解过程:

(C6H10O5)n(C6H10O5)mC12H22O11C6H12O6

[补充实验]碘遇淀粉变蓝实验。

[置疑]如何用实验的方法判断淀粉是否已水解及水解程度?

[方案设计]学生设计实验方案。

[方案评价]对学生设计的实验方案的可行性进行讨论评价。

[小组实验]选择方案后进行小组实验,进行实验探究。

[展示]含纤维素的植物的画面。

[讲述]纤维素是绿色植物通过光合作用生成的,是构成植物细胞的基础物质。一切植物中都含有纤维素,但不同的植物所含纤维素的多少不同。纤维素是白色、没有气味和味道的纤维状结构的物质,是一种多糖。水解的最终产物是葡萄糖。

[展示]牛、羊或马等草食动物吃草的画面。

[提问]草中的主要化学成份是什么?为什么牛、羊、马等动物能以草为生?

[讲述]草等植物中含有纤维素,牛、羊、马等草食性动物能分泌出使纤维素水解成葡萄糖的酶,使纤维素最终水解成葡萄糖,葡萄糖在体内氧化为这些动物提供的生命活动所需要的能量。

[阅读]学生阅读教材P84,总结纤维素的用途。

[小结]学生自己列表归纳比较葡萄糖与果糖、蔗糖与麦芽糖、淀粉与纤维素的结构式、物理性质、化学性质的异同。

[课外作业]查阅资料,介绍糖与人体健康,以网页形式展示成果。

化学选修五教案 篇12

一、说教材

《实验化学》是普通高中化学课程的重要组成部分。该课程模块有助于学生更深刻地认识实验在化学科学中的地位,掌握基本的化学实验方法和技能,培养学生运用实验手段解决实际问题的创新精神和实践能力。

“亚硝酸钠和食盐的鉴别”选自苏教版《实验化学》专题3课题2。本节课的主题是物质的鉴别,鉴别的对象是跟生产、生活密切相关的工业盐(亚硝酸钠)和食盐,鉴别方法主要涉及被鉴物质的化学性质,且给学生从物理性质、组成与结构等角度探讨鉴别方法预留了足够的空间。

教材要求学生从已有知识出发,根据物质的特性多角度设计物质鉴别的实验方案,并开展实验探究,感悟化学理论知识在实际应用中的价值,进一步提升学生运用化学知识解决实际问题的能力。

二、说目标

课堂教学目标是教学的起点与归宿,对本课时教学我们设置了如下三维目标。

知识与技能:通过分析NaNO2和NaCl结构、组成与性质的差异,学会物质鉴别的基本技能。

过程与方法:通过NaNO2和NaCl的鉴别过程,培养学生设计、评价、操作、处理等实验综合能力。

情感态度与价值观:以生活中如何防止误食亚硝酸钠中毒为载体,建立将化学知识应用于生产、生活实践的意识,在合作学习中提高应用已有知识解决实际问题的能力。

上述目标的设置,我们在充分体现性质差异决定鉴别方法差异的同时,很好地注意了预设与生成、主体与主导、独立与合作、收敛与发散、理论与实际等关系的处理。

三、说过程

按照情境引课,情理结合,分合相辅,师生互动,学用一致,不断升华的总原则,从不同物质具有不同组成与性质、不同组成与性质决定不同鉴别方法、不同鉴别方法呈现不同现象、不同鉴别方法需要作出合理选择为出发点,整节课的教学架构设置为“创设情境,提出问题”、“呈现先行,寻找启迪”、“激发思维,拓展思路”、“搜索信息,明晰方向”、“设计方案,实验论证”、“创新优化,不断升华”等六个实施阶段。其主要教学内容与设计意图简述如下。

【教学过程】引入:通过工业盐(亚硝酸钠)中毒事件的视频报道,提出“为何会出现这类严重的中毒事件?”的问题;通过NaNO2样品呈现和NaNO2用途说明,进一步提出“如何通过鉴别法来避免这类中毒现象发生?”的问题。

【设计意图】以生活中发生的真实事件为学习背景,能较好地激发学生学习兴趣,明确学习所应关注的学习方向,使课堂迅速进入一种有序、高效的教学状态。把学习与研究放在解决实际生活问题的背景之中,这种“告知”学习者学习目标的预设,能有效激发学习者为快速获得学习结果而规划系列的预期行为,并逐步将预期行为转化为实践行为,使实践行为与正确的学习结果相匹配。

【教学过程】问题1:怎样用实验方法鉴别NaCl与NH4Cl两种固体?在学生分组讨论的基础上,师生共同得出“焰色反应法、气体法(与NaOH固体反应)、显色法(与石蕊试液反应)、显色法(与pH试纸接触)”等四种方案。

【设计意图】奥苏伯尔认为,学习者头脑中已有的认知结构可通过先给学习者呈现一个先行组织者而加以激活,其用意旨在为新呈现材料的学习提供一个观念的框架,这样有助于智慧技能的保持与迁移。

【教学过程】通过对NaCl与NH4Cl两种固体鉴别方法的研究,我们可以思考与整理出物质鉴别所应遵循的基本原理。即根据物质的物理性质差异、根据物质的化学性质差异、根据物质的组成、结构差异等三方面。

【设计意图】在分析固体NaCl与NH4Cl鉴别方法的基础上,归纳提炼出物质鉴别的常用原理,完成学生认知结构从个别到一般,从具体到抽象的升华,为鉴别NaNO2与NaCl固体提供了上位概念与规则的支撑,同时也为学生如何选择所需信息和解决问题的策略作好辅垫。

【教学过程】问题2:要合理鉴别NaNO2和NaCl,已具有哪些知识储备?(呈现已经完成的预习作业:搜索归纳NaNO2的性质、用途,展示所写的科普小论文),投影呈现NaNO2和NaCl的性质对照表。

【设计意图】通过查找资料、撰写科普小论文方式使学生了解NaNO2的性质,它既提高了学生搜索、接受信息的能力,又培养了学生分析、处理信息的能力。性质搜索结果与性质比较最终以表格形式展示,不但呈现了信息的高密度,同时凸现了NaNO2与NaCl在物理性质与化学性质上的差别。

【教学过程】问题3:怎样用实验方法鉴别NaNO2和NaCl两种固体?(学生分组讨论,初步形成简要实验方案)

师生共同归纳整理出要完成物质鉴别的实验操作,必需综合考虑方案设计、方案评价、方案实践、方案反思等内容。

【设计意图】通过小组合作学习,充分发挥学生的主观能动性,培养学生发现信息、评价信息、吸收信息和利用信息的能力,从而优化其思维的迁移、发散、收敛品质,最终形成有序的多个从理论角度得出的实验鉴别方案。

【教学过程】对学生设计的典型理论鉴别方案,师生共同进行从实践视角的可行性评价,并分组进入方案实践(四人一组,进行有明确任务的分组实验,并汇报实验步骤、现象与结论)。

【设计意图】体现化学是一门以实验为基础的学科特点,在实验中培养学生的相互合作能力,在实验中培养学生的动手操作能力,在实验中检验理论设计的合理性、简约性、安全性、可行性,凸显实验的“动”的功能,也彰显实验的“静”的功能(实践对理论的评价功能)。

【教学过程】师生共同归纳与整理进行物质鉴别,必需要有足够的知识储备、必需掌握一般的鉴别流程。在此基础上,思考物质鉴别在理论与实践中是否存在一定区别?

问题4:建筑工人怎样用简单的方法区分食盐和工业盐?

【设计意图】知识的达成,能力的获得需要不断的总结、不断的训练、不断的思索,并反璞归真,让理论知识、理论方法回归生活,再次调动学生应用理论知识解决实际问题的激情和才智,让学生感受学习化学的成功与喜悦,较好地实现情感态度与价值观的课堂目标。

【教学过程】总结:验证与探究是物质鉴别的基本思想,定性、定量方法;传统、现代方法;局部、整体方法;基础、综合方法是沟通具体鉴别方法与物质组成、性质的桥梁,这些方法虽然在运用时一定存在具体情况具体对待的现象,但其独立知识、能力的构建应及时融入化学学科的完整体系之中。

【设计意图】及时的归纳、总结与提升,能凸现对完整、系统知识的有序构建,也能强化对创新、综合能力的优化培养。

2025物理选修教案十一篇


上课前准备好课堂用到教案课件很重要,因此就需要老师自己花点时间去写。老师在写了教案课件后,也能让老师很好去总结和反思。怎么样教案课件才算不错呢?推荐你看看以下的2025物理选修教案十一篇,请在阅读后,可以继续收藏本页!

物理选修教案 篇1

高中物理选修3-3教案5篇

每个老师都应该掌握写教案的技能,教案不仅帮助我们的教学工作,也帮助我们提高教学质量。你知道高中物理教案的写法吗?你是否在找正准备撰写“高中物理选修3-3教案”,下面小编收集了相关的素材,供大家写文参考!

高中物理选修3-3教案1

一、教学目标

1.在学习机械能守恒定律的基础上,研究有重力、弹簧弹力以外其它力做功的情况,学习处理这类问题的方法。

2.对功和能及其关系的理解和认识是本章教学的重点内容,本节教学是本章教学内容的总结。通过本节教学使学生更加深入理解功和能的关系,明确物体机械能变化的规律,并能应用它处理有关问题。

3.通过本节教学,使学生能更加全面、深入认识功和能的关系,为学生今后能够运用功和能的观点分析热学、电学知识,为学生更好理解自然界中另一重要规律——能的转化和守恒定律打下基础。

二、重点、难点分析

1.重点是使学生认识和理解物体机械能变化的规律,掌握应用这一规律解决问题的方法。在此基础上,深入理解和认识功和能的关系。

2.本节教学实质是渗透功能原理的观点,在教学中不必出现功能原理的名称。功能原理内容与动能定理的区别和联系是本节教学的难点,要解决这一难点问题,必须使学生对“功是能量转化的量度”的认识,从笼统、肤浅地了解深入到十分明确认识“某种形式能的变化,用什么力做功去量度”。

3.对功、能概念及其关系的认识和理解,不仅是本节、本章教学的重点和难点,也是中学物理教学的重点和难点之一。通过本节教学应使学生认识到,在今后的学习中还将不断对上述问题作进一步的分析和认识。

三、教具

投影仪、投影片等。

四、主要教学过程

(一)引入新课

结合复习机械能守恒定律引入新课。

提出问题:

1.机械能守恒定律的内容及物体机械能守恒的条件各是什么?

评价学生回答后,教师进一步提问引导学生思考。

2.如果有重力、弹簧弹力以外其它力对物体做功,物体的机械能如何变化?物体机械能的变化和哪些力做功有关呢?物体机械能变化的规律是什么呢?

教师提出问题之后引起学生的注意,并不要求学生回答。在此基础上教师明确指出:

机械能守恒是有条件的。大量现象表明,许多物体的机械能是不守恒的。例如从车站开出的车辆、起飞或降落的飞机、打入木块的子弹等等。

分析上述物体机械能不守恒的原因:从车站开出的车辆机械能增加,是由于牵引力(重力、弹力以外的力)对车辆做正功;射入木块后子弹的机械能减少,是由于阻力对子弹做负功。

重力和弹力以外的其它力对物体做功和物体机械能变化有什么关系,是本节要研究的中心问题。

(二)教学过程设计

提出问题:下面我们根据已掌握的动能定理和有关机械能的知识,分析物体机械能变化的规律。

1.物体机械能的变化

问题:质量m的小滑块受平行斜面向上拉力F作用,沿斜面从高度h1上升到高度h2处,其速度由v1增大到v2,如图所示,分析此过程中滑块机械能的变化与各力做功的关系。

引导学生根据动能定理进一步分析、探讨小滑块机械能变化与做功的关系。归纳学生分析,明确:

选取斜面底端所在平面为参考平面。根据动能定理∑W=ΔEk,有

由几何关系,有sinθ•L=h2-h1

即FL-fL=E2-E1=ΔE

引导学生理解上式的物理意义。在学生回答的基础上教师明确指出:

(1)有重力、弹簧弹力以外的其它力对物体做功,是使物体机械能发生变化的原因;

(2)重力和弹簧弹力以外其它力对物体所做功的代数和,等于物体机械能的变化量。这是物体机械能变化所遵循的基本规律。

2.对物体机械能变化规律的进一步认识

(1)物体机械能变化规律可以用公式表示为W外=E2-E1或W外=ΔE

其中W外表示除重力、弹簧弹力以外其它力做功的代数和,E1、E2分别表示物体初、末状态的机械能,ΔE表示物体机械能变化量。

(2)对W外=E2-E1进一步分析可知:

(i)当W外>0时,E2>E1,物体机械能增加;当W外

(ii)若W外=0,则E2=E1,即物体机械能守恒。由此可以看出,W外=E2-E1是包含了机械能守恒定律在内的、更加普遍的功和能关系的表达式。

(3)重力、弹簧弹力以外其它力做功的过程,其实质是其它形式的能与机械能相互转化的过程。

例1.质量4.0×103kg的汽车开上一山坡。汽车沿山坡每前进100m,其高度升高2m。上坡时汽车速度为5m/s,沿山坡行驶500m后速度变为10m/s。已知车行驶中所受阻力大小是车重的0.01倍,试求:(1)此过程中汽车所受牵引力做功多少?(2)汽车所受平均牵引力多大?取g=10m/s2。本题要求用物体机械能变化规律求解。

引导学生思考与分析:

(1)如何依据W外=E2-E1求解本题?应用该规律求解问题时应注意哪些问题?

(2)用W外=E2-E1求解本题,与应用动能定理∑W=Ek2-Ek1有什么区别?

归纳学生分析的结果,教师明确给出例题求解的主要过程:

取汽车开始时所在位置为参考平面,应用物体机械能变化规律W外=E2-E1解题时,要着重分析清楚重力、弹力以外其它力对物体所做的功,以及此过程中物体机械能的变化。这既是应用此规律解题的基本要求,也是与应用动能定理解题的重要区别。

例2.将一个小物体以100J的初动能从地面竖直向上抛出。物体向上运动经过某一位置P时,它的动能减少了80J,此时其重力势能增加了60J。已知物体在运动中所受空气阻力大小不变,求小物体返回地面时动能多大?

引导学生分析思考:

(1)运动过程中(包括上升和下落),什么力对小物体做功?做正功还是做负功?能否知道这些力对物体所做功的比例关系?

(2)小物体动能、重力势能以及机械能变化的关系如何?每一种形式能量的变化,应该用什么力所做的功量度?

归纳学生分析的结果,教师明确指出:

(1)运动过程中重力和阻力对小物体做功。

(2)小物体动能变化用重力、阻力做功的代数和量度;重力势能的变化用重力做功量度;机械能的变化用阻力做功量度。

(3)由于重力和阻力大小不变,在某一过程中各力做功的比例关系可以通过相应能量的变化求出。

(4)根据物体的机械能E=Ek+Ep,可以知道经过P点时,物体动能变化量大小ΔEk=80J,机械能变化量大小ΔE=20J。

例题求解主要过程:

上升到点时,物体机械能损失量为

由于物体所受阻力大小不变,下落过程中物体损失的机械能与上升过程相同,因此下落返回地面时,物体的动能大小为

E′k=Ek0-2ΔE′=50J

本例题小结:

通过本例题分析,应该对功和能量变化有更具体的认识,同时应注意学习综合运用动能定理和物体机械能变化规律解决问题的方法。

思考题(留给学生课后练习):

(1)运动中物体所受阻力是其重力的几分之几?

(2)物体经过P点后还能上升多高?是前一段高度的几分之几?

五、课堂小结

本小结既是本节课的第3项内容,也是本章的小结。

3.功和能

(1)功和能是不同的物理量。能是表征物理运动状态的物理量,物体运动状态发生变化,物体运动形式发生变化,物体的能都相应随之变化;做功是使物体能量发生变化的一种方式,物体能量的变化可以用相应的力做功量度。

(2)力对物体做功使物体能量发生变化,不能理解为功变成能,而是通过力做功的过程,使物体之间发生能量的传递与转化。

(3)力做功可以使物体间发生能的传递与转化,但能的总量是保持不变的。自然界中,物体的能量在传递、转化过程中总是遵循能量守恒这一基本规律的。

六、说明

本节内容的处理应根据学生具体情况而定,学生基础较好,可介绍较多内容;学生基础较差,不一定要求应用物体机械能变化规律解题,只需对功和能关系有初步了解即可。

高中物理选修3-3教案2

一、引入新课

演示实验:让物块在旋转的平台上尽可能做匀速圆周运动。

教师:物块为什么可以做匀速圆周运动?这节课我们就来研究这个问题。

(设计意图:从实验引入,激发学生的好奇心,活跃课堂气氛。)

二、新课教学

(一)向心力

1.向心力的概念

学生:在教师引导下对物块进行受力分析:物块受到重力、摩擦力与支持力。

教师:物块所受到的合力是什么?

学生:重力与支持力相互抵消,合力就是摩擦力。

教师:这个合力具有怎样的特点?

学生:思考并回答:方向指向圆周运动的圆心。

教师:得出向心力的定义:做匀速圆周运动的物体受到的指向圆心的合力。

(做好新旧知识的衔接,使概念的得出自然、流畅。)

2.感受向心力

学生:学生手拉着细绳的一端,使带细绳的钢球在水平面内尽可能做匀速圆周运动。

教师:钢球在水平面内尽可能做匀速圆周运动,什么力使钢球做圆周运动?

学生:对钢球进行受力分析,发现拉力使钢球做圆周运动。

(设计意图:利用常见的小实验,让学生亲身体验,增强学生对向心力的感性认识。)

教师:也就是说,钢球受到的拉力充当圆周运动的向心力。大家动手实验并猜想:拉力的大小与什么因素有关?

学生:动手体验并猜想:拉力的大小可能与钢球的质量m、线速度的v、角速度

高中物理选修3-3教案3

知识目标

1、知道曲线运动是一种变速运动,它在某点的瞬时速度方向在曲线这一点的切线上.

2、理解物体做曲线运动的条件是所受合外力与初速度不在同一直线上.

能力目标

培养学生观察实验和分析推理的能力.

情感目标

激发学生学习兴趣,培养学生探究物理问题的习惯.

教学建议

教材分析

本节教材主要有两个知识点:曲线运动的速度方向和物体做曲线运动的条件.教材一开始提出曲线运动与直线运动的明显区别,引出曲线运动的速度方向问题,紧接着通过观察一些常见的现象,得到曲线运动中速度方向是时刻改变的,质点在某一点(或某一时刻)的速度方向是曲线的这一点(或这一时刻)的切线方向.再结合矢量的特点,给出曲线运动是变速运动.关于物体做曲线运动的条件,教材从实验入手得到:当运动物体所受合外力的方向跟它的速度方向不在同一直线上时,物体就做曲线运动.

再通过实例加以说明,最后从牛顿第二定律角度从理论上加以分析.教材的编排自然顺畅,适合学生由特殊到一般再到特殊的认知规律,感性知识和理性知识相互渗透,适合对学生进行探求物理知识的训练:创造情境,提出问题,探求规律,验证规律,解释规律,理解规律,自然顺畅,严密合理.本节教材的知识内容和能力因素,是对前面所学知识的重要补充,是对运动和力的关系的进一步理解和完善,是进一步学习的基础.

教法建议

“关于曲线运动的速度方向”的教学建议是:首先让学生明确曲线运动是普遍存在的,通过图片、动画,或让学生举例,接着提出问题,怎样确定做曲线运动的物体在任意时刻速度的方向呢?可让学生先提出自己的看法,然后展示录像资料,让学生总结出结论.接着通过分析速度的矢量性及加速度的定义,得到曲线运动是变速运动.

“关于物体做曲线运动的条件”的教学建议是:可以按照教材的编排先做演示实验,引导学生提问题:物体做曲线运动的条件是什么?得到结论,再从力和运动的关系角度加以解释.如果学生基础较好,也可以运用逻辑推理的`方法,先从理论上分析,然后做实验加以验证.

教学设计方案

教学重点:曲线运动的速度方向;物体做曲线运动的条件

教学难点:物体做曲线运动的条件

主要教学过程设计:

一、曲线运动的速度方向:

(一)让学生举例:物体做曲线运动的一些实例

(二)展示图片资料1、上海南浦大桥2、导弹做曲线运动3、汽车做曲线运动

(三)展示录像资料:l、弯道上行驶的自行车

通过以上内容增强学生对曲线运动的感性认识,紧接着提出曲线运动的速度方向问题:

(四)让学生讨论或猜测,曲线运动的速度方向应该怎样?

(五)展示录像资料2:火星儿沿砂轮切线飞出3:沾有水珠的自行车后轮原地运转

(六)让学生总结出曲线运动的方向

(七)引导学生分析推理:速度是矢量→速度方向变化,速度矢量就发生了变化→具有加速度→曲线运动是变速运动.

二、物体做曲线运动的条件:

[方案一]

(一)提出问题,引起思考:沿水平直线滚动的小球,若在它前进的方向或相反方向施加外力,小球的运动情况将如何?若在其侧向施加外力,运动情况将如何?

(二)演示实验;钢珠在磁铁作用下做曲线运动的情况,或钢珠沿水平直线运动之后飞离桌面的情况.

(三)请同学分析得出结论,并通过其它实例加以巩固.

(四)引导同学从力和运动的关系角度从理论上加以分析.

[方案二]

(一)由物体受到合外力方向与初速度共线时,物体做直线运动引入课题,教师提出问题请同学思考:如果合外力垂直于速度方向,速度的大小会发生改变吗?进而将问题展开,运用力的分解知识,引导学生认识力改变运动状态的两种特殊情况:

1、当力与速度共线时,力会改变速度的大小;

2、力与速度方向垂直时,力只会改变速度方向.

最后归结到:当力与初速度成角度时,物体只能做曲线运动,确定物体做哪一种运动的依据是合外力与初速度的关系.

(二)通过演示实验加以验证,通过举生活实例加以巩固:

展示课件三,人造卫星做曲线运动,让学生进一步认识曲线运动的相关知识.

课件2,抛出的手榴弹做曲线运动,加强认识.

探究活动

观察并思考,现实生活中物体做曲线运动的实例,并分析物体所受合外力的情况与各点速度的关系.

高中物理选修3-3教案4

学习目标:

1.知道滑动摩擦产生的条件,会正确判断滑动摩擦力的方向。

2.会用公式F=μFN计算滑动摩擦力的大小,知道影响动摩擦因数的大小因素。

3.知道静摩擦力的产生条件,能判断静摩擦力的有无以及大小和方向。

4.理解静摩擦力。能根据二力平衡条件确定静摩擦力的大小。

学习重点:

1.滑动摩擦力产生的条件及规律,并会用F摩=μFN解决具体问题。

2.静摩擦力产生的条件及规律,正确理解静摩擦力的概念。

学习难点:

1.正压力FN的确定。

2.静摩擦力的有无、大小的判定。

主要内容:

一、摩擦力

一个物体在另一个物体上滑动时,或者在另一个物体上有滑动的趋势时我们会感到它们之间有相互阻碍的作用,这就是摩擦,这种情况下产生力我们就称为摩擦力。固体、液体、气体的接触面上都会有摩擦作用。

二、滑动摩擦力

1.产生:一个物体在另一个物体表面上相对于另一个物体发生相对滑动时,另一个物体阻碍它相对滑动的力称为滑动摩擦力。

2.产生条件:相互接触、相互挤压、相对运动、表面粗糙。

①两个物体直接接触、相互挤压有弹力产生。

摩擦力与弹力一样属接触作用力,但两个物体直接接触并不挤压就不会出现摩擦力。挤压的效果是有压力产生。压力就是一个物体对另一个物体表面的垂直作用力,也叫正压力,压力属弹力,可依上一节有关弹力的知识判断有无压力产生。

②接触面粗糙。当一个物体沿另一物体表面滑动时,接触面粗糙,各凹凸不平的部分互相啮合,形成阻碍相对运动的力,即为摩擦力。凡题中写明“接触面光滑”、“光滑小球”等,统统不考虑摩擦力(“光滑”是一个理想化模型)。

③接触面上发生相对运动。

特别注意:“相对运动”与“物体运动”不是同一概念,“相对运动”是指受力物体相对于施力物体(以施力物体为参照物)的位置发生了改变;而“物体的运动”一般指物体相对地面的位置发生了改变。

3.方向:总与接触面相切,且与相对运动方向相反。

这里的“相对”是指相互接触发生摩擦的物体,而不是相对别的物体。滑动摩擦力的方向跟物体的相对运动的方向相反,但并非一定与物体的运动方向相反。

4.大小:与压力成正比F=μFN

①压力FN与重力G是两种不同性质的力,它们在大小上可以相等,也可以不等,也可以毫无关系,用力将物块压在竖直墙上且让物块沿墙面下滑,物块与墙面间的压力就与物块重力无关,不要一提到压力,就联想到放在水平地面上的物体,认为物体对支承面的压力的大小一定等于物体的重力。

②μ是比例常数,称为动摩擦因数,没有单位,只有大小,数值与相互接触的______、接触面的______程度有关。在通常情况下,μ

③计算公式表明:滑动摩擦力F的大小只由μ和FN共同决定,跟物体的运动情况、接触面的大小等无关。

5.滑动摩擦力的作用点:在两个物体的接触面上的受力物体上。

问题:1.相对运动和运动有什么区别?请举例说明。

2.压力FN的值一定等于物体的重力吗?请举例说明。

3.滑动摩擦力的大小与物体间的接触面积有关吗?

4.滑动摩擦力的大小跟物体间相对运动的速度有关吗?

三、静摩擦力

1.产生:两个物体满足产生摩擦力的条件,有相对运动趋势时,物体间所产生的阻碍相对运动趋势的力叫静摩擦力。

2.产生条件:

①两物体直接接触、相互挤压有弹力产生;

②接触面粗糙;

③两物体保持相对静止但有相对运动趋势。

所谓“相对运动趋势”,就是说假设没有静摩擦力的存在,物体间就会发生相对运动。比如物体静止在斜面上就是由于有静摩擦力存在;如果接触面光滑.没有静摩擦力,则由于重力的作用,物体会沿斜面下滑。

高中物理选修3-3教案5

教学准备

教学目标

知识与技能

1.知道时间和时刻的区别和联系.

2.理解位移的概念,了解路程与位移的区别.

3.知道标量和矢量,知道位移是矢量,时间、时刻和路程是标量.

4.能用数轴或一维直线坐标表示时刻和时间、位置和位移.

5.知道时刻与位置、时间与位移的对应关系.

过程与方法

1.围绕问题进行充分的讨论与交流,联系实际引出时间、时刻、位移、路程等,要使学生学会将抽象问题形象化的处理方法.

2.会用坐标表示时刻与时间、位置和位移及相关方向

3.会用矢量表示和计算质点位移,用标量表示路程.

情感态度与价值观

1.通过时间位移的学习,要让学生了解生活与物理的关系,同时学会用科学的思维看待事实.

2.通过用物理量表示质点不同时刻的不同位置,不同时间内的不同位移(或路程)的体验,领略物理方法的奥妙,体会科学的力量.

3.养成良好的思考表述习惯和科学的价值观.

4.从知识是相互关联、相互补充的思想中,培养同学们建立事物是相互联系的唯物主义观点.

教学重难点

教学重点

1.时间和时刻的概念以及它们之间的区别和联系

2.位移的概念以及它与路程的区别.

教学难点

1.帮助学生正确认识生活中的时间与时刻.

2.理解位移的概念,会用有向线段表示位移

教学工具

多媒体、板书

教学过程

一、时刻和时间间隔

1.基本知识

(1)时刻是指某一瞬间,时间间隔表示某一过程.

(2)在表示时间的数轴上,时刻用点来表示,时间用线段来表示.

(3)在国际单位制中,表示时间和时刻的单位是秒,它的符号是s.

2.思考判断

(1)时刻和时间间隔都是时间,没有本质区别.(×)

(2)飞机8点40分从上海起飞,10点05分降落到北京,分别指的是两个时间间隔.(×)

(3)20年10月25日23时33分在西昌成功将第16颗北斗导航卫星发射升空.25日23时33分,指的是时刻.(√)

探究交流

时间的常用单位有哪些?生活中、实验室中有哪些常用的计时仪器?

【提示】在国际单位制中,时间的单位是秒,常用单位有分钟、小时,还有年、月、日等.生活中用各种钟表来计时,实验室和运动场上常用停表来测量时间,若要比较精确地研究物体的运动情况,有时需要测量和记录很短的时间,学校的实验室中常用电磁打点计时器或电火花计时器来完成.

二、路程和位移

1.基本知识

(1)路程

物体运动轨迹的长度.

(2)位移

①物理意义:表示物体(质点)位置变化的物理量.

②定义:从初位置到末位置的一条有向线段.

③大小:初、末位置间有向线段的长度.

④方向:由初位置指向末位置.

2.思考判断

(1)路程的大小一定大于位移的大小.(×)

(2)物体运动时,路程相等,位移一定也相等.(×)

(3)列车里程表中标出的北京到天津122km,指的是列车从北京到天津的路程.(√)

探究交流

一个人从北京去重庆,可以乘火车,也可以乘飞机,还可以先乘火车到武汉,然后再乘轮船沿长江到重庆,如图所示,则他的运动轨迹、位置变动、走过的路程和他的位移是否相同?

【提示】他的运动轨迹不同,走过的路程不同;他的位置变动相同,位移相同.

三、矢量和标量

1.基本知识

(1)矢量

既有大小又有方向的物理量.如位移、力等.

(2)标量

只有大小、没有方向的物理量.如质量、时间、路程等.

(3)运算法则

两个标量的加减遵从算术加减法,而矢量则不同,后面将学习到.

2.思考判断

(1)负5m的位移比正3m的位移小.(×)

(2)李强向东行进5m,张伟向北行进也5m,他们的位移不同.(√)

(3)路程是标量,位移是矢量.(√)

探究交流

温度是标量还是矢量?+2℃和-5℃哪一个温度高?

【提示】温度是标量,其正、负表示相对大小,所以+2℃比-5℃温度高.

高中物理教育方案相关文章:

物理选修教案 篇2

“电容器与电容”一节是学生在掌握静电学知识的基础上来认识一种新的电学元件,抽象出元件工作的物理过程,并探究平行板电容器电容大小的影响因素。这不仅是对前面所学的静电学知识的应用,同时也为后面学习交流电路、电磁振荡奠定基础。

根据物理课程标准及本节课的特点,确定如下三维教学目标:

对于知识与技能:让学生了解电容器的构造及在现实生活中的应用,会分析电容器的充、放电过程,理解电容的概念及平行板电容器电容的影响因素,并通过本节课的实验操作,提高实验操作技能。

在过程与方法方面,使学生能抽象出电容器充、放电过程的规律;学习“控制变量”的研究方法及进一步学习科学探究的过程与方法。

在情感态度与价值观方面,通过列举电容器在现实生活中的应用实例,让学生体会物理学与现实生活的紧密联系,并通过探究过程,体验交流合作的意义及成功探究的喜悦。

由于本节要用到静电场中电荷、电势差的知识,若学生对这部分知识理解不够,分析起问题来就会显得吃力。同时,在学习电容器的充、放电过程时,需要学生具备较好的概括及抽象思维能力,而高中生抽象思维能力水平不高,所以此处易成为学习本节的难点。在学习习近平行板电容器时,需要学生猜想影响电容大小的因素,并设计实验验证。由于中学生好奇心强,对实验有着浓厚的兴趣,所以这一点作为本节的重点应当很容易掌握,并能进一步激发学生学习物理的兴趣

根据课程标准,为完成教学目标,突出重点,突破难点,进行如下教学程序设计:

第一,引入新课。一开始上课时向学生展示收音机电路板上的电容器,介绍电容器在家用电器中的应用及投放各种不同的电容器图片来引入新课,使学生的注意力能集中到课堂上来,慢慢进入课堂教学环境,同时所举实例也体现出从生活走向物理的理念。

对于新课的教学,我把它分成了两个小模块和一个大模块。

第一个小模块是电容器模块,包括电容器的构成及充、放电过程。

由于日光灯启辉器上的电容器结构简单,容易解剖,所以在学习电容器的构成时学生通过解剖这样的废旧电容器来了解电容器的构造,然后在教师的讲解、引导之下概括电容器的构成。

国家新一轮基础教育课程改革特别强调了信息技术与物理课程整合,并提出应积极探索多媒体与物理实验的结合,实现对物理实验的实时控制及对实验数据的自动化采集和处理,以便更好地发挥物理实验的教学功能,所以在分析电容器的充、放电过程时,教师利用朗威微机辅助高级中学物理实验系统与多媒体相结合来演示电容器的充、放电过程,得到这两个过程的电压—时间图线。学生通过观察计算机作图,分析电压—时间图线而得到充、放电过程的规律。

在完成第一个小模块之后,为加深学生对充、放电过程的理解及对电容器功能的了解,教师引入这样一个小问题让学生思考:我们在日常生活中用电源就可以直接供电,为什么用电容器来储存电荷呢?它究竟有什么比电源更特别的作用呢?鉴于学生的知识水平,一般学生是无法思考出正确答案的。这时教师用电容器在照相机闪光灯应用的实例来解答。学生对问题的“冥思苦想”与教师解答后的“豁然开朗”可激发学生继续学习本节课兴趣,同时又能加深学生对电容器充、放电过程的理解。

新课教学的'第二个小模块是电容的概念。

由于电容概念的抽象性,所以在此引入一个演示实验。先让学生根据充、放电过程对极板所带电荷量Q,极板间的电势差U之间的关系进行猜想,然后通过演示实验验证猜想,得出结论。虽然是个演示实验但仍然按照科学探究的原则来设计,并且这个演示实验不仅为引入电容的概念做铺垫,同时也为后面的学生探究实验奠定了基础。

建构主义教学观认为:学习不是把外部知识直接输到心理中的过程,而是主体以已有的经验为基础,通过与外部世界的相互作用而主动构建新的理解,新的心理表征的过程。所以教师在引出电容的概念时通过联系密度、电场强度、电势的“比值定义法”及演示实验,学生自然想到用Q与U的比值来表征电容器存储电荷的特性,即引出电容的定义式。然后教师运用多媒体以不同的容器装水及电阻与电容进行类比。这样将抽象的物理量用直观形象的事物及已学的知识进行类比,不仅有利于学生掌握,同时也是教给学生自主学习过程中一种很好的学习方法,体现出物理教学不仅仅是传授知识,更重要的是传授方法的理念。

新课教学的一个大模块是“平行板电容器的电容”。这一部分内容将演示实验改成学生探究实验,让学生经历科学探究的整个过程,体会“控制变量法”的具体应用。下面我以科学探究的过程为线索,介绍一下这部分的教学设计。

(1)第一阶段:引导学生提出问题,开启探究之门。学生是科学探究活动的主体,是要学生经历科学探究的过程。所以作为探究的开端问题的提出不是由教师完成,而是在教师的引导下,由生活实际抽象出探究的问题:影响平行板电容器电容大小的因素及影响关系。充分体现出“教师为主导,学生为主体”的理念。

(2)第二阶段:猜想与假设。这是科学探究的核心环节。首先由学生观察平行板电容器及可变电容器实物,根据问题,提出自己的猜想。在学生对问题的猜想过程中,教师应尽量减少对学生猜想与假设的干扰,待学生完成猜想与假设后,教师再引导学生依据已有的知识、经验及科学性原则对学生的猜想与假设进行评价、梳理、总结。

(3)作为第三阶段,在设计实验方案的过程中,教师应尊重学生设计出的每一个实验方案,给学生提供一定的实验参考资料,引导学生对方案进行改进,而不能从单纯意义上对方案的可行性予以评价。应鼓励学生大胆实践自己的实验方案,课堂上不能满足条件的,可在课下为学生创造实验条件完成

(4)在进行实验与收集证据阶段,学生分组进行实验,教师巡查各组实验情况,对学生遇到的问题予以启发式指导。

(5)第五个阶段——分析论证交流合作,也是科学探究的重要环节之一。通过经历此过程,学生在交流合作中完成对重点知识的建构,同时品味成功的喜悦,增强对科学探究的兴趣。

这样,作为本节的重点,这一大模块就完成了。

新课教学的最后一点内容是常用电容器简介。教师对这部分内容简单介绍后由学生观察各种不同的常用电容器实物。

新课教学完成后,由教师精选题目进行巩固练习,完成后进行课堂小结。

课堂小结不再拘泥于课本知识及仅由教师总结的形式,而是以学生为主体来完成。通过学生自己对知识的总结,理清本节的知识结构;通过对方法、过程的回顾与思考,提升分析、解决问题的能力。

最后布置两个课下学习的小任务。课下学习的内容首先有利于学生对课堂知识的理解与巩固,同时还利于学生拓展知识面,增强对探究问题的兴趣。

以上是对“电容器与电容”一节的教材的认识和教学过程设计。在整个教学过程中有两个突出特点:

一是现代信息技术与物理课程的整合。将数据采集的信息化及计算机实时测量技术应用于物理教学,形成多媒体实验教学环境,使传统的物理实验仪器扩展了新的功能,给基本的物理实验赋予了新的内容,从而改变传统的实验教学方式,形成新的教学模式。

二是科学探究方法的运用。不仅在“平行板电容器的电容”部分采用科学探究的方式完成知识的建构,即使是演示实验,也是按照科学探究的原则来实施的。

通过这一过程,使学习的重心从过分强调知识的传承和积累向知识的探究转化,从学生被动接受知识向获取知识转化,从而培养学生的科学探究能力,实事求是的科学态度和敢于创新的探索精神。

物理选修教案 篇3

主题一:电磁波

1.1 知识概述

电磁波是由电场和磁场相互作用而产生的一种波动形式,能够在真空和物质之间传播,其主要特点是无需介质,速度恒定且可以长距离传输。电磁波在日常生活中得到广泛应用,如无线电、电视、雷达、移动通信等方面。本课程将深入学习电磁波的产生、传播和应用。

1.2 学习目标

1)了解电磁波的历史发展和基本概念。

2)理解电磁波的物理特性,包括电场和磁场的交错垂直、能量守恒和速度恒定等。

3)学会计算电磁波的常用参数,如波长、频率、传播速度等。

4)了解电磁波在日常生活中的应用,如无线电、电视、雷达等。

1.3 教学内容

1)电磁波的概念和历史发展

2)电磁波的物理特性和计算方法

3)电磁波的产生和传播

4)电磁波的应用

1.4 教学方法

1)理论讲解

2)实验操作

3)示范演示

1.5 教学评价

1)实验报告

2)学习笔记

3)小组讨论

4)课堂测试

主题二:机械能

2.1 知识概述

机械能是指物体在机械运动过程中具有的总能量,包括动能和势能两部分。机械能是物理学中一个重要的概念,应用广泛。本课程将介绍机械能的定义、特性、计算方法及其在日常生活中的应用。

2.2 学习目标

1)了解机械能的基本概念和历史背景。

2)学习机械能的性质和特征,包括守恒性、能量转化和计算方法等。

3)学习机械能的应用,如弹簧振子、滑块、弹性碰撞等。

2.3 教学内容

1)机械能的定义和历史背景

2)机械能的性质和特征

3)机械能的计算方法

4)机械能的应用

2.4 教学方法

1)理论讲解

2)实验操作

3)示范演示

2.5 教学评价

1)实验报告

2)学习笔记

3)小组讨论

4)课堂测试

主题三:热力学

3.1 知识概述

热力学是研究热现象和能量转换的科学,热力学的研究对象是热力系统及其过程。热力学是物理学中的一个重要分支,可以解释许多能量的转化与转移的现象,广泛应用于工程领域。本课程将介绍热力学的基本概念、热力学定律及其应用。

3.2 学习目标

1)了解热力学的基本概念和历史背景。

2)学习热力学定律,包括热力学第一定律、热力学第二定律等。

3)了解热力学的应用,如热机、冷热水循环等。

3.3 教学内容

1)热力学的基本概念和历史背景

2)热力学定律,包括热力学第一定律、热力学第二定律

3)热力学应用

3.4 教学方法

1)理论讲解

2)实验操作

3)示范演示

3.5 教学评价

1)实验报告

2)学习笔记

3)小组讨论

4)课堂测试

物理选修教案 篇4

第七节 电容器与电容

一、教学目标

(一)知识与技能

1、知道什么是电容器及常见的电容器;

2、知道电场能的概念,知道电容器充电和放电时的能量转换;

3、理解电容器电容的概念及定义式,并能用来进行有关的计算;

4、知道平行板电容器的电容与哪些因素有关,有什么关系;掌握平行板电容器的决定式并能运用其讨论有关问题。

(二)过程与方法

结合实物观察与演示,在计算过程中理解掌握电容器的相关概念、性质。

(三)情感态度与价值观

体会电容器在实际生活中的广泛应用,培养学生探究新事物的兴趣。

二、重难点分析

重点:掌握电容器的概念、定义式及平行板电容器的电容。

难点:电容器的电容的计算与应用

三、教具

常见的电容器示教板,带电羽的平行板电容器,静电计,介质板,感应起电机,电线

四、教学过程

(一)复习前面相关知识

要点:场强、电势能、电势、电势差等。

(二)引入新课

由上节课问题,靠近带电物体A的导体(B接地)上带有感应电荷。整个装置具有储存电荷的功能。我们称这种装置为电容器。

(三)教学过程设计

1、电容器

(1)构造:任何两个彼此绝缘又相隔很近的导体都可以看成一个电容器。

(2)电容器的充电、放电

操作:把电容器的一个极板与电池组的正极相连,另一个极板与负极相连,两个极板上就分别带上了等量的异种电荷。这个过程叫做充电。现象:从灵敏电流计可以观察到短暂的充电电流。充电后,切断与电源的联系,两个极板间有电场存在,充电过程中由电源获得的电能贮存在电场中,称为电场能.操作:把充电后的电容器的两个极板接通,两极板上的电荷互相中和,电容器就不带电了,这个过程叫放电.现象:从灵敏电流计可以观察到短暂的放电电流.放电后,两极板间不存在电场,电场能转化为其他形式的能量.提问:电容器在充、放电的过程中的能量转化关系是什么?待学生讨论后总结如下: 【板书】充电——带电量Q增加,板间电压U增加,板间场强E增加, 电能转化为电场能 放电——带电量Q减少,板间电压U减少,板间场强E减少,电场能转化为电能

2、电容

与水容器类比后得出。说明:对于给定电容器,相当于给定柱形水容器,C(类比于横截面积)不变。这是量度式,不是关系式。在C一定情况下,Q=CU,Q正比于U。

(1)定义:电容器所带的电量Q与电容器两极板间的电势差U的比值,叫做电容器的电容。(2)公式:

(3)单位:法拉(F)还有微法(F)和皮法(pF)

1F=10-6 F=10-12pF(4)电容的物理意义:电容是表示电容器容纳电荷本领的物理量,是由电容器本身的性质(由导体大小、形状、相对位置及电介质)决定的,与电容器是不是带电无关.3、平行板电容器的电容

(1)[演示]感应起电机给静电计带电(详参阅P29图1。7-4)说明:静电计是在验电器的基础上制成的,用来测量电势差.把它的金属球与一个导体相连,把它的金属外壳与另一个导体相连,从指针的偏转角度可以量出两个导体之间的电势差U.现象:可以看到: ①. 保持Q和d不变,S越小,静电计的偏转角度越大, U越大,电容C越小;

②. 保持Q和S不变,d越大,偏转角度越小,C越小.③. 保持Q、d、S都不变,在两极板间插入电介质板,静电计的偏转角度并且减小,电势差U越小电容C增大.(2)结论:平行板电容器的电容C与介电常数ε成正比,跟正对面积S成正比,跟极板间的距离d成反比.平行板电容器的决定式:真空

介质

4、常用电容器(结合课本介绍P30)

(四)巩固新课:1对本节内容要点进行概括。

2、引导学生完成问题与练习。

3、阅读教材内容。

物理选修教案 篇5

任何两个彼此绝缘而又互相靠近的导体,都可以看成是一个电容器,这两个导体就是电容器的两个极。

电容器能够储存电荷。将电容器的两极与电池的两极分别连接起来,则与电池的正极相连接的极带正电荷,与电池负极相连接的极带等童的负电荷,这个过程叫电容器的充电。充电后两极带有等量异种电荷,两极板间建立了电场,并存在一定的电势差。充电后的电容器,其任一极上电荷的绝对值,叫做电容器带的电量。充电后,若用导线将电容器两极连接,则两极板上的等量电荷通过导线互相中和,使充电后的电容器失去电荷,这个过程叫做电容器的放电。放电完毕,两极间的电场消失,电势差也不存在了。

电容器是一种重要的电器元件,它广泛地应用于电子技术和电工技术中。如照相机的闪光灯电路,就是利用充了电的电容器,通过线圈放电,在相邻的线圈中感应出瞬时高电压,触发闪光灯而发光的。

电容器带电的时候,它的两极之间产生电势差。实验证明,对任何一个电容器来说,两极间的电势差都随所带电量的增加而增加。不同的电容器,在电势差升高lv时需要增加的电量是不同的,这种情况可用图中两个装水的容器形象说明。两个直径不同的直简形容器,要使它们的水面升高1cm所需的水量是不同的,b容器比a容器儒要的水量大,表示b容器的容量大。同样,电容器两极板间的电势差增加lv所需要的电量多,电容器储存的电量就多;所需要的电量少,电容器储存的电量就少。电容器所带的电量与两极间的电势差的比值,叫做电容。如果用Q表示电容器带的电量,用U表示两极板间的电势差,用C表示电容器的电容。

在国际单位制中.电容的单位是法拉,简称法,符号是F。如果电容器带1C的电量时,两极板间的电势差是1V,它的电容就是1F。

物理选修教案 篇6

物理选修教案

主题一:能源与环境

学习目标:

1. 了解不同类型的能源,从而能够体会到它们的优缺点。

2. 了解能源的产生和利用对环境的影响,并探讨如何保护环境。

3. 了解能源政策,对未来的能源发展有所预测。

教学内容:

1. 能源类型和能源的利用。

2. 能源产生和利用对环境的影响。

3. 能源政策和环境保护。

教学任务:

1. 听取教师讲解,掌握不同类型的能源以及它们的优缺点。

2. 获得有关能源产生和利用对环境的影响的知识,并探讨环境保护的方法。

3. 探索有关能源政策和发展前景的信息,参与对未来的能源发展的预测。

教学方法:

1. 组织学生进行小组讨论,发表意见和建议。

2. 鼓励学生进行独立研究和探索。

3. 籍助媒体资源,进行有关的图像、音频和视频演示。

教学评估:

1. 鼓励学生运用各种形式进行报告,讨论和辩论,分享他们对课题的研究和思考。

2. 教师会对学生进行实验室和课堂作业,评估他们的学习成果。

主题二:空间探索与技术

学习目标:

1. 探索空间探索历史和未来前景,理解空间探索的目的和意义。

2. 理解空间中的物理原理,如引力、运动物理和电磁波。

3. 了解并掌握与空间探索相关的科学和技术,如卫星、火箭和太空舱。

教学内容:

1. 空间探索的历史和未来前景。

2. 空间中的物理原理。

3. 与空间探索相关的科学和技术。

教学任务:

1. 了解并了解航天技术的历史,包括早期的火箭试验和人类登月任务。

2. 探讨天体物理学和宇宙演化的基本原理,如引力和相对论。

3. 学习现代航天科学和工程技术,如航天器、轨道和导航。

教学方法:

1. 采用小组讨论和辩论,以让学生分享他们对空间探索及其重要性的观点。

2. 引导学生进行实验室和练习操作,以实验来了解宇宙中的多种物理现象。

3. 借助视频资源,追踪最新的航天发展进展。

教学评估:

1. 让学生运用课程所掌握的知识,进行个人项目展示和小组报告。

2. 在进行教学评估时,以期综合各种项目和知识点,对学生进行详细的测试和评估。

主题三:新兴技术与创新

学习目标:

1. 了解现代新兴技术,如人工智能和机器学习,并探讨它们的优劣。

2. 探索现代创新技术,如3D打印和虚拟现实,并理解其意义和未来发展。

3. 参与分析新兴技术和创新的社会和人文影响。

教学内容:

1. 现代新兴技术。

2. 现代创新技术。

3. 社会和人文影响。

教学任务:

1. 了解和分析新兴技术,特别是人工智能和大数据的概念和应用。

2. 学习现代创新技术的基本概念,例如3D打印、虚拟现实、增强现实和反应式程序。

3. 研究和分析现代技术所带来的影响,如其对经济、政治和文化层面的影响。

教学方法:

1. 引导学生进行小组讨论和动手实践,以理解各种新兴技术的基本原理和应用。

2. 演示、实验和展示新兴技术,以便更好地了解其优缺点和应用前景。

3. 教师引导学生进行个人独立研究和最新技术的追踪。

教学评估:

1. 鼓励学生以多种媒介展现他们对新兴技术和创新的理解和研究。

2. 教师将根据所学习的各种项目和知识点对学生进行评估,以确保他们掌握了所教授的各种技术和技能。

物理选修教案 篇7

粤教版高中物理选修3-1教案:《第二章电路》教学设计

一、教学内容分析

在复习本章的过程中,要注意强调定义式与决定式的区分;对基本概念及基本规律的理解和应用,如正确区分各种功率(电功率、热功率、机械功率等)之间的相互关系、计算公式,纯电阻电路与非纯电阻电路的区别;对本章的考查,多以选择题和实验题的形式出现,特别是实验的考查灵活多变,包括仪器的选取、读数,器材的连接,数据处理,误差分析等,因此,对电学中实验的复习,要抓住伏安法测电阻的两种接法的选择、滑动变阻器的分压接法与限流接法的选取以及电路故障分析等重点,还要加深和巩固对基本知识的理解,要注意培养学生解决总是的方法和思路,提高应用知识解决实际问题的能力。

二、学情分析

学生通过新课的学习,已经对本章内容有一定的掌握,但是对基本概念及基本规律的理解和应用能力还比较弱,对实验题中器材以及滑动变阻器两种接法的选取、电路故障的分析等都比较薄弱。因此在复习时,要加强对基本规律的理解及运用能力,并特别加强对实验部分的复习。

三、教学目标:

(一)知识目标

1.熟悉并会运用电阻定律及串、并联电路的规律

2.知道电源的电动势和内阻,理解闭合电路的欧姆定律

3.掌握电功率、热功率及机械功率的区别与计算;焦耳定律及其运用

4.本章四个实验的原理、操作步骤、器材选择、接法选取等;电路故障的分析

(电学实验另设专题复习)

(二)过程与方法

1、列表疏理重要的知识点

2、利用学案导学,讲解与练习相结合

(三)情感态度与价值观

1、通过讲解各实验的操作规程、注意事项及数据分析等,让学生体会实验的严谨性,培养认真探究、实事求是的科学精神

2、通过电路故障的分析、电路典型计算题及相应实验的计算与分析,让学生体会电路规律的实用性与利用学到的规律解决实际问题成就感,从而加深对学科的兴趣

四、教学重、难点:

1)理解闭合电路的欧姆定律

2)电功率、热功率及机械功率的区别与计算

3)本章四个实验的原理、操作步骤、器材选择、接法选取等;电路故障的分析

五、教学策略:对重要知识点建立框图,力求简明扼要;对电学中实验的复习,要抓住伏安法测电阻的两种接法的选择、滑动变阻器的分压接法与限流接法的选取以及电路故障分析等重点;利用学案导学,在复习中注意讲练结合。

六、教具:多媒体课件,学案,

七、教学过程:

教学环节教师活动学生活动教学目的

(一)构建知识

网络

ppT演示本章的知识网络图,让学生加深对基本规律的认识。对其中的重难点如路端电压与电流的关系图的理解及多用电表的原理及使用着重讲解。(注意用启发式教学,让学生边听边想)专心听讲、认真思考、注意回答教师提出的问题。对主要知识点进行梳理,建立知识结构

(二)重难点辨析

(三)整合拓展

(四)小结、作业布置一、路端电压与电流的关系图线

让学生思考:

1、当电流I为零,U=?图象纵轴的截距有什么意义?

2、当外电路短路时,R趋近于零,此时路端电压等于多少?电路中的电流又等于多少?图象横轴上截距的值有什么意义?

3、图象的斜率有何意义?

用ppT演示详细的解答,并作解析

教师用ppT演示多用电表的原理及使用,对其中的要点进行解析。

师:我们把本章的热点题型分类进行分析讲解与强化练习:

板书:类型一动态电路的有关问题:

ppT演示:处理这类问题的步骤是:首先对电路进行分析,然后从阻值变化的部分入手,由串、并联规律判断电路总电阻变化情况(若只有一个电阻的阻值变化,则不管它处于哪一支路,电路的总电阻一定跟随该电阻变化规律而变),再由闭合电路的欧姆定律判断电路的总电流、路端电压的变化情况,最后再根据电路特点和电路中电压、电流的分配原则判断各部分电流、电压、电功率的变化情况.

归纳:电路的动态变化是“牵一发而动全身”,从要变化的部分找突破口。

师:典型例题分析,再让学生完成学案中相应类型的变式练习

物理选修教案 篇8

物理选修教案

主题:光学

范文:

第一节:光的传播

1. 教学目标:

使学生了解光的传播特性,包括光的直线传播和光的折射现象。

2. 教学重点:

光的直线传播和光的折射现象。

3. 教学难点:

理解光的折射现象的原理。

4. 教学方法:

讲授、示范、实验。

5. 教学过程:

(1)引入:通过展示一束光在一个密封的容器中直线传播的实验,引导学生了解光的直线传播特性。

(2)讲解光线传播的原理:通过黑板上的示意图,讲解光线传播的原理,包括光线的直线传播特性和光的传播速度。

(3)折射现象的引入:通过示范实验,让学生观察到光经过介质边界时发生折射现象。

(4)讲解折射现象的原理:通过黑板上的示意图,讲解折射现象的原理,包括光在不同介质中传播速度不同产生折射现象的原理。

(5)练习与讨论:让学生进行练习题,以巩固所学知识,并进行讨论和答疑。

第二节:光的反射

1. 教学目标:

使学生了解光的反射现象,包括光的反射定律和平面镜成像原理。

2. 教学重点:

光的反射定律和平面镜成像原理。

3. 教学难点:

理解光的反射规律和推导平面镜成像原理。

4. 教学方法:

讲授、示意图、实验。

5. 教学过程:

(1)引入:通过展示在平滑的墙壁上,光线通过狭缝进入黑箱子内部产生反射现象的实验,引导学生了解光的反射现象。

(2)讲解光的反射定律:通过示意图和实验,讲解光的反射定律。

(3)平面镜成像原理的引入:通过展示平面镜和物体的示意图,引导学生了解平面镜成像原理。

(4)讲解平面镜成像原理的推导:通过示意图和实验,讲解平面镜成像原理的推导过程。

(5)练习与讨论:让学生进行练习题,以巩固所学知识,并进行讨论和答疑。

第三节:光的色散

1. 教学目标:

使学生了解光的色散现象,包括光的色散原理和光的颜色与频率的关系。

2. 教学重点:

光的色散原理和光的颜色与频率的关系。

3. 教学难点:

理解光的色散现象的原理,以及颜色与频率的数学关系。

4. 教学方法:

讲授、示意图、实验。

5. 教学过程:

(1)引入:通过展示光经过三棱镜后产生的色散现象和光谱的实验,引导学生了解光的色散现象。

(2)讲解光的色散原理:通过示意图和实验,讲解光的色散原理。

(3)光的颜色与频率的关系:通过示意图和实验,讲解光的颜色与频率的关系,并介绍光波的频率范围和可见光谱。

(4)练习与讨论:让学生进行练习题,以巩固所学知识,并进行讨论和答疑。

第四节:光的衍射和干涉

1. 教学目标:

使学生了解光的衍射和干涉现象,包括光的衍射原理和光的干涉原理。

2. 教学重点:

光的衍射原理和光的干涉原理。

3. 教学难点:

理解光的衍射干涉现象的原理和数学模型。

4. 教学方法:

讲授、示意图、实验。

5. 教学过程:

(1)引入:通过展示光通过狭缝产生衍射现象和光通过双缝产生干涉现象的实验,引导学生了解光的衍射和干涉现象。

(2)讲解光的衍射原理:通过示意图和实验,讲解光的衍射原理。

(3)讲解光的干涉原理:通过示意图和实验,讲解光的干涉原理。

(4)练习与讨论:让学生进行练习题,以巩固所学知识,并进行讨论和答疑。

第五节:光的偏振

1. 教学目标:

使学生了解光的偏振现象,包括光的偏振原理和偏振光的应用。

2. 教学重点:

光的偏振原理和偏振光的应用。

3. 教学难点:

理解光的偏振现象的原理和偏振光的产生机制。

4. 教学方法:

讲授、示意图、实验。

5. 教学过程:

(1)引入:通过展示光通过偏振片的实验,引导学生了解光的偏振现象。

(2)讲解光的偏振原理:通过示意图和实验,讲解光的偏振原理。

(3)偏振光的应用:介绍偏振光在光谱仪、液晶显示器和眼镜等方面的应用。

(4)练习与讨论:让学生进行练习题,以巩固所学知识,并进行讨论和答疑。

通过上述的教学内容和方法,我们能够使学生全面了解光学的相关知识,培养他们对光学的兴趣和实践能力。同时,通过引入实验和讨论的环节,能够提高学生的实验操作和科学思维能力。希望学生在这门物理选修课中能够积极参与,深入理解光学的相关知识。

物理选修教案 篇9

一、教材分析

本节课是人教版选修3-5第十六章第二节内容,本节的内容为“动量和动量定理”,本节分两课时来完成,这节课为第一课时。也是本章的重点内容,是第一节“实验:探究碰撞中的守恒量”的继续,同时又为第三节“动量守恒定律”奠定了基础,所以“动量定理”有承前启后的作用。“动量定理”是牛顿第二定律的进一步展开。它侧重于力在时间上的累积效果,为解决力学问题开辟了新途径,尤其是打击和碰撞类的问题。动量定理的知识与人们的日常生活,生产技术和科学研究有着密切的关系,因此学习这部分知识有着广泛的现实意义。

二、学情分析

学生已经掌握了动量概念,会运用牛顿第二定律和运动学公式等,为本节课的学习打下了坚实的基础。高中生思维方式逐步由形象思维向抽象思维过渡,因此在教学中需要以一些感性认识为依托,加强直观性和形象性,以便学生理解,因此在教学中多让学生参与利用动量定理解释生活中的有关现象,加强学生思维由形象到抽象的过渡。

三、教学目标

知识与技能:

1.理解动量的变化和冲量的定义;

2.理解动量定理的含义和表达式,理解其矢量性;

3.会用动量定理解释有关物理现象,并能掌握动量定理的简单计算

过程与方法:

通过运用牛顿运动定律和运动学公式推导出动量定理表达式,培养学生逻辑运算能力。

情感态度与价值观:

1.通过运用所学知识推导新的规律,培养学生学习的兴趣,激发学生探索新知识的__。

2.通过用动量定理解释有关物理现象,培养学生用所学物理知识应用于生活实践中去,体现物理学在生活中的指导作用。

四、教学重难点

教学重点:理解动量的变化、冲量、动量定理的表达式和矢量性

教学难点:用动量定理解释有关物理现象,针对动量定理进行简单的计算

第二问:我打算让学生怎样获得?

五、教学策略

依据建构主义学习理论,学生学习过程是在教师创设的情境下,借助已有的知识和经验,主动探索,积极交流,从而建立新的认知结构的过程。学习是学生主体进行意义建构的过程。因此要创设建构知识的学习环境,树立以人为本的教育观念,发展不断建构的认知过程。我校开展的“四五四”绿色生命教育课堂教学模式,就是以学生为中心,突出学生在学习过程中的主体地位,通过自主学习、多元互动提升学生的学习能力。

1.本节从“鸟撞飞机”的情景引入,可以激发学生学习的兴趣,在课程学习中通过练习题计算出鸟撞击飞机的力,两者相呼应。这种情景导入的目的在于引起学生的有意注意,激发学生的兴趣和求知__。

2.在课堂上通过学生的互相讨论,把学生的思维充分地调动起来,让他们主动参与学习,成为学习的主人。从而使复杂性的内容演变成简单易懂的内容。并加以多媒体课件,限度地发挥学生的主动性和创造性,提高他们的思维能力和观察能力,同时教师的适当总结,使他们对知识有了更深更全面的认识。

3.在反馈拓展环节,针对鸟撞飞机事件进行相关计算,同时拓展到更高空间即太空垃圾问题,结合科技前沿对学生进行情感教育,开阔学生视野。

第三问:我打算多长时间让学生获得?

5分钟创设情境并复习引入新课,10分钟学生自主探究,25分钟与学生互动交流,5分钟总结分享布置作业。

第四问:我怎么知道教学达到了我的要求,有多少学生达到我的要求?

通过小组合作,生生、师生、生本互动,了解学生的掌握、落实情况;通过问题讨论,了解学生对知识的运用。

【五个环节】

六、教学过程

教学环节

教师活动

学生活动

设计意图

创设情境

复习

引入

关于鸟撞飞机的报道,播放鸟撞飞机的视频

观察、体会、思考

通过多媒体辅助视频,激发学生兴趣,设疑,为动量定理的简单计算做铺垫

复习提问:

1.动量的定义

2.动量的方向

3.动量是过程量还是状态量

引导学生练习学案中的例1

对学生反馈加以评价,提出规范性的要求

回答问题:

1.P=mv

2.与速度方向相同

3.状态量

做练习,并展示

回顾旧知识动量,通过练习引出新内容动量的变化;通过学生展示分析提高学生语言表达能力,突破动量变化矢量性的重点。

多元互动

理论探究深入新知

教师提出问题:动量的变化产生的原因是什么?

针对学生展示进行评价

学生动笔推导并在投影展示推导过程

通过理论推导培养学生逻辑推理能力,加强对动量定理的理解,从而突破本节课重点。培养了学生的语言表达能力,加强了生生交流、师生交流。

联系学生推导过程,引出冲量定义、矢量性及单位

动量定理的内容和表达式

思考、回答老师提问

通过老师结合学生推导过程给出新概念新内容,连接顺畅,学生易于接受,从而达到教学目标。

当堂训练强化认知

展示网球运动员李娜获澳网冠军图片,并创设情境让学生做学案上例2,教师进行规范性指导

重现鸟撞飞机情境,进行练习2

深化拓展:宇宙垃圾问题

物理选修教案 篇10

物理选修教案

一、主题:波与光

引入:波和光是我们日常生活中不可或缺的一部分,我们无时无刻都在与波和光打交道。从日出到日落,从声音到图像显示,波和光的运动贯穿了我们的生活。在这个主题下,我们将学习波和光的本质、特性和应用。

目标:

1. 了解波和光的基本概念和规律。

2. 掌握波和光的性质和特点。

3. 学会运用波和光的知识解决实际问题。

4. 培养对波和光的兴趣和好奇心。

一、第一课:波的基本概念和类型

1. 学习目标:掌握波的基本概念和分类。

2. 教学内容:

a. 波的定义和特点。

b. 波的分类:机械波和电磁波。

c. 机械波的传播特点和例子。

d. 电磁波的传播特点和例子。

3. 教学方法:

a. 引导学生观察和思考,了解波的基本概念和特点。

b. 利用实验演示和多媒体资料介绍不同类型的波的特点和例子。

c. 进行小组讨论和展示,学生分享他们对波的理解和认识。

4. 学习评估:

a. 个人思考和回答问题。

b. 小组展示和讨论。

c. 作业:撰写一篇关于机械波和电磁波的短文。

二、第二课:光的基本概念和性质

1. 学习目标:掌握光的基本概念和性质。

2. 教学内容:

a. 光的定义和特点。

b. 光的传播方式和速度。

c. 光的反射和折射。

d. 光的颜色和频率。

3. 教学方法:

a. 引导学生观察和思考,了解光的基本概念和性质。

b. 利用实验演示和多媒体资料介绍光的传播方式和速度。

c. 进行小组讨论和展示,学生分享他们对光的理解和认识。

4. 学习评估:

a. 个人思考和回答问题。

b. 做实验,观察光的反射和折射现象。

c. 小组展示和讨论。

三、第三课:光的干涉和衍射

1. 学习目标:了解光的干涉和衍射现象及其应用。

2. 教学内容:

a. 光的干涉现象和条件。

b. 双缝干涉和单缝衍射的原理和实验。

c. 光的干涉和衍射在实际中的应用。

3. 教学方法:

a. 利用实验演示和多媒体资料介绍光的干涉和衍射现象。

b. 进行小组讨论和展示,学生分享他们对光干涉和衍射的理解和应用。

4. 学习评估:

a. 做实验,观察和分析光的干涉和衍射现象。

b. 学生展示他们对光干涉和衍射的理解和应用。

四、第四课:光的偏振和多普勒效应

1. 学习目标:了解光的偏振和多普勒效应。

2. 教学内容:

a. 光的偏振现象和偏振光的特点。

b. 光的多普勒效应的原理和应用。

3. 教学方法:

a. 利用实验演示和多媒体资料介绍光的偏振和多普勒效应。

b. 进行小组讨论和展示,学生分享他们对光的偏振和多普勒效应的理解和应用。

4. 学习评估:

a. 做实验,观察和分析光的偏振现象。

b. 学生展示他们对光的偏振和多普勒效应的理解和应用。

五、总结与应用

1. 学习目标:总结波和光的基本概念和特性,并应用到实际问题中。

2. 教学内容:

a. 波和光的总结与回顾。

b. 运用波和光的知识解决实际问题。

3. 教学方法:

a. 学生小组展示他们在日常生活中运用波和光知识解决问题的经验和方法。

b. 教师引导讨论和总结。

4. 学习评估:

a. 学生小组展示和讨论。

b. 教师给予学生问题解决的评估和反馈。

通过以上几节课的学习,学生将全面了解波和光的基本概念、特性和应用,培养他们对波和光的兴趣和好奇心。这将为学生未来在物理领域的学习和研究打下坚实的基础。同时,学生将会学到如何运用波和光的知识解决实际问题,提高他们的问题解决能力和创新思维。

物理选修教案 篇11

物理选修教案

一、引言

物理学作为自然科学的重要分支,旨在研究自然界中的物质和能量、它们之间的相互作用关系及规律。在当今科学高速发展的时代,物理学的发展也是不断地向前推进。作为广大学生的选修课程,物理学可以帮助学生成为具有理性思维和科学方法的人才,锻炼学生的实践能力和科研能力。为此,我们为高中物理选修课程制定了相关教案,以期能够为学生提供更为实用、更富有启发性的物理学知识。

二、教学目标

1.掌握物理学的基础知识及一定的应用能力;

2.理解物理学与日常生活的联系,培养学生的观察能力与实验探究精神;

3.使学生养成科学态度,锻炼创新思维能力;

4.能够适应高校物理教学和未来科学研究工作的需求。

三、教学安排

本教案主要涵盖以下主题:

1.力学与热力学

2.电学与磁学

3.波动光学与量子物理

三、主题讲解

1.力学与热力学

力学是物理学的基础,是一门研究物体在运动和静止状态下受力及其规律的学科。力学的研究内容广泛,它涉及陀螺、天体力学、太阳能、力学波、悬挂等等,是物理学不可或缺的一部分。

热力学是研究物质热力学性质和它们的相互关系的一门学科,其独特的“物质热力学定律”被广泛应用于工业、化学、核能等领域。在本主题中,我们将主要涵盖以下知识点:

(1)力学基础概念:万有引力定律,牛顿第二定律,动量守恒定律,机械能守恒定律等;

(2)热力学的基本概念:热力学系统,热力学变化等;

(3)热力学定律:热力学第一定律、热力学第二定律和热力学第三定律;

(4)热力学的基本关系式:熵的增加定律,热力学公式等。

2.电学与磁学

电学和磁学是物理学的重要分支,有着广泛的应用领域,如电子学、电气工程等。它们构成了现代物理学的基础,对当代科学技术的发展做出了重要贡献,是我们开发电子信息技术的基石。本主题将主要涵盖以下知识点:

(1)静电学:库仑定律、高斯定理、电场线等;

(2)电动力学:法拉第电磁感应定律、楞次定律、电磁波等;

(3)电磁场理论:位移电流、磁介质等;

(4)电子学:场效应管、二极管等。

3.波动光学与量子物理

波动光学和量子物理是现代物理学研究的前沿课题,也是目前物理学研究的热点和难点。在这一主题中,我们将主要涵盖以下知识点:

(1)光的本质:光的波粒二象性、波长、频率、相速度、群速度等;

(2)光的成像:透镜成像、望远镜等;

(3)量子力学:德布罗意波、波函数、量子力学叠加原理等;

(4)原子物理:李普希茨模型、泡利不相容原理等。

四、教学方法

1.理论课程教学:讲义、课件、教材等教学物料,重点讲解物理学的基本理论和实际应用。

2.实验教学:通过实验演示物理学原理,培养学生实际动手操作的能力和实验设计的能力。

3.讨论式教学:通过小组讨论、研究型学习或是分组研究等方法,鼓励学生自主学习与交流,挖掘和发掘学生的创造能力和创新潜力。

五、教学评估

教师对于学生的学习情况要进行认真评估。其中包括日常学习表现、平时小测验、期中期末考试等环节的评分,通过这些,可以了解学生在知识掌握、理解情况、实践应用等方面的情况,以此评估教学效果,进而调整和完善教学计划。

六、总结

综上所述,在物理选修教案中,我们通过制定科学、严谨的教学计划,让学生掌握物理学的基本知识,并通过多样化的教学方式培养学生的实践能力和创新精神,以适应未来的科学与技术发展。相信通过本课程的学习,学生们一定能够更好地掌握物理学的知识,培养科学思维方式,进而更好地为祖国的未来发展做出自己的贡献。

选修八的教案经典


作为一名教师,很有必要精心设计一份教案,借助教案可以提高教学质量,收到预期的教学效果。那么问题来了,教案应该怎么写?以下是小编收集整理的八年级历史教案,欢迎大家分享。

选修八的教案 篇1

一、教学目标

1.简述组成细胞的主要元素。说出构成细胞的基本元素是碳。

2.尝试检测生物组织中的糖类、脂肪和蛋白质,探讨细胞中主要化合物的种类。

3.认同生命的物质性。

二、教学重点和难点

1.教学重点

(1)组成细胞的主要元素和化合物。

(2)检测生物组织中的糖类、脂肪和蛋白质。

2.教学难点

(1)构成细胞的基本元素是碳。

(2)检测生物组织中的糖类、脂肪和蛋白质。

三、课时安排

2(上课1和实验1)

四、教学过程

〔引入〕以“问题探讨”引入,让学生以初中的知识来思考,回答。

〔问题〕以“本节聚焦”再次引起学生的注意和思考。

〔板书〕

一、组成细胞的元素

大量元素:C、H、O、N、P、S、K、、Mg等

微量元素:Fe、Mn、Zn、Cu、B、Mo等

基本元素:C、H、O、N、S(Ca)P、

主要元素:C

二、组成细胞的化合物

〔思考与讨论〕生思考师提示。

1.提示:有机化合物和无机化合物的区别主要看它们的分子组成中是否有碳元素,如糖类是有机化合物,由碳、氢、氧三种元素组成;水是无机化合物,由氢、氧两种元素组成。当然这不是严格意义上的区别。对这两类化合物的严格区分,请参照化学教科书。

2.提示:细胞中最多的有机化合物是蛋白质,无机化合物是水。蛋白质是组成生物体的重要物质,在生命活动中起重要作用;水是生命之源,离开水,生命活动就无法进行。

3.提示:植物的`叶肉细胞、果实细胞和种子的细胞中通常含有较多的糖类、脂质和蛋白质。如禾谷类的果实、种子中含淀粉(多糖)较多;甘蔗的茎和甜菜的根含蔗糖多;花生、芝麻种子中含脂质多;大豆种子中含蛋白质多,等等。要想从植物的果实、种子中获得糖类、脂质和蛋白质,就要设法使细胞破碎,再将这些物质提取出来。

三、实验

〔到实验室做实验〕

3.生物材料中有机化合物的种类、含量不同。因此,我们应选择多种多样的食物,保证获得全面的营养。

〔小结〕略。

〔作业〕一二题。生思考师提示

〔提示〕1.(1)迹唬2)√拧

3.B。

拓展题

1.提示:细胞是有生命的,它可以主动地从环境中获取生命活动需要的元素。这是生物与非生物的区别之一。

2.提示:不能。生命系统内部有严谨有序的结构,不是物质随意堆砌而成的

选修八的教案 篇2

在生物教育教学工作,必须做好教学反思,这样才能有序的实现学习,实践,获得进步!课堂教学重在准备,做到有备而教,教而有思,思而有得。也就是在教学设计中,要有较强的预见性。比如:学生在学习新课和复习课时,可能会遇到哪些问题,而且复习课的授课方式不同于新课的模式,在教学过程中的趣味性,学生好奇心,学习动力的调动方法也应作相对调整;考虑到这些问题的,如何来解决这些问题?即时的找出解决的方法,这就要求有非常明确的教学计划。理清思路,对症下药,主要包括以下四个方面:

1.针对学生的现有的学习情况,在知识点掌握方面,找出学生原本存在的不足;

2.对考试大纲的准确把握,明确哪些是重点难点,特别是在高考当中常考的热点;当然,这其中也包括了,哪些内容只要求做到熟悉这个知识点,而不用花过多精力,加深习题练习,这也是减轻学生学习压力,明确目标的有途方法;

3.在讲复习课时,与新课在授课方式上的区别,如何组织复习课上的提问设计,组织形式,反馈信息等;

4.总体评价。这也是在反思教学中非常重要的一环,通过课后反思,能更清晰地明确,学生的不足与进步,而自己在教学过程中,还有哪有更行之有效的方法?总结经验,提升教学能力。只有这样,才能实现最重要的`一个环节------进步!针对以上问题,根据这一年来的工作经验,总结如下:

1.作为平行班的学生,在新课时,仍然存在较多知识点的遗漏,甚至没能完全掌握。比如:减数分裂,孟德尔遗传规律,种群相关知识的拓展。这是许多学生

觉得头痛的问题,无法对相关知识有一个清晰的理解,或者只会背一些条款,却不知道灵活运用。这也是在第二点中要着重强调的。当然除了这些情况外,还有一部份学生是在学习过程中,掉以轻心,等到高三的时候,想重新拾起课本,加入最后的拼搏。这部分学生有着好学之心,但是知识差距较大。这部份人也是最让老师头痛的人,一方面,我个人奉行着?一个都不能少??有教无类?的原则,但是现实是这部分的学生玩心较重,三分钟热度,需要时时督促。而且旧知识遗漏较多,补起来相对更困难。但是,老师是不会拒绝任何一个有求学之心的人的,所以只能利用平时多关注,尽力帮他们补救。

2.对于第二个问题,也是自己面临的最大的问题。具体如何解决,也只能说是在摸索中,有了一点小的见解:

首先要通览教材,鸟瞰全局;其次,精读教材,把握两点(重点和难点);再次,泛读教材,这个情况下,就只能靠自己做大量的题,多涉猎。增加参考书的数量,老师只有做的题目,对于最新的题型接触远远多于学生的时候,才能游刃有余的解决复习过程中遇到的问题。这样也能对一些内容进行必要的删减、调换和补充;才能分析教材中呈现的排列顺序能否直接作为教学顺序。在教学重、难点上教学目标与学生实际有否差异等。如在制定学期教学进度计划时,就把教材中的排列顺序做适当的调整。

选修八的教案 篇3

一、教材分析

本课题在实验前介绍了消化系统的组成,学生对消化系统已经有了感性认识,紧接着设计一个探究实验。让学生在亲历探究实验的过程中,用控制变量法设计实验来探究“唾液淀粉酶对淀粉的消化作用”,教材的设计遵循了从结构到功能、从感性认识到理性认识的认知规律。

本实验是一个典型的探究案例,它隐含着生物科学家在研究过程中所持有的观点以及解决问题的思路与方法。

二、学情分析

有利的一面:

学生通过生活体验对牙齿与舌的功能有一些感性认识,知道唾液腺分泌唾液。

通过以前的学习,部分学生已领悟了用“控制变量法”设计对照实验的方法。

七年级的学生活泼、好动,对生命的奥秘有强烈的好奇心,具有实事求是的科学态度。

不利的一面:

1、实验操作技能欠缺。

2、探究能力欠缺,体现在自主设计实验方案还有一定的难度。

三、教学目标

知识目标:

(1)了解消化、物理性消化、化学性消化的含义。

(2)运用实验法探究馒头在口腔中的变化,并得出合理的结论。

能力目标:

通过探究活动使学生掌握科学研究的基本方法,让学生针对实际现象做出合理的解释和验证,以培养学生解决实际问题的能力和决策能力,培养创新精神。

情感、态度、价值观目标:

(1)通过探究活动培养学生的团结协作精神。

(2)通过学生如实记录、分析实验结论,培养他们认真、求实的科学态度及一定的探索精神和创新意识。

教学重点:

探究馒头在口腔中的变化,培养学生的探究能力。

教学难点:

教师如何有效地组织、引导整个探究过程,并抓住时机训练学生的能力,培养学生正确的学习态度和观念。

四、教法学法

教法

1、通过学生咀嚼馒头的情境引入,从而提出探究问题。学生根据生活经验作出假设。

2、从分别设计牙、舌以及唾液对馒头的消化的单一变量对照到合并探究多个变量的对照。

3、采用自我反思,交互式评价方式分析实验失败原因,使学生深刻领悟探究方法的内涵。

学法

1、学生根据体验馒头味道的变化,自主提问,作出假设。自主设计实验,通过实验现象观察得出相应结论。

2、自我反思,交互式评价方式分析实验失败原因,深刻领悟探究方法的内涵。

从而使启发诱导式的教法与探究式的学法和谐共振。

五、教学流程

课前准备

鉴于学生动手操作机会少、能力弱。挑选部分学生实验前简短培训,了解实验原理,操作要领。在实验中让这部分学生去带动其余学生,让实验落到实处。

情境引入

品尝馒头,要求进行较长时间咀嚼,感受馒头味道的变化,从而提出问题,作出假设。

探究实验

⑴提出问题:

馒头是怎样变甜的呢?

⑵作出假设:

馒头在口腔中变甜与牙齿的咀嚼、舌头的搅拌、唾液的作用有关。

设计意图:调动学生在感性经验基础上引导分析在口腔中使馒头变甜的相关因素,然后做出合理的假设,不仅激发学生的探究热情,活跃气氛,更潜移默化地向学生渗透了科学做出假设的方法———即从已有的经验和知识中做出合理假设。

⑶制定计划:

a、提示:

①设计一组实验,有的只探究牙齿的咀嚼和舌的搅拌,有的只探究唾液的作用。

每个组选择一个因素进行探究。

设计意图:把难点进行分解。本探究涉及到两个探究因素,让学生同时对两个探究因素设计对照试验,有一定难度,让每个组选择一个因素探究,降低了难度,学生跳一跳是能摘到桃子的。

②淀粉是馒头的主要成分。淀粉是没有甜味的,淀粉分解后形成的麦芽糖是有甜味的。

③淀粉遇碘变蓝,但麦芽糖遇碘不会变蓝。

④口腔的温度大概是37℃。

b、思考:

①怎样模拟舌的搅拌、牙的咀嚼,唾液的参与以及口腔的.温度?

②你选择的是什么因素对淀粉的消化?实验的变量是什么?怎样确保只有变量不同,其它条件都相同?

③怎样检验淀粉是否被消化?(学生说出方法后,教师建议:滴加4滴稀碘液后置于温水中水浴加热,观察颜色的变化情况。)

设计意图:这3个思考题是突破难点的关键,弄清了问题①③,不需要教师做任何强调,学生就能明白该实验有的组要把馒头切碎,要搅拌,以及整个实验要保持在37℃下进行,滴加碘液等具体操作的原因;问题②是引导学生控制变量,顺利设计对照实验的核心问题,学生只要清楚了这个问题,设计出合理的方案是完全没有问题的。

c、分组讨论设计(要求图示说明,图示板演)

一大组:牙齿和舌头作用实验方案;

另一大组:唾液的作用实验方案;

d、学生汇报,教师引导整合

为了让学生突破难点顺利掌握从探究一个因素上升到同时探究两个因素的方法,我采用先易后难,先分解后整合的策略。具体过程为:教师根据学生板演图,把两组对照实验中相同实验组合为一体,适时点拨:为了提高效率我们可以把两个因素放到一起同时进行探究,只要先把实验组设计出来,各对照组只要变量与其不同,其它条件相同即可。由于符合学生的认知规律,达到了事半功倍的效果。

e、完善实验设计

⑷实施计划

⑸得出结论

⑹表达交流

小组汇报实验完成情况,反思实验失败的原因,交互式评价。为进一步探究温度对唾液淀粉酶的活性影响做下铺垫。

进一步探究:

为什么强调在37℃条件下进行实验?你能设计实验来说明温度对淀粉消化的影响吗?

兴趣小组展示课前做好的处于60℃条件下的实验现象,从而使学生知道温度对唾液淀粉酶的活性存在影响。

课堂小结

1、探究实验的一般方法

提出问题→做出假设→制定计划→实施计划→得出结论→表达和交流

2、对照实验设计的基本原则

单一变量原则

3、唾液对淀粉有消化作用;舌搅拌与牙齿咀嚼对淀粉的消化有促进作用。唾液淀粉酶的活性受温度影响。

课后反思

1、未雨绸缪,有的放矢。实验的准备工作很重要,教师实际操作对实验能达到的效果了然于心。

2、鉴于淀粉的分解过程无法直观感受。将原实验设计中后滴加稀碘液改成先滴,通过颜色由蓝变浅蓝、再变成黄色来感受淀粉分解的过程。

3、由考虑单一变量提升到同时考虑多个变量的探究。

4、增加温度对唾液淀粉酶活性影响的实验,拓展学生的思维。

但是,由于学生知识储备的原因,在实验操作上有些方面不规范。

选修八的教案 篇4

一、版本:

中图版高中生物必修1

二、设计内容:

第三单元细胞的新陈代谢第二章细胞的能量的来源与转变第2节酶在代谢中的作用(第1课时——酶的作用)

三、设计理念

新课程理念要求高中生物应培养学生的科学思维、科学方法、科学精神等生物科学素养。使学生从之前的“学会”到“想学”再到“会学”,在这样理念的促进下,“引导──探究”发现式教学法应运而生。该理念的运用有利于学生科学素养、协作精神的培养,有利于培养学生的创新精神和实践能力,有利于学生主动建构知识、发展能力、形成正确的情感态度与价值观。

本节课的设计理念就是“引导──探究”式学习过程。它不仅可以使学生获取知识,而且更加重视学生获取知识的过程及方法,更加突出地培养学生的学习能力。在问题的推动下、在教师的引导下,学生能够主动参与到学习过程中,真正体现了“教为主导,学为主体”的思想。

四、教材分析

1.地位和作用

“降低化学反应活化能的酶”第1课时——酶的作用,主要探讨酶在细胞代谢中的作用。该内容以第1章第3节物质的跨膜运输方式中的主动运输的知识为基础。学习本节利于“细胞代谢的学习”,能够更好地理解光合作用和呼吸作用的过程。

2.教学目标

(1)知识目标:说明酶在代谢中的作用(Ⅰ)。

(2)技能目标:能够完成相应的实验设计,按所设计的实验方案和步骤,正确完成相关的实验操作。学会控制自变量,观察和检测因变量的变化,以及设置对照组和重复实验(Ⅱ)。

(3)情感目标:

①评价自己的实验结果

②参与交流。

3.过程与方法

通过“比较过氧化氢在不同条件下的分解”实验,理解酶作为催化剂的特点,及控制变量的方法。利用PPT形象、直观的图解和文字说明,让学生理解催化剂可降低化学反应的'活化能。

4.确定教学重、难点及解决方法教学重点:酶的作用。

[解决方法]利用学生对无机催化剂的知识基础切入,引入酶的学习。通过生活资料分析得出酶的作用。我们熟悉的化学无机催化剂可以加快化学反应,但是需要高温、高压等条件。而在人体内,大约每分钟要发生几百万次的化学反应,这么多的化学反应之所以能在常温、常压下进行,完全是因为酶的作用,酶是一种什么样的物质?在化学反应中是怎样起作用的?

教学难点:酶降低化学反应活化能的原理。

[解决方法] ①利用PPT上形象,直观的图解和文字说明,让学生明确催化剂可降低化学反应的活化能。②通过比较过氧化氢在不同条件下的分解实验,感悟酶作为催化剂特点,及控制变量的方法。

五、设计思路

利用学生对无机催化剂的知识基础切入,引导学生进入新课学习。既然学生们知道无机催化剂的作用,就让学生通过比较认识酶的催化作用与无机催化剂的差别。然后通过过氧化氢酶的实验来让学生理解探究实验的设计原则、一般思路,得出的结果。教师利用PPT的方法直接给出更加形象生动,容易理解。要求学生记住探究实验实验原则:单一变量原则、对照原则、等量原则。以及自变量、因变量、无关变量、对照实验等概念,再通过对实验中自变量改变训练学生在实验设计中如何控制变量。

学生通过亲身感知酶的作用,顺理成章引入酶在化学反应中能够降低化学反应的活化能知识点。利用PPT中形象、直观的图解和文字说明以及绘制“没有催化剂、无机催化剂、酶的催化效率曲线”的比较,进一步让学生明确催化剂可降低化学反应的活化能(酶催化作用更加显著)。

六、教学用具:

ppt幻灯片、实验材料

七、教学过程遇到问题及解决方法:

1.学生对酶的概念掌握的不是很好,注意教学时让学生抓住关键词,如活细胞产生(交代来源)、具有催化功能(只有一个作用)、生物大分子(蛋白质或RNA)。

2.酶的催化特点:高效性、专一性和作用条件的温和性。学生学习时,容易将第三个特点忘记,需要强调。

3.酶的作用机理是降低反应的活化能,学生接触这个概念时,化学中活化能的概念还未给出,所以接受起来很困难。注意讲授过程结合PPT上形象的漫画图及动态图说明酶的作用机理。

4.过氧化氢酶实验虽然简单,但是却能很好地证明酶的高效性,在讲述实验的过程中同时引入探究实验的设计原则和一般方法,让学生更好地理解探究实验的实际应用案例。注意可以同时让学生自己设计证明酶的专一性及作用条件的探究实验,锻炼学生的实际应用能力。

选修八的教案 篇5

一、教学目标

1、举例说出发酵技术在食品制作中的应用。

2、说明食品腐败的原因,运用食品保存的一般方法保存食品。

3、尝试制作甜酒、酸奶或泡菜等。

4、举例说出细菌和真菌与人类防治疾病的关系。

5、说明细菌在环境保护中的作用。

6、关注转基因技术在医药生产上的应用。

二、教学过程

本节内容与第三章“动物在生物圈中的作用”的区别在于不是“描述细菌和真菌与人类生活的关系”,而是通过人类在环保、食品制作、食品保存、药品生产等方面对细菌和真菌的利用,说明细菌和真菌与人类生活有着密切的关系。因此在第一节教学的基础上,教师可以提出“细菌和真菌能够危害动植物以及人类的健康,它们的存在对人类有没有益处呢?”“谁能举出细菌和真菌对人类有益的实例来?”等问题引导学生思考,进入新课的学习。

利用发酵制作食品的过程,许多学生未曾见过,因此,教师要在课前准备好演示实验。同时,要准备一些日常生活中常见的发酵食品,或利用教材中的彩图,作为学生了解发酵技术在食品制作中应用的感性材料。由于化学知识的缺乏,学生对于发酵作用的原理不容易理解,教师可以利用计算机制作一个简单的课件,或者制作一个复合投影片,也可以利用板图表示某些细菌中的酶能够促进淀粉等物质分解为葡萄糖,再分解为乳酸,或某些真菌中的酶能够促进淀粉等物质分解为葡萄糖,再分解为酒精和二氧化碳。总之要在观察演示实验后,引导学生分析实验现象的原因。通过上述教学活动教师要让学生明确,利用细菌和真菌发酵制作食品时,就是要提供适合细菌和真菌生存的条件。练习第一题可以作为这部分教学效果的反馈。利用发酵技术制作食品,是一种传统的生物技术,但它又是现代生物技术发展的基础。教师应鼓励学生课下亲自尝试制作甜酒。课上要让学生交流制作的经验,还可以将家长品尝甜酒的评语进行交流。让学生在制作活动中发展实践的能力,体验知识与技术在生产与生活中的作用。教师还可以鼓励学生在课下制作各种不同的发酵食品,如酸奶、泡菜等,在课外活动中进一步发展自己的实践能力。

在进行“细菌、真菌与食品的保存”教学时,教师要在课前布置学生收集日常生活中保存食品的方法,思考保存食品做法的道理。在课上,教师引导学生结合自己的调查进行观察与思考活动,教师要重视在各个小组成员以及不同小组之间进行交流,让学生在交流的.过程中归纳出保存食品的主要方法,讨论并总结出保存食品的主要原理以及要注意的问题。练习第三题可以作为学生讨论活动的反馈。通过这部分的教学活动,要使学生明确保存食品就是要防止或抑制细菌和真菌的生长。针对本地区人们使用的食品保存方法,启发学生继续思考“当前食品保存的方法中有哪些需要改进的?为什么?”“怎样保存食品更有利于人的健康?”等问题。

在进行“细菌、真菌与疾病防治”教学时,教师可以利用练习第二题作为学生讨论的问题。之后,教师要指导学生阅读现代科学技术在医药方面应用的内容,如胰岛素、干扰素、乙肝疫苗等的生产及应用等内容,引导学生思考科学家的工作与现代科学技术、与人类健康有什么关系,科学技术的发展对社会的发展有哪些促进作用等问题;引导学生正确认识科学研究与技术进步的社会价值,关注基因技术在医药生产上的应用。最后,引导学生阅读教材中细菌和环境保护的内容,还可以结合当地实际情况,了解本地区人们在处理生活污水和工业废水中对细菌的利用情况,让学生通过分析具体实例,认同人类与细菌的密切关系,使生物教学更贴近学生的生活。演示实验—发酵现象酵母是一种真菌,适于在温暖富含糖的液体环境中生存。当它们利用糖类物质生活时,通过对糖的分解作用产生二氧化碳,所以在培养瓶中可以看到气泡的产生,随着酵母菌数量的增多,产生的气体会使挤瘪的气球胀大。

原理:葡萄糖发酵产生二氧化碳,二氧化碳气体产生的压力将推动红色液柱移动至排出。材料:125ml广口瓶、温度计、自制多组U形管、小烧杯、水浴锅、药匙、玻璃棒、小试管、红墨水。方法步骤:

1、实验前将器材准备好,橡胶塞打孔,广口瓶置于40℃~45℃的水浴锅中。

2、U形管中注入5cm高的红墨水(如图中位置),橡胶塞插入温度计与U形管,温度计置于广口瓶中部,广口瓶中的U形管口距液面保持一定距离。

3、广口瓶中加入适量水(保持广口瓶及连带装置在水浴锅中稳定直立),加入一勺糖搅拌溶化,一切准备就绪之后,在广口瓶中倒人适量酵母,快速搅拌后加盖橡胶塞(注意密封)。

4、用彩笔记录初始状态下的红色液柱位置。U形管口另一端接一盛清水的烧杯。

5、随着发酵反应的进行,二氧化碳气体产生,U形管中红色液柱缓缓移动,直至排出,烧杯中的水变红。

6、若想检验产生的气体为二氧化碳,可在红色液柱排净后将其插入事先制备好的澄清石灰水中,也可以观察是否能使燃着的火柴熄灭。

分析:

教材上观察发酵现象的演示实验需要时间长,在学生课下进行实验的基础上,课堂上采取这种方法实验可使学生在几分时间内观察到现象,更具有说服力,而且还能直接对产生的气体进行检验,学生对发酵以及菌类生活的适宜温度的理解会更加深刻。

选修八的教案 篇6

一、教材分析

中华民族在20世纪走过了一条漫长而曲折的道路,经历了三次历史性的巨变。辛亥革命是20世纪中国的第一次历史巨变,是中国近代化艰难起步进程中的重要环节。它-了统治中国几千年的封建专制制度,开创了完全意义上的近代民族民主革命,为中国的进步打开了闸门。此后中国的新民主主义革命和社会主义革命可以看作是辛亥革命的继续和发展。从中国近代化的进程来看,洋务运动的历史功绩是为近代化留下了虽然菲薄却又极其珍贵的物质遗产,维新派的历史功绩则是为近代留下了虽然昙花一现却影响深远的政治遗产。这样,中国早期近代化进程的艰难和曲折,成为呼唤辛亥革命到来的社会要求和强大动力,而早期近代化的最初成果,则为辛亥革命准备了必要的物质基础和精神条件。辛亥革命后,中国人民的革命洪流汹涌澎湃,势不可挡,新文化运动、五四运动相继爆发。

本课的主线可以归纳为:准备——爆发——结果。孙中山是20世纪中国走在时代前列的第一个伟人,他一次又一次的努力,最终促成了辛亥革命的爆发,-了清王朝,建立了资产阶级共和国。本课的重点是辛亥革命:通过了解同盟会成立的过程及其革命纲领,正确理解辛亥革命的性质;通过了解中华民国建立前后的斗争历程,进一步理解辛亥革命的历史意义。本课的难点是如何探讨辛亥革命的历史意义:辛亥革命的历史意义深远,如何通过史实总结出来,这需要运用分析归纳能力和知识迁移能力,而这些对中学生来说是比较困难的。

二、学情分析

1、八年级的学生平时喜欢竞争,民主气氛比较浓,又具有一定的自主学习能力和合作探究的精神,他们的思维能力有了进一步的发展。

2、本课根据课标的要求有两个层次:一是知识层次,二是运用层次。学生通过一年的学习,对知识层次的东西已基本上能自己解决,像“了解孙中山的主要革命活动,知道武昌起义”这个要求,学生学会利用教科书,提取教科书中提供的各种信息,学会自主学习。而对于“探讨辛亥革命的历史意义”这个第二层次目标,则可让学生通过课外查找资料,在课堂上进行小组探究的方式去实现。在实施课堂教学的过程中,我们可以运用学习小组的解说、讨论活动,让学生学会交流学习体会,合作学习,培养学生良好的学习品质。

3、教师在课堂上内,采用播放有关音像资料,创设情境,给学生以身临其境的感觉,或引起学生共鸣。教师就有关问题启发引导学生通过阅读、分析和讨论,使学生真正有感而发,最后达成共识,从而达到教学目的。采用小组为单位,竞争回答课堂提问,以积分的形式评出本课“学习小组”,以激发学生积极参与教学活动和集体荣誉感。

三、教学/学习目标及其对应的课程标准

知识与能力:

1、了解并概括孙中山的主要革命活动,掌握制作历史大事年表的基本技能。

2、了解武昌起义和中华民国成立的情况,评价辛亥革命的历史意义。

过程与方法:

1、阅读课文掌握制作大事年表的基本技能;了解孙中山进行的主要革命活动;巧设历史情境,激发学生的学习兴趣。

2、查找有关材料,了解辛亥革命的历史功绩,探讨辛亥革命的历史意义,培养学生通过多种途径了解历史知识的能力、分析问题的能力、知识迁移的能力和运用史料支持观点的能力。

情感态度和价值观:

1、通过了解孙中山的主要革命活动和辛亥革命的历史意义,学习一代伟人“吾志所向,一往无前,愈挫愈奋,再接再厉”的革命精神;继承他“唤起民众”“振兴中华”的伟业;使自己具有胸怀祖国、为实现中华民族全面振兴而奋斗的历史责任感和使命感。

2、通过小组合作学习,培养团结协作、互相帮助的精神和竞争精神,学会正确地评价自己和评价他人。

四、教学理念和教学方式

1、网络平台教学法:知识容量大。

2、小组合作探究学习法:通过创设情境,设计比较适合学生的课堂活动,使学生能积极地参与课堂,比较自然地在学习知识的同时,渗透情感教育。

3、问题教学法:根据初中学生具有好胜和集体荣誉感的特点,课堂采用小组竞赛形式,大部分问题的回答都是学生自己提出来的,学生学习自觉性高,课堂气氛活跃,效果较好。

4、讲述和竞答法:讲述历史小故事和问题竞答相结合,着重培养学生的表达能力与历史思维能力。

五、教学或活动过程

(一)教学准备阶段

1、学生按小组收集孙中山和辛亥革命的有关故事(可根据课文内容的先后顺序,各小组抽签分别准备)。

2、教师提出思考题:20世纪中国有哪三次历史性巨变?辛亥革命有何历史意义?你从中得到什么启示?这个思考题是各个小组都要准备的,并且要尽量找到支持自己观点的史料。

3、教师为学生提供相关的网站、书籍名称等查找资料的途径。

4、学生课前明确分工,选出组长、发言人,主动查找资料,收集图片、照片、音像资料、文字资料等等,在教师的指导下,编写解说词、制作课件等。组内交流,以便于上课时,能快捷调出所用资料;同时,要设计多种表达方式来归纳孙中山的主要革命活动;编演历史剧小品。

5、在准备过程中,教师要注意引导每一位学生都参与到活动中来,对学习能力较差的学生可分配一些他们力所能及的任务,从中树立他们的学习自信心。

(二)教学或活动过程

1.导入新课:出示孙中山的画像及播放电影片断《辛亥风云》。

设问:同学们知道孙中山的哪些事迹?孙中山为何被称为“国父”?为什么说孙中山是革命的先行者?下面让我们带着疑问走进孙中山的青少年时代,了解历史的真知。(板书课题)

(设计理念:以历史故事为切入点,激发学生学习历史的兴趣。)

2.学习新课

(1)故事擂台:

学生活动:组内指定专人讲述、专人协助播放图片、多媒体影音材料,或表演以增加故事的生动性。

第一组:讲述青少年时代的孙中山、孙中山弃医从政的故事。

(教师点评:这些史实说明青少年时代的孙中山就树立了胸怀大勇的风范)

第二组:以小品表演的形式讲述“孙中山上述李鸿章”的故事,讲述兴中会的成立、同盟会的成立等。

(教师点评:这体现了孙中山“吾志所向,一往无前,愈挫愈奋,再接再厉”的革命精神)

第三组:同盟会成立后,革命党人发动武装起义的故事,其中主要是武昌起义的故事。

(一边播放武昌起义的录象,一边讲述起义中的历史情节,烘托气愤,增强学生的感性认识)

网络展示“武昌起义后形势图”,让学生找出宣布独立的省份,并圈出来。

第四组:中华民国建立的故事,如临时大总统孙中山、宣统帝退位等。

在讲故事时,教师要着重指出需要把握的重要历史事件:

创立第一个资产阶级革命团体——兴中会

最先采取武装斗争的革命方式——资产阶级革命

创立第一个全国规模的统一的资产阶级革命政党——中国同盟会

提出了当时最先进的资产阶级革命纲领——三民主义

(组织学生讨论:为什么三民主义成为孙中山领导辛亥革命的旗帜?或问:为什么三民主义成为孙中山领导辛亥革命的指导思想?)

(设计理念:学生要参与表达,要注意交流过多或过少的.不足。)

引导学生用制作大事年表的方式列举出孙中山的主要革命事迹(可用表格、图示或列举法)。

1894年,创立兴中会

1895年,发动广州起义

1900年,发动惠州起义

1905年,创立同盟会

1906年,发表三民主义

1906—1911年,革命党人在其影响下发动了多次起义

1912年,就任中华民国临时大总统

(2)问题竞答

孙中山的名字从何而来?孙中山弃医从文值得吗?什么事件使孙中山意识到救中国只能用武力-清朝?这一事件发生在哪一年?同年发生了什么战争?当时孙中山几岁?为什么说中国同盟会是中国第一个全面性的资产阶级政党?武昌起义发生在哪一年?这一年是农历什么年?中华民国是哪年成立?哪年哪个皇帝下诏退位?民国元年是公元多少年?中华民国第一位临时大总统是谁?中华民国-了什么政权?它又是如何巩固政权的?武昌起义与辛亥革命有何关系?

(设计理念:激发学生的积极性和兴趣,进一步了解和巩固基础知识。)

教师加以小结和点评:

1、组织规模、领导机构、政治纲领、机关刊物等方面分析,让学生进一步认识同盟会。

2、孙中山领导下,革命党人愈挫愈奋,一次次的武装起义,最终推动武昌起义的爆发,武昌起义的成功,中华民国才得以于1912年成立。

3、要充分利用课本中“武昌起义形势图”,说明武昌起义后全国大部分省份已脱离清政府,标志着清政权已土崩瓦解。强调这里的独立是指脱离清政府的统治,不是从一个国家分离出去。

4、武昌起义是辛亥革命的一个重要环节。

(3)组织讨论:辛亥革命的历史意义。辛亥革命是成功还是失败了?

(设计理念:通过合作探究,培养学生的团队精神。)

辛亥革命-了清王朝,结束了两千多年的封建帝制,建立了资产阶级共和国,极大推动了中国人民思想的解放,民主共和观念深入人心。它沉重打击了帝国主义侵略势力,使帝国主义再也无力建立起比较稳定的统治秩序。它为民族本主义的发展创造了有利条件。同时,辛亥革命也是亚洲革命风暴的重要组成部分。

对于辛亥革命说成功,也行;说失败,也可以。理由充足即可。之后,教师总结:辛亥革命虽然建立了中华民国,-了清王朝,结束了两千多年的封建帝制,但是胜利果实被袁世凯窃取,反帝反封建的任务没有完成,并没有真正实现民主共和,三民主义也没有实现,中国依旧是半殖民地半封建社会。所以革命尚未成功,辛亥革命最终是失败的。

3.课堂小结学生小结:通过本课的学习,你学到了什么?之后,教师总结:辛亥革命的先辈们为之奋斗、为之献身的理想,今天已成为现实,辛亥革命先们开创的伟大事业,正由中国共产党带领全国人民继续推向前进,先辈们留下的宝贵精神遗产和丰富的思想资源,成为激励后人继续探索民族解放道路的精神动力。以此加强对学生情感方面的教育。

5.板书设计

第8课辛亥革命

一、准备:孙中山创立同盟会

二、爆发:武昌起义

三、高潮:中华民国的成立

六、评价

本课能充分利用信息技术提供大容量资料的优势,向学生展示有关辛亥革命的各种历史材料,以学习小组进行讨论,并派代表陈述交流本组对辛亥革命的看法,能很好地解决难点。

七、教学自我反思

第一,历史学习要注意引发学生的思考,应该从学生的具体实际出发,寻找适合的切入点。

第二,采用“探究性学习”的思路,充分发挥学生的自主性。

第三,形象的材料,会使学生更贴近历史。

选修八的教案 篇7

【教学目标】

1.知识与技能

(1)描述真菌的主要特征;

(2)说出真菌与人类生活的关系。

2.过程与方法

(1)通过观察青霉、曲霉的形态、颜色及新鲜蘑菇的形态,提高观察能力。

(2)通过观察孢子印,运用观察、比较、归纳、概括等方法对获取的信息进行加工。

3.情感态度和价值观

(1)通过学习,使学生认识到知识来源于生活又服务于生活,激发学生热爱生活的情感;

(2)学会正确利用真菌,健康快乐生活。

【教学重点】

真菌的主要特征。

【教学难点】

利用显微镜观察酵母菌和霉菌,总结归纳真菌的结构特点。

【教学方法】

本节以观察、讨论法为主,辅以阅读、讲授等法。

【课前准备】

多媒体课件,培养皿中培养好的青霉,吸管,镊子,显微镜,解剖针,放大镜,酵母菌培养液,载玻片,盖玻片,稀释的碘液,吸水纸等

【课时安排】

1课时

【教学过程】

一、新课导入

师:我们在餐桌上会吃到芹菜等蔬菜,也会经常看到蘑菇、银耳、木耳等,仔细对比它们的形态,你想知道些什么信息呢?

生:可能会提出很多问题,如:蘑菇、银耳、木耳是植物吗?它们有根、茎、叶吗?为什么它们不是绿色的?

师:蘑菇、木耳、银耳和芹菜等蔬菜不一样,它们没有根、茎、叶,没有叶绿素,不属于植物,而是属于真菌。那么真菌具有什么特征呢?今天让我们一起来学习《真菌》。

二、新知导学

(一)各种各样的真菌

师:真菌是多种多样的。(图片展示多种多样的真菌)观看图片,哪些真菌是你认识的?

生:观察图片并指出自己所认识的真菌。

师:这些真菌有些是多细胞的,比如:猴头菇、平菇、灵芝、冬虫夏草、牛肝菌等;也有一些是单细胞的,比如酵母菌。有的是可以食用的,如蘑菇(平菇、猴头菇)、牛肝菌等;有的是可以药用的,如灵芝、冬虫夏草等。这些真菌具有什么样的结构呢?

(二)真菌的结构

1.酵母菌的形态结构

师:酵母菌是一种单细胞的真菌,我们平时所食用的面包、馒头、奶酪等发面食品都离不开酵母菌。酵母菌的细胞结构有什么特点呢?让我们一起来观察酵母菌。请同学们参照教材的实验步骤,完成实验,并完成与实验相关的练习。

生:完成实验,并将结果相互交流

实验:观察酵母菌

目的:认识酵母菌的形态结构

材料用具:酵母菌培养液,载玻片,盖玻片,稀释的碘液,吸水纸

实验步骤:

1.取一滴酵母菌培养液,滴在载玻片上,盖上盖玻片,用显微镜观察。能看到一个个椭圆形的细胞,细胞中有明显的液泡,这就是酵母菌。

2.在盖玻片的一侧滴一滴碘液,用吸水纸从另一侧吸引,对酵母菌进行染色。在显微镜下能看到酵母菌细胞中染上颜色的细胞核和淀粉粒。有的细胞上长出大小不一的突起,这是酵母菌的芽体。

师:酵母作为一种真菌,它与细菌、植物细胞的结构是否相同呢?我们一起来比较观察。(展示酵母菌图片与细菌、植物细胞图片)对比观察:

(1)酵母菌由哪些结构构成?

(2)酵母菌和植物细胞相比,最大的不同之处是什么?

(3)酵母菌和细菌相比,最大的不同之处是什么?

生:(讨论后回答)

(1)酵母菌由细胞壁、细胞膜、细胞质、液泡和细胞核构成。

(2)与植物细胞相比,酵母菌没有叶绿体。

(3)与细菌相比,酵母菌有成形的细胞核,属于真核生物。

师:那你能推测出酵母菌的营养方式吗?

生:不能进行光合作用,以现成的有机物生活,属于异养生物。

师:通过刚才的观察我们发现,成熟的酵母菌细胞会向外生出与自身相似的突起,这个突起就是芽体。当环境适宜的时候,芽体会逐渐长大,脱离母体,成为一个新的酵母菌个体。这样的生殖方式叫做出芽生殖。如果环境不适宜,酵母菌就会进行孢子生殖。

2.霉菌的形态结构

师:霉菌也是一种真菌。很多霉菌对人类是有害的。到了夏天,我们经常会看到发霉的食物,(展示发霉的食物)这就是霉菌大量繁殖的结果。霉菌的形态结构又是什么样的?让我们来进行下面的实验。请同学们按照教材中的步骤认真进行实验,并完成相关练习。

生:进行实验并将结论交流

实验目的:认识霉菌的形态结构

材料用具:培养皿中培养好的青霉,吸管,镊子,显微镜,解剖针,放大镜

方法步骤:

1.从培养皿中取出一块长有青霉的橘子皮,垫上白纸,用显微镜观察,可以看到一条条直立生长的白色绒毛,这就是青霉的直立菌丝。其顶端长有成串的青绿色的孢子。

2.用解剖针挑取少许长有孢子的菌丝,制成临时装片,放在显微镜下观察,会发现青霉颜色呈_青绿色,长有孢子的菌丝成扫帚状。

师:霉菌的菌丝都是一样的吗?(展示图片并提出问题,仔细观察图片并结合教材相关内容讨论下面的问题:图中序号代表什么结构?是单细胞还是多细胞真菌?青霉的细胞中有叶绿体吗?你能推测出它的营养方式吗?

生:(到屏幕上指出并讲解)在营养物质表面向上生长的,叫直立菌丝;深入到营养物质内部的,是营养菌丝。

师:你认为这些菌丝有什么作用呢?

生:营养菌丝深入到营养物质内部,吸收营养。

师:是的,霉菌的菌丝是由很多细胞首尾相连而成,属于多细胞真菌,这一点是和酵母菌不同的。霉菌的结构和酵母菌相似,也没有叶绿体,要靠吸取现成的有机物来生存,属于异养生物。我们已经知道酵母菌主要通过出芽生殖,那么霉菌的生殖方式又是什么呢?

生:孢子生殖

师:非常正确。通过观察,我们发现青霉扫帚状的分支末端有成串的绿色孢子,青霉就是通过这些孢子来繁殖后代的。夏天,发霉的面包也会发霉,这种霉菌叫做曲霉。曲霉气生菌丝的顶端膨大成球状,表面呈辐射状的着生着球形的孢子,曲霉就是用这些球形的孢子来繁殖的。可见,霉菌都是通过孢子来繁殖后代的。

3.蘑菇的形态结构

师:蘑菇是一种大型真菌,营养丰富,深受人们的喜爱。我们在哪里可以采到蘑菇呢?这说明了什么?

生:在夏季或秋季的清晨或雨后,在潮湿的树干或草地上容易采到蘑菇。这说明细菌适于生活在温暖、潮湿、有机物丰富的环境中。

师:蘑菇由哪些结构构成?认真观察蘑菇的相关图片并阅读文字,并回答下列问题。(出示蘑菇图片)

(1)指出各部分结构的名称。

(2)蘑菇的菌体由菌丝构成,是多细胞的真菌。靠地下菌丝吸收外界的水分和有机物;不含叶绿素,属于异养生物。

师:蘑菇又是如何进行生殖的?请同学们阅读教材P78内容,试着描述制作孢子印的步骤。生:(阅读教材内容并回答)1.选取较大的新鲜蘑菇,用解剖刀或解剖剪将菌盖从菌柄上取下来。

2.把菌褶那面朝下平放在白纸或玻璃板上,扣上培养皿或玻璃杯。

师:第二天,拿开培养皿(或玻璃杯)和菌盖,可以看到在白纸(或玻璃板)制作好的孢子印了。(展示孢子印图片)仔细观察,白纸上留下的孢子印是与菌褶排列一致的.?排列形状呈放射状?

生:讨论后将填空补充完整。

师:观察孢子的大小和颜色,你有什么发现?你认为孢子和蘑菇的繁殖有什么关系?

生:孢子很小,呈褐色。蘑菇依靠孢子进行繁殖。孢子成熟后会散落下来,落到适宜的地方就会萌发出菌丝。

师:我们一起来欣赏几幅用孢子印制作的图画。(展示图片)很漂亮是不是?相信你也可以制作出更漂亮的图画。请同学们回家之后自己制作孢子印图画,用手机拍下照片,并发到班级群里与大家分享。我们比一比谁的更漂亮!

拓展延伸:

蘑菇味道鲜美,营养丰富,但是很多蘑菇是有毒的。比如(展示图片):蛤蟆菌、毒红菇、花褶伞等。怎样鉴定蘑菇是不是有毒呢?我们可以通过以下几种方法来辨别:1.颜色鲜艳,不生虫蛆;2.菌盖顶部有黏液或瘤状突起;3.受伤后变色,有腥、臭、辣、苦等气味;4.菌柄上有菌环。因此,对于从野外采回来的蘑菇,一定要仔细辨别,千万不要随意食用!

(三)真菌的生殖

师:回忆酵母菌、蘑菇和霉菌的生殖,你能总结出真菌的生殖方式吗?

生:(观看图片并总结)大多数真菌用孢子繁殖后代,酵母菌除了用孢子繁殖,也可以出芽生殖。

(四)比较细菌和真菌

细菌和真菌与我们人类的关系都非常密切,它们的形态结构和生活特征有哪些异同呢?请同学们小组讨论,并完成表格中的内容。

师:今天我们认识了酵母菌、霉菌和蘑菇,它们都属于真菌。对于真菌,你有哪些收获呢?(出示酵母菌、霉菌、蘑菇图片)你能把你今天的收获跟大家交流一下吗?

生:说出自己本节课的收获,共同总结真菌的特征。

三、精华提炼

真菌有单细胞的,也有多细胞的,有细胞核,属于真核生物;不含叶绿素,异养生活,多为孢子生殖。

四、典型试题

1.细菌与真菌在结构上的共同点是(D)

A.都是多细胞生物

B.都有细胞核

C.都是分裂生殖

D.细胞内没有叶绿体

2.下列叙述中,不属于真菌特征的是(D)

A.细胞的结构有细胞壁、细胞质、细胞膜和成形的细胞核

B.真菌中的蘑菇和霉菌是多细胞的,酵母菌是单细胞的

C.真菌产生的孢子在适宜的环境条件下,能发育成一个新个体

D.真菌形成的芽孢是它的休眠体,对不良环境有较强的抵抗能力

【教学反思】

本节课由学生所熟知的实际生活导入,调动了学生的学习兴趣。本节课,分别对酵母菌、霉菌、蘑菇等常见真菌进行了观察探究,通过对比归纳,总结出真菌的特征,完成了由感性到理性的认识。酵母菌的各部分结构在显微镜下并不能全部看清,对青霉和曲霉的菌丝的观察也有一定难度。结合多媒体课件及探究实验,不但使学生的主体性得到充分体现,使知识更加明确,而且课堂气氛明显比在教室上课活跃。这是计算机与课程整合的优势,用鲜活的视频录像及直观的图片让学生带着浓厚的兴趣去学习,也避免了老师“填鸭式”的满堂灌。师生的互动性较高。

选修八的教案 篇8

课程标准:

1、知道“籼型杂交水稻”的培育推广等标志性成果,以及“八六三计划”。

2、以计算机网络技术的应用为例,说明信息技术在促进我国社会发展中的重要作用。

3、列举九年义务教育基本普及和高等教育迅速发展的史实,认识教育发展在“科技兴国”战略中的地位。

4、了解我国文化艺术和体育事业的主要成就。

教学目标:

一、知识与能力:

1、能够列举出“籼型杂交水稻”的培育推广等科技发展的标志性成果,能够说出什么是“八六三计划”。

2、了解信息技术在促进我国社会发展和日常生活变化中的重要作用。

3、能够根据“材料阅读”中的表格说出改革开放以来,我国九年义务教育得到了基本普及的史实,增强分析图表的能力。

4、根据课本列举出文学、艺术、体育事业的主要成就,培养从资料中提取有效信息的能力。

二、过程与方法:

1、收集、展示一定的资料,通过分析资料认识到,改革开放以来科教文体事业百花齐放、欣欣向荣。

2、采用分组学习、学生备课讲课的方法,提高主动收集、分析资料的积极性,激发学习热情,培养合作精神和竟争意识以及一定的表达能力。

三、情感态度与价值观:

1、通过大量的史实认识到,改革开放以来,我国的科教文体事业繁荣发展,成果卓著,增强对党、对国家的热爱和民族自豪感。

2、通过一定的资料分析,认识到“科学技术是第一生产力”,发展教育事业是“科教兴国”战略的基础和保障,今天的勤奋学习就是为将来报效祖国、造福人类打下良好的基础。

3、学习科学家刻苦钻研、严谨治学的优秀品质,学习体育键儿为国争光、英勇顽强拼搏精神。

教学方法:讲述法、讨论法、归纳分析法、列举法

学习指导方法:本课可以指导学生通过阅读、思考、并讨论一些问题,促使学生了解科教文体事业等方面的问题。

教学过程:

一、引入:

先引导学生阅读本课的`导言,了解我国科教文体事业等方面的事情。

二、新课:

(一)、抓住科技革命的机遇

由“科技是第一生产力”展开讲述:

1、我国第一代“籼型杂交水稻”培育成功、高新科技成果在生产实践中的应用。

2、实施“八六三计划”

3、计算机和网络技术的发展

(二)、百年大计,教育为本

引导学生看书:

讨论:1、我国为什么要实行科教兴国战略?

2、教育发展与实行科教兴国战略是什么关系?

3、科教兴国战略对教育提出了什么任务?教育事业应怎样完成这一任务?

学生回答后,由教师讲述普及九年义务教育和高等教育工作的成果。

(三)、文艺体育事业百花齐放

由学生自学教师讲述。

作业:《伴你读历史》、材料阅读、自我测评。

板书设计:

第12课 欣欣向荣的科教文体事业

(一)、抓住科技革命的机遇

(二)、百年大计,教育为本

(三)、文艺体育事业百花齐放

选修八的教案 篇9

教学目标

1、阐明细菌和真菌在物质循环中的作用。

2、分析细菌、真菌对动植物及人类的影响。

教学重难点

重点:是细菌和真菌在物质循环中的作用。

难点:细菌和真菌与动植物共生的关系。

课时安排:

1课时

教学方法:

讲授与自学指导

课前准备:

教师课前准备好腐烂的梨、菜叶,地衣。

教学过程

一、情境导入新课

教师拿出准备好的腐烂的梨、菜叶问道:同学们知道是什么让我手上的梨和菜叶坏掉的吗?学生猜测:是细菌和真菌。

引出新课:《细菌和真菌在自然界中的作用》

二、出示学习目标目标

1、理解作为分解者参与物质循环

2、理解引起动植物和人类患病

3、理解与动植物共生

三、自学指导

用约5分钟时间,阅读教材79—82页,并思考以下问题:

1、细菌和真菌在物质循环中的作用。

2、细菌、真菌对动植物及人类的`影响。

四、讨论交流

1.枯草杆菌使梨和香蕉腐烂,它与水果有怎样的关系?

2.细菌和真菌是怎样生活的?

经学生观察思考,讨论交流后得出结论:

1.杆菌以水果为营养源,靠分解水果中的有机物获得物质和能量,导致水果的腐烂。

2.细菌和真菌是利用现成的有机物来进行腐生生活的。

五、课堂小结

通过学习,我们知道细菌和真菌在自然界中有很大作用,既有有害的一面,也有有得利的一面,它们在自然界中都有哪些作用?

学生巩固回答:作为生产者参与物质循环、引起动植物和人患病、与动植物共生。

提出思考题:

每年的秋天,一部分植物会落叶,对落叶的处理方式有三种:焚烧、填湖、掩埋。请分析,你会选择哪种处理方式,简要说明理由。

六、课堂练习

课后练习

七、布置作业

本课时练习册

本文网址://m.jk251.com/jiaoan/103860.html

相关文章
最新更新

热门标签